Occurrences

Aitareyabrāhmaṇa
Atharvaprāyaścittāni
Atharvaveda (Paippalāda)
Atharvaveda (Śaunaka)
Baudhāyanadharmasūtra
Baudhāyanagṛhyasūtra
Baudhāyanaśrautasūtra
Bhāradvājagṛhyasūtra
Bhāradvājaśrautasūtra
Bṛhadāraṇyakopaniṣad
Chāndogyopaniṣad
Drāhyāyaṇaśrautasūtra
Gautamadharmasūtra
Gobhilagṛhyasūtra
Gopathabrāhmaṇa
Hiraṇyakeśigṛhyasūtra
Jaiminigṛhyasūtra
Jaiminīya-Upaniṣad-Brāhmaṇa
Jaiminīyabrāhmaṇa
Kauśikasūtra
Kauṣītakibrāhmaṇa
Kaṭhopaniṣad
Khādiragṛhyasūtra
Kātyāyanaśrautasūtra
Kāṭhakagṛhyasūtra
Kāṭhakasaṃhitā
Maitrāyaṇīsaṃhitā
Muṇḍakopaniṣad
Mānavagṛhyasūtra
Nirukta
Pañcaviṃśabrāhmaṇa
Pāraskaragṛhyasūtra
Sāmavidhānabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyasaṃhitā
Taittirīyopaniṣad
Taittirīyāraṇyaka
Vaitānasūtra
Vasiṣṭhadharmasūtra
Vājasaneyisaṃhitā (Mādhyandina)
Vārāhagṛhyasūtra
Vārāhaśrautasūtra
Āpastambadharmasūtra
Āpastambagṛhyasūtra
Āpastambaśrautasūtra
Āśvalāyanagṛhyasūtra
Śatapathabrāhmaṇa
Śāṅkhāyanagṛhyasūtra
Śāṅkhāyanāraṇyaka
Ṛgveda
Ṛgvedakhilāni
Ṣaḍviṃśabrāhmaṇa
Arthaśāstra
Avadānaśataka
Aṣṭasāhasrikā
Aṣṭādhyāyī
Brahmabindūpaniṣat
Buddhacarita
Carakasaṃhitā
Lalitavistara
Mahābhārata
Manusmṛti
Rāmāyaṇa
Saundarānanda
Saṅghabhedavastu
Abhidharmakośabhāṣya
Agnipurāṇa
Amarakośa
Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā
Aṣṭāṅgasaṃgraha
Bodhicaryāvatāra
Bṛhatkathāślokasaṃgraha
Divyāvadāna
Harivaṃśa
Kirātārjunīya
Kāmasūtra
Kātyāyanasmṛti
Kūrmapurāṇa
Laṅkāvatārasūtra
Liṅgapurāṇa
Matsyapurāṇa
Nāradasmṛti
Nāṭyaśāstra
Pañcārthabhāṣya
Suśrutasaṃhitā
Sāṃkhyakārikābhāṣya
Tantrākhyāyikā
Tattvavaiśāradī
Vaikhānasadharmasūtra
Vaiśeṣikasūtravṛtti
Viṣṇupurāṇa
Viṣṇusmṛti
Yogasūtrabhāṣya
Yājñavalkyasmṛti
Śatakatraya
Śikṣāsamuccaya
Bhāgavatapurāṇa
Bhāratamañjarī
Devīkālottarāgama
Garuḍapurāṇa
Hitopadeśa
Kathāsaritsāgara
Kṛṣiparāśara
Kṛṣṇāmṛtamahārṇava
Mukundamālā
Narmamālā
Nāṭyaśāstravivṛti
Parāśarasmṛtiṭīkā
Rasamañjarī
Rasaprakāśasudhākara
Rasaratnākara
Rasendracūḍāmaṇi
Rājanighaṇṭu
Skandapurāṇa
Sphuṭārthāvyākhyā
Tantrāloka
Toḍalatantra
Ānandakanda
Āyurvedadīpikā
Śukasaptati
Bhāvaprakāśa
Gokarṇapurāṇasāraḥ
Haribhaktivilāsa
Kaṭhāraṇyaka
Mugdhāvabodhinī
Nāḍīparīkṣā
Rasārṇavakalpa
Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra
Skandapurāṇa (Revākhaṇḍa)
Uḍḍāmareśvaratantra
Śāṅkhāyanaśrautasūtra

Aitareyabrāhmaṇa
AB, 1, 3, 5.0 ājyaṃ vai devānāṃ surabhi ghṛtam manuṣyāṇām āyutam pitṝṇāṃ navanītaṃ garbhāṇāṃ tad yan navanītenābhyañjanti svenaivainaṃ tad bhāgadheyena samardhayanti //
AB, 1, 6, 7.0 atho khalv āhuḥ ko 'rhati manuṣyaḥ sarvaṃ satyaṃ vadituṃ satyasaṃhitā vai devā anṛtasaṃhitā manuṣyā iti //
AB, 1, 6, 7.0 atho khalv āhuḥ ko 'rhati manuṣyaḥ sarvaṃ satyaṃ vadituṃ satyasaṃhitā vai devā anṛtasaṃhitā manuṣyā iti //
AB, 1, 6, 10.0 etaddha vai manuṣyeṣu satyaṃ nihitaṃ yac cakṣuḥ //
AB, 1, 9, 1.0 devaviśaḥ kalpayitavyā ity āhus tāḥ kalpamānā anu manuṣyaviśaḥ kalpanta iti sarvā viśaḥ kalpante kalpate yajño 'pi //
AB, 1, 12, 3.0 tasya krītasya manuṣyān abhy upāvartamānasya diśo vīryāṇīndriyāṇi vyudasīdaṃs tāny ekayarcāvārurutsanta tāni nāśaknuvaṃs tāni dvābhyāṃ tāni tisṛbhis tāni catasṛbhis tāni pañcabhis tāni ṣaḍbhis tāni saptabhir naivāvārundhata tāny aṣṭābhir avārundhatāṣṭābhir āśnuvata yad aṣṭābhir avārundhatāṣṭābhir āśnuvata tad aṣṭānām aṣṭatvam //
AB, 1, 13, 18.0 ṛtubhir vardhatu kṣayam ity ṛtavo vai somasya rājño rājabhrātaro yathā manuṣyasya tair evainaṃ tat sahāgamayati //
AB, 1, 15, 6.0 agnim manthanti some rājany āgate tad yathaivādo manuṣyarāja āgate 'nyasmin vārhaty ukṣāṇaṃ vā vehataṃ vā kṣadanta evam evāsmā etat kṣadante yad agnim manthanty agnir hi devānām paśuḥ //
AB, 2, 1, 1.0 yajñena vai devā ūrdhvāḥ svargaṃ lokam āyaṃs te 'bibhayur imaṃ no dṛṣṭvā manuṣyāś ca ṛṣayaś cānuprajñāsyantīti taṃ vai yūpenaivāyopayaṃs taṃ yad yūpenaivāyopayaṃs tad yūpasya yūpatvaṃ tam avācīnāgraṃ nimityordhvā udāyaṃs tato vai manuṣyāś ca ṛṣayaś ca devānāṃ yajñavāstv abhyāyan yajñasya kiṃcid eṣiṣyāmaḥ prajñātyā iti te vai yūpam evāvindann avācīnāgraṃ nimitaṃ te 'vidur anena vai devā yajñam ayūyupann iti tam utkhāyordhvaṃ nyaminvaṃs tato vai te pra yajñam ajānan pra svargaṃ lokam //
AB, 2, 1, 1.0 yajñena vai devā ūrdhvāḥ svargaṃ lokam āyaṃs te 'bibhayur imaṃ no dṛṣṭvā manuṣyāś ca ṛṣayaś cānuprajñāsyantīti taṃ vai yūpenaivāyopayaṃs taṃ yad yūpenaivāyopayaṃs tad yūpasya yūpatvaṃ tam avācīnāgraṃ nimityordhvā udāyaṃs tato vai manuṣyāś ca ṛṣayaś ca devānāṃ yajñavāstv abhyāyan yajñasya kiṃcid eṣiṣyāmaḥ prajñātyā iti te vai yūpam evāvindann avācīnāgraṃ nimitaṃ te 'vidur anena vai devā yajñam ayūyupann iti tam utkhāyordhvaṃ nyaminvaṃs tato vai te pra yajñam ajānan pra svargaṃ lokam //
AB, 2, 6, 1.0 daivyāḥ śamitāra ārabhadhvam uta manuṣyā ity āha //
AB, 2, 6, 2.0 ye caiva devānāṃ śamitāro ye ca manuṣyāṇāṃ tān eva tat saṃśāsti //
AB, 2, 7, 10.0 vaniṣṭhum asya mā rāviṣṭorūkam manyamānā ned vas toke tanaye ravitā ravacchamitāra iti ye caiva devānāṃ śamitāro ye ca manuṣyāṇāṃ tebhya evainaṃ tat paridadāti //
AB, 2, 13, 6.0 devā vai yajñena śrameṇa tapasāhutibhiḥ svargaṃ lokam ajayaṃs teṣāṃ vapāyām eva hutāyāṃ svargo lokaḥ prākhyāyata te vapām eva hutvānādṛtyetarāṇi karmāṇy ūrdhvāḥ svargaṃ lokam āyaṃs tato vai manuṣyāś ca ṛṣayaś ca devānāṃ yajñavāstv abhyāyan yajñasya kiṃcid eṣiṣyāmaḥ prajñātyā iti te 'bhitaḥ paricaranta et paśum eva nirāntraṃ śayānaṃ te vidur iyān vāva kila paśur yāvatī vapeti //
AB, 2, 22, 1.0 tad āhuḥ sarpet na sarpet iti sarped iti haika āhur ubhayeṣāṃ vā eṣa devamanuṣyāṇām bhakṣo yad bahiṣpavamānas tasmād enam abhisaṃgacchanta iti vadantaḥ //
AB, 2, 27, 8.0 purastāt pratyañcam aindravāyavam bhakṣayati tasmāt purastāt prāṇāpānau purastāt pratyañcam maitrāvaruṇam bhakṣayati tasmāt purastāccakṣuṣī sarvataḥ parihāram āśvinam bhakṣayati tasmān manuṣyāś ca paśavaś ca sarvato vācaṃ vadantīṃ śṛṇvanti //
AB, 2, 34, 2.0 agnir manviddha iti śaṃsaty ayaṃ vā agnir manviddha imaṃ hi manuṣyā indhate 'gnim eva tad asmiṃlloka āyātayati //
AB, 2, 34, 5.0 hotā manuvṛta iti śaṃsaty ayaṃ vā agnir hotā manuvṛto 'yaṃ hi sarvato manuṣyair vṛto 'gnim eva tad asmiṃlloka āyātayati //
AB, 2, 37, 2.0 tām anukṛtim manuṣyarathasyaivāntarau raśmī viharantyalobhāya //
AB, 2, 37, 3.0 nāsya devaratho lubhyati na manuṣyaratho ya evaṃ veda //
AB, 3, 30, 4.0 tebhyo vai devā apaivābībhatsanta manuṣyagandhāt ta ete dhāyye antaradadhata yebhyo mātaivā pitra iti //
AB, 3, 31, 5.0 pāñcajanyaṃ vā etad ukthaṃ yad vaiśvadevaṃ sarveṣāṃ vā etat pañcajanānām uktham devamanuṣyāṇāṃ gandharvāpsarasāṃ sarpāṇāṃ ca pitṝṇāṃ caiteṣāṃ vā etat pañcajanānām uktham //
AB, 3, 46, 4.0 atha haitad eva vāntaṃ yad abhiśasyamānam ārtvijyaṃ kārayate yathā ha vā idaṃ vāntān manuṣyā bībhatsanta evam tasmād devās taddha tat parāṅ eva yathā vāntaṃ na haiva tad yajamānam bhunakti //
AB, 4, 1, 4.0 taṃ yat parastād ukthānām paryasya śaṃsati vajreṇaiva tat ṣoᄆaśinā paśūn parigacchati tasmāt paśavo vajreṇaiva ṣoᄆaśinā parigatā manuṣyān abhy upāvartante tasmād aśvo vā puruṣo vā gaur vā hastī vā parigata eva svayam ātmaneta eva vācābhiṣiddha upāvartate vajram eva ṣoᄆaśinam paśyan vajreṇaiva ṣoᄆaśinā parigato vāgghi vajro vāk ṣoᄆaśī //
AB, 5, 28, 3.0 ubhayān vā eṣa devamanuṣyān viparyāsaṃ dakṣiṇā nayati sarvaṃ cedaṃ yad idaṃ kiṃca //
AB, 5, 28, 4.0 manuṣyān vā eṣa sāyamāhutyā devebhyo dakṣiṇā nayati sarvaṃ cedaṃ yad idaṃ kiṃca ta ete pralīnā nyokasa iva śere manuṣyā devebhyo dakṣiṇā nītāḥ //
AB, 5, 28, 4.0 manuṣyān vā eṣa sāyamāhutyā devebhyo dakṣiṇā nayati sarvaṃ cedaṃ yad idaṃ kiṃca ta ete pralīnā nyokasa iva śere manuṣyā devebhyo dakṣiṇā nītāḥ //
AB, 5, 28, 5.0 devān vā eṣa prātarāhutyā manuṣyebhyo dakṣiṇā nayati sarvaṃ cedaṃ yad idaṃ kiṃca ta ete vividānā ivotpatanty ado 'haṃ kariṣye 'do 'haṃ gamiṣyāmīti vadantaḥ //
AB, 7, 1, 7.0 tām u ha girijāya bābhravyāyāmanuṣyaḥ provāca tato hainām etadarvāṅ manuṣyā adhīyate 'dhīyate //
AB, 7, 5, 3.0 divaṃ tṛtīyaṃ devān yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam āṣṭāntarikṣaṃ tṛtīyam pitṝn yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam āṣṭa pṛthivīṃ tṛtīyam manuṣyān yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam āṣṭa //
AB, 7, 9, 12.0 ko 'naddhāpuruṣa iti na devān na pitṝn na manuṣyān iti //
AB, 7, 13, 11.0 devāś caitām ṛṣayaś ca tejaḥ samabharan mahat devā manuṣyān abruvann eṣā vo jananī punaḥ //
AB, 7, 33, 6.0 īśvaro ha vā eṣo 'pratyabhimṛṣṭo manuṣyasyāyuḥ pratyavahartor anarhan mā bhakṣayatīti tad yad etenātmānam abhimṛśaty āyur eva tat pratirate //
AB, 8, 26, 4.0 bṛhaspatiṃ yaḥ subhṛtam bibhartīti bṛhaspatir ha vai devānām purohitas tam anv anye manuṣyarājñām purohitā bṛhaspatiṃ yaḥ subhṛtam bibhartīti yad āha purohitaṃ yaḥ subhṛtaṃ bibhartīty eva tad āha //
Atharvaprāyaścittāni
AVPr, 1, 5, 14.1 pṛthivīṃ turīyaṃ manuṣyān yajño 'gāt /
AVPr, 5, 6, 13.0 rājñā manuṣyān //
Atharvaveda (Paippalāda)
AVP, 1, 20, 2.2 devā manuṣyā ṛṣayo 'mitrān no vi vidhyatu //
AVP, 1, 70, 3.1 trite devā amṛjataina etat trita enan manuṣyeṣv amṛṣṭa /
AVP, 1, 73, 3.2 puṣṭir yā te manuṣyeṣu paprathe agne tayā rayim asmāsu dhehi //
AVP, 1, 74, 4.2 viśvā āśā manuṣyo vi bhāhy ayaṃ purorā no asyāstu mūrdhā //
AVP, 1, 78, 4.1 yasya trayā gatam anuprayanti devā manuṣyāḥ paśavaś ca sarve /
AVP, 4, 36, 3.1 ye srotyā bibhṛtho ye manuṣyān ye amṛtaṃ bibhṛtho ye havīṃṣi /
AVP, 10, 6, 8.1 bhagaṃ devebhyas pari bhagaṃ manuṣyebhyaḥ /
AVP, 12, 10, 6.1 nāsyā vaśam ārundhan devā manuṣyā uta /
Atharvaveda (Śaunaka)
AVŚ, 1, 19, 2.2 daivīr manuṣyeṣavo mamāmitrān vi vidhyata //
AVŚ, 3, 4, 6.1 indrendra manuṣyāḥ parehi saṃ hy ajñāsthā varuṇaiḥ saṃvidānaḥ /
AVŚ, 3, 22, 3.1 yena hastī varcasā saṃbabhūva yena rājā manuṣyeṣv apsv antaḥ /
AVŚ, 4, 11, 3.1 indro jāto manuṣyeṣv antar gharmas taptaś carati śośucānaḥ /
AVŚ, 4, 26, 4.1 ye amṛtaṃ bibhṛtho ye havīṃṣi ye srotyā bibhṛtho ye manuṣyān /
AVŚ, 5, 17, 10.1 punar vai devā adaduḥ punar manuṣyā adaduḥ /
AVŚ, 6, 51, 3.1 yat kiṃ cedaṃ varuṇa daivye jane 'bhidrohaṃ manuṣyāś caranti /
AVŚ, 6, 71, 2.1 yan mā hutam ahutam ājagāma dattaṃ pitṛbhir anumataṃ manuṣyaiḥ /
AVŚ, 6, 86, 3.1 samrāḍ asy asurāṇāṃ kakun manuṣyānām /
AVŚ, 6, 113, 1.1 trite devā amṛjataitad enas trita enan manuṣyeṣu mamṛje /
AVŚ, 6, 113, 3.1 dvādaśadhā nihitaṃ tritasyāpamṛṣṭam manuṣyainasāni /
AVŚ, 6, 141, 3.1 yathā cakrur devāsurā yathā manuṣyā uta /
AVŚ, 8, 1, 11.1 rakṣantu tvāgnayo ye apsv antā rakṣatu tvā manuṣyā yam indhate /
AVŚ, 8, 9, 23.2 apo manuṣyān oṣadhīs tāṁ u pañcānusecire //
AVŚ, 8, 9, 24.2 athātarpayac caturaś caturdhā devān manuṣyāṁ asurān uta ṛṣīn //
AVŚ, 8, 10, 9.1 tāṃ devamanuṣyā abruvann iyam eva tad veda yad ubhaya upajīvememām upahvayāmahā iti //
AVŚ, 8, 10, 21.1 sodakrāmat sā manuṣyān āgacchat tāṃ manuṣyā aghnata sā sadyaḥ samabhavat /
AVŚ, 8, 10, 21.1 sodakrāmat sā manuṣyān āgacchat tāṃ manuṣyā aghnata sā sadyaḥ samabhavat /
AVŚ, 8, 10, 21.2 tasmān manuṣyebhya ubhayadyur upaharanty upāsya gṛhe haranti ya evaṃ veda //
AVŚ, 8, 10, 24.1 sodakrāmat sā manuṣyān āgacchat tāṃ manuṣyā upāhvayanterāvaty ehīti /
AVŚ, 8, 10, 24.1 sodakrāmat sā manuṣyān āgacchat tāṃ manuṣyā upāhvayanterāvaty ehīti /
AVŚ, 8, 10, 24.4 te svadhāṃ kṛṣiṃ ca sasyaṃ ca manuṣyā upajīvanti kṛṣṭarādhir upajīvanīyo bhavati ya evaṃ veda //
AVŚ, 9, 7, 16.0 devajanā gudā manuṣyā āntrāṇy atrā udaram //
AVŚ, 9, 10, 27.2 guhā trīṇi nihitā neṅgayanti turīyaṃ vāco manuṣyā vadanti //
AVŚ, 10, 6, 32.1 yaṃ devāḥ pitaro manuṣyā upajīvanti sarvadā /
AVŚ, 10, 8, 34.1 yatra devāś ca manuṣyāś cārā nābhāv iva śritāḥ /
AVŚ, 10, 9, 9.1 devāḥ pitaro manuṣyā gandharvāpsarasaś ca ye /
AVŚ, 10, 10, 26.2 vaśedaṃ sarvam abhavad devā manuṣyā asurāḥ pitara ṛṣayaḥ //
AVŚ, 10, 10, 34.1 vaśāṃ devā upa jīvanti vaśāṃ manuṣyā uta /
AVŚ, 11, 4, 16.1 ātharvaṇīr āṅgirasīr daivīr manuṣyajā uta /
AVŚ, 11, 7, 27.1 devāḥ pitaro manuṣyā gandharvāpsarasaś ca ye /
AVŚ, 12, 1, 22.2 bhūmyāṃ manuṣyā jīvanti svadhayānnena martyāḥ /
AVŚ, 12, 2, 17.1 yasmin devā amṛjata yasmin manuṣyā uta /
AVŚ, 12, 2, 44.1 antardhir devānāṃ paridhir manuṣyāṇām agnir gārhapatya ubhayān antarā śritaḥ //
AVŚ, 12, 4, 43.1 kati nu vaśā nārada yās tvaṃ vettha manuṣyajāḥ /
AVŚ, 14, 2, 3.2 tṛtīyo agniṣ ṭe patis turīyas te manuṣyajāḥ //
AVŚ, 14, 2, 38.1 tāṃ pūṣañchivatamām erayasva yasyāṃ bījaṃ manuṣyā vapanti /
AVŚ, 15, 14, 8.1 sa yan manuṣyān anuvyacalad agnir bhūtvānuvyacalat svāhākāram annādaṃ kṛtvā /
AVŚ, 16, 4, 4.0 sūryo māhnaḥ pātv agniḥ pṛthivyā vāyur antarikṣād yamo manuṣyebhyaḥ sarasvatī pārthivebhyaḥ //
Baudhāyanadharmasūtra
BaudhDhS, 1, 13, 15.1 nāpalpūlitaṃ manuṣyasaṃyuktaṃ devatrā yuñjyāt //
BaudhDhS, 2, 11, 15.1 vaikhānaso vane mūlaphalāśī tapaḥśīlaḥ savaneṣūdakam upaspṛśañśrāmaṇakenāgnim ādhāyāgrāmyabhojī devapitṛbhūtamanuṣyaṛṣipūjakaḥ sarvātithiḥ pratiṣiddhavarjaṃ bhaikṣam apy upayuñjīta /
BaudhDhS, 4, 3, 6.3 manuṣyakṛtasyainaso 'vayajanam asi svāhā /
Baudhāyanagṛhyasūtra
BaudhGS, 1, 3, 7.1 uttareṇāgniṃ prāgagrān darbhān saṃstīrya teṣu dvandvaṃ nyañci pātrāṇi saṃsādayati devasaṃyuktāny ekaikaśaḥ pitṛsaṃyuktāni sakṛd eva manuṣyasaṃyuktāni //
BaudhGS, 1, 4, 7.2 tṛtīyo 'gniṣ ṭe patis turīyas te manuṣyajāḥ //
BaudhGS, 1, 7, 44.1 athaināmupaiti tāṃ pūṣañ chivatamomarayasva yasyāṃ bījaṃ manuṣyā vapanti /
Baudhāyanaśrautasūtra
BaudhŚS, 1, 3, 23.2 vatsebhyo manuṣyebhyaḥ punardohāya kalpatām iti mahendrāyeti vā yadi mahendrayājī bhavati //
BaudhŚS, 1, 18, 14.0 atha yatra hotur abhijānāti daivyā adhvaryava upahūtā upahūtā manuṣyā iti tad dakṣiṇaṃ puroḍāśaṃ caturdhā kṛtvā barhiṣadaṃ karoti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 4, 37.0 triḥ pradakṣiṇaṃ parivyayati parivīr asi pari tvā daivīr viśo vyayantām parīmaṃ rāyaspoṣo yajamānaṃ manuṣyā iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 6, 15.0 yady atrātyāśrāvayati o śrāvaya astu śrauṣaṭ agnir ha daivīnāṃ viśāṃ puraetāyaṃ yajamāno manuṣyāṇām tayor asthūri gārhapatyaṃ dīdayac chataṃ himā dvā yū rādhāṃsīt saṃpṛñcānāv asaṃpṛñcānau tanva iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 7, 20.4 nir mā yamasya paḍbīśāt sarvasmād devakilbiṣāt atho manuṣyakilbiṣāt iti //
Bhāradvājagṛhyasūtra
BhārGS, 1, 15, 7.7 tāṃ naḥ pūṣañchivatamām erayasva yasyāṃ bījaṃ manuṣyā vapanti /
BhārGS, 1, 16, 1.2 tṛtīyo agniṣ ṭe patis turīyas te manuṣyajāḥ /
Bhāradvājaśrautasūtra
BhārŚS, 1, 13, 8.1 amūṃ yasyāṃ devānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ payo hitam iti nāma gṛhṇāti //
BhārŚS, 1, 13, 14.3 vatsebhyo manuṣyebhyaḥ punar dohāya kalpatām iti /
BhārŚS, 7, 16, 13.5 nir mā yamasya paḍvīśāt sarvasmād devakilbiṣād atho manuṣyakilbiṣāt /
Bṛhadāraṇyakopaniṣad
BĀU, 1, 1, 2.6 hayo bhūtvā devān avahad vājī gandharvān arvāsurān aśvo manuṣyān /
BĀU, 1, 4, 3.10 tato manuṣyā ajāyanta //
BĀU, 1, 4, 9.1 tad āhur yad brahmavidyayā sarvaṃ bhaviṣyanto manuṣyā manyante /
BĀU, 1, 4, 10.7 tathā manuṣyāṇām /
BĀU, 1, 4, 10.14 yathā ha vai bahavaḥ paśavo manuṣyaṃ bhuñjyur evam ekaikaḥ puruṣo devān bhunakti /
BĀU, 1, 4, 10.16 tasmād eṣāṃ tan na priyaṃ yad etan manuṣyā vidyuḥ //
BĀU, 1, 4, 15.2 tad agninaiva deveṣu brahmābhavad brāhmaṇo manuṣyeṣu kṣatriyeṇa kṣatriyaḥ vaiśyena vaiśyaḥ śūdreṇa śūdraḥ /
BĀU, 1, 4, 15.3 tasmād agnāv eva deveṣu lokam icchante brāhmaṇe manuṣyeṣu /
BĀU, 1, 4, 16.5 atha yan manuṣyān vāsayate yad ebhyo 'śanaṃ dadāti tena manuṣyāṇām /
BĀU, 1, 4, 16.5 atha yan manuṣyān vāsayate yad ebhyo 'śanaṃ dadāti tena manuṣyāṇām /
BĀU, 1, 5, 2.13 payo hy evāgre manuṣyāś ca paśavaś copajīvanti /
BĀU, 1, 5, 6.1 devāḥ pitaro manuṣyā eta eva /
BĀU, 1, 5, 6.2 vāg eva devā manaḥ pitaraḥ prāṇo manuṣyāḥ //
BĀU, 1, 5, 16.1 atha trayo vāva lokā manuṣyalokaḥ pitṛloko devaloka iti /
BĀU, 1, 5, 16.2 so 'yaṃ manuṣyalokaḥ putreṇaiva jayyo nānyena karmaṇā /
BĀU, 3, 1, 8.10 yā hutā adhiśerate manuṣyalokam eva tābhir jayati /
BĀU, 3, 1, 8.11 adha iva hi manuṣyalokaḥ //
BĀU, 3, 8, 9.5 etasya vā akṣarasya praśāsane gārgi manuṣyāḥ praśaṃsanti yajamānaṃ devā darvīṃ pitaro 'nvāyattāḥ //
BĀU, 4, 3, 33.1 sa yo manuṣyāṇāṃ rāddhaḥ samṛddho bhavaty anyeṣām adhipatiḥ sarvair mānuṣyakair bhogaiḥ sampannatamaḥ sa manuṣyāṇāṃ parama ānandaḥ /
BĀU, 4, 3, 33.1 sa yo manuṣyāṇāṃ rāddhaḥ samṛddho bhavaty anyeṣām adhipatiḥ sarvair mānuṣyakair bhogaiḥ sampannatamaḥ sa manuṣyāṇāṃ parama ānandaḥ /
BĀU, 4, 3, 33.2 atha ye śataṃ manuṣyāṇām ānandāḥ sa ekaḥ pitṝṇāṃ jitalokānām ānandaḥ /
BĀU, 5, 2, 1.2 devā manuṣyā asurāḥ /
BĀU, 5, 2, 2.1 atha hainaṃ manuṣyā ūcur bravītu no bhavān iti /
BĀU, 5, 8, 1.6 hantakāraṃ manuṣyāḥ /
BĀU, 6, 3, 6.18 ahaṃ manuṣyāṇām ekapuṇḍarīkaṃ bhūyāsam iti /
Chāndogyopaniṣad
ChU, 1, 7, 6.1 sa eṣa ye caitasmād arvāñco lokās teṣāṃ ceṣṭe manuṣyakāmānāṃ ceti /
ChU, 1, 7, 8.1 athānenaiva ye caitasmād arvāñco lokās tāṃś cāpnoti manuṣyakāmāṃś ca /
ChU, 2, 9, 3.2 tad asya manuṣyā anvāyattāḥ /
ChU, 2, 22, 2.2 svadhāṃ pitṛbhya āśāṃ manuṣyebhyas tṛṇodakaṃ paśubhyaḥ svargaṃ lokaṃ yajamānāyānnam ātmana āgāyānīty etāni manasā dhyāyann apramattaḥ stuvīta //
ChU, 4, 9, 2.3 anye manuṣyebhya iti ha pratijajñe /
ChU, 7, 2, 1.2 vāg vā ṛgvedaṃ vijñāpayati yajurvedaṃ sāmavedam ātharvaṇaṃ caturtham itihāsapurāṇaṃ pañcamaṃ vedānāṃ vedaṃ pitryaṃ rāśiṃ daivaṃ nidhiṃ vākovākyam ekāyanaṃ devavidyāṃ brahmavidyāṃ bhūtavidyāṃ kṣatravidyāṃ nakṣatravidyāṃ sarpadevajanavidyāṃ divaṃ ca pṛthivīṃ ca vāyuṃ cākāśaṃ cāpaś ca tejaś ca devāṃś ca manuṣyāṃś ca paśūṃś ca vayāṃsi ca tṛṇavanaspatīñ śvāpadāny ā kīṭapataṅgapipīlakaṃ dharmaṃ cādharmaṃ ca satyaṃ cānṛtaṃ ca sādhu cāsādhu ca hṛdayajñaṃ cāhṛdayajñaṃ ca /
ChU, 7, 6, 1.7 dhyāyantīva devamanuṣyāḥ /
ChU, 7, 6, 1.8 tasmād ya iha manuṣyāṇāṃ mahattāṃ prāpnuvanti dhyānāpādāṃśā ivaiva te bhavanti /
ChU, 7, 7, 1.2 vijñānena vā ṛgvedaṃ vijānāti yajurvedaṃ sāmavedam ātharvaṇaṃ caturtham itihāsapurāṇaṃ pañcamaṃ vedānāṃ vedaṃ pitryaṃ rāśiṃ daivaṃ nidhiṃ vākovākyam ekāyanaṃ devavidyāṃ brahmavidyāṃ bhūtavidyāṃ kṣatravidyāṃ nakṣatravidyāṃ sarpadevajanavidyāṃ divaṃ ca pṛthivīṃ ca vāyuṃ cākāśaṃ cāpaś ca tejaś ca devāṃś ca manuṣyāṃś ca paśūṃś ca vayāṃsi ca tṛṇavanaspatīñchvāpadāny ā kīṭapataṅgapipīlakam /
ChU, 7, 8, 1.7 balena vai pṛthivī tiṣṭhati balenāntarikṣaṃ balena dyaur balena parvatā balena devamanuṣyā balena paśavaś ca vayāṃsi ca tṛṇavanaspatayaḥ śvāpadāny ā kīṭapataṅgapipīlakam /
ChU, 7, 10, 1.4 āpa evemā mūrtā yeyaṃ pṛthivī yad antarikṣaṃ yad dyaur yat parvatā yad devamanuṣyā yat paśavaś ca vayāṃsi ca tṛṇavanaspatayaḥ śvāpadāny ā kīṭapataṅgapipīlakam /
Drāhyāyaṇaśrautasūtra
DrāhŚS, 10, 3, 7.5 yaṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ bhūtau saṃpaśyasi teṣvabhibhūyāsam /
Gautamadharmasūtra
GautDhS, 1, 3, 28.1 devapitṛmanuṣyabhūtarṣipūjakaḥ //
GautDhS, 1, 5, 3.1 devapitṛmanuṣyabhūtarṣipūjakaḥ //
GautDhS, 1, 5, 8.1 devapitṛmanuṣyayajñāḥ svādhyāyaś ca balikarma //
GautDhS, 1, 8, 2.1 tayoś caturvidhasya manuṣyajātasyāntaḥsaṃjñānāṃ calanapatanasarpaṇānām āyattaṃ jīvanam //
GautDhS, 1, 8, 17.1 pañcānāṃ yajñānām anuṣṭhānaṃ devapitṛmanuṣyabhūtabrāhmaṇānām //
GautDhS, 2, 2, 27.1 brahma kṣatreṇa saṃpṛktaṃ devapitṛmanuṣyāndhārayatīti vijñāyate //
GautDhS, 2, 7, 34.1 saṃkulopāhitavedasamāptichardiśrāddhamanuṣyayajñabhojaneṣv ahorātram //
Gobhilagṛhyasūtra
GobhGS, 1, 7, 5.0 triḥphalīkṛtāṃs taṇḍulān trir devebhyaḥ prakṣālayed ity āhur dvir manuṣyebhyaḥ sakṛt pitṛbhya iti //
GobhGS, 3, 5, 26.0 na manuṣyasya stutiṃ prayuñjīta //
Gopathabrāhmaṇa
GB, 1, 2, 22, 8.0 yad vai yajñe brāhmyaṃ havir na nirupyetānṛjavaḥ prājāpatyahaviṣo manuṣyā jāyeran //
GB, 1, 3, 18, 40.0 tam u girijāya bābhravyāyānyo manuṣyebhyaḥ provāca //
GB, 1, 3, 18, 41.0 tato 'yam arvāṅ manuṣyeṣv āsīd iti brāhmaṇam //
GB, 1, 5, 10, 4.0 ko hi tasmai manuṣyo yaḥ sahasrasaṃvatsareṇa yajeteti //
GB, 1, 5, 10, 9.0 ko hi tasmai manuṣyo yaḥ sahasrasaṃvatsareṇa yajeteti //
GB, 1, 5, 10, 16.0 ko hi tasmai manuṣyo yaḥ sahasrasaṃvatsareṇa yajeteti //
GB, 1, 5, 10, 20.0 ko hi tasmai manuṣyo yaḥ sahasrasaṃvatsareṇa yajeteti //
GB, 1, 5, 10, 27.0 ko hi tasmai manuṣyo yaḥ sahasrasaṃvatsareṇa yajeteti //
GB, 1, 5, 10, 31.0 ko hi tasmai manuṣyo yaḥ sahasrasaṃvatsareṇa yajeteti //
GB, 1, 5, 10, 35.0 ko hi tasmai manuṣyo yaḥ sahasrasaṃvatsareṇa yajeteti //
GB, 2, 1, 11, 11.0 devalokam eva pūrvayāvarunddhe manuṣyalokam uttarayā bhūyaso yajñakratūn upaitya //
GB, 2, 1, 25, 16.0 atha yad adhvaryuḥ pitṛbhyo nipṛṇāti jīvān eva tat pitṝn anu manuṣyāḥ pitaro 'nupravahanti //
GB, 2, 2, 13, 14.0 dharmo manuṣyāḥ //
GB, 2, 2, 13, 15.0 manuṣyebhya eva yajñaṃ prāha //
GB, 2, 2, 17, 10.0 prācīnaṃ hi dhiṣṇyebhyo devānāṃ lokāḥ pratīcīnaṃ manuṣyāṇām //
GB, 2, 2, 23, 5.0 etad vai manuṣyeṣu satyaṃ yac cakṣuḥ //
GB, 2, 3, 18, 13.0 yām aśuśruvuṣe 'nārṣeyāya dadāti manuṣyaloke tayārdhnoti //
Hiraṇyakeśigṛhyasūtra
HirGS, 1, 8, 4.0 vyāhṛtibhiḥ samidho 'bhyādadhāty ekaikaśaḥ samastābhiś caiṣā te agne samit tayā vardhasva cā ca pyāyasva vardhiṣīmahi ca vayam ā ca pyāsiṣīmahi svāhā medhāṃ ma indro dadātu medhāṃ devī sarasvatī medhāṃ me aśvināvubhāv ādhattāṃ puṣkarasrajau svāhāpsarāsu ca yā medhā gandharveṣu ca yanmano daivī medhā manuṣyajā sā māṃ medhā surabhirjuṣatāṃ svāhā ā māṃ medhā surabhir viśvarūpā hiraṇyavarṇā jagatī jagamyā ūrjasvatī payasā pinvamānā sā māṃ medhā supratīkā juṣatāṃ svāheti //
HirGS, 1, 20, 2.4 tāṃ naḥ pūṣan śivatamāmerayasva yasyāṃ bījaṃ manuṣyā vapanti /
HirGS, 1, 20, 2.7 tṛtīyo 'gniṣ ṭe patis turīyo 'haṃ manuṣyajāḥ /
Jaiminigṛhyasūtra
JaimGS, 1, 2, 8.0 uttarato 'gneḥ praṇītāḥ praṇīya darbhaiḥ pracchādya dakṣiṇato 'gneḥ prastaraṃ nidhāya prastarasyopariṣṭāt pavitre nidhāya virūpākṣaṃ japaty oṃ tapaśca tejaśca satyaṃ cātmā ca dhṛtiśca dharmaśca sattvaṃ ca tyāgaśca brahmā ca brahma ca tāni prapadye tāni mām avantu bhūr bhuvaḥ svar oṃ mahāntam ātmānam adhyārohāmi virūpākṣo 'si dantāñjistasya te śayyā parṇe gṛhā antarikṣe te vimitaṃ hiraṇmayaṃ tad devānāṃ hṛdayānyayasmaye kumbhe antaḥ saṃnihitāni tāni balabhūśca baladhā ca rakṣa ṇo mā pramadaḥ satyaṃ te dvādaśa putrāste tvā saṃvatsare saṃvatsare kāmapreṇa yajñena yājayitvā punar brahmacaryam upayanti tvaṃ devānāṃ brāhmaṇo 'syahaṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ brāhmaṇo vai brāhmaṇam upadhāvati taṃ tvopadhāvāmi japantaṃ mā mā pratijāpsīr juhvantaṃ mā mā pratihauṣīḥ kurvantaṃ mā mā pratikārṣīstvāṃ prapadye tvayā prasūta idaṃ karma kariṣyāmi tanme samṛdhyatāṃ virūpākṣāya dantāñjaye brahmaṇaḥ putrāya jyeṣṭhāya śreṣṭhāyāmoghāya karmādhipataye nama iti //
JaimGS, 1, 12, 31.4 daivī medhā manuṣyajā sā māṃ medhā surabhir juṣatāṃ svāhā /
JaimGS, 1, 18, 18.0 vanaspatīnāṃ gandho 'si puṇyagandha puṇyaṃ me gandhaṃ kuru devamanuṣyeṣu taṃ tvābhihare dīrghāyuṣṭvāya varcasa iti //
JaimGS, 1, 18, 20.0 vanaspatīnāṃ puṣpam asi puṇyagandha puṇyaṃ me gandhaṃ kuru devamanuṣyeṣu taṃ tvābhihare dīrghāyuṣṭvāya varcasa iti //
JaimGS, 1, 18, 21.0 ādarśo 'sītyādarśa ātmānaṃ vīkṣetādarśo 'sy ā mā dṛśyāsan devamanuṣyā ubhaye śobho 'si śobhāsam ahaṃ devamanuṣyeṣu roco 'si rocāsam ahaṃ devamanuṣyeṣviti //
JaimGS, 1, 18, 21.0 ādarśo 'sītyādarśa ātmānaṃ vīkṣetādarśo 'sy ā mā dṛśyāsan devamanuṣyā ubhaye śobho 'si śobhāsam ahaṃ devamanuṣyeṣu roco 'si rocāsam ahaṃ devamanuṣyeṣviti //
JaimGS, 1, 18, 21.0 ādarśo 'sītyādarśa ātmānaṃ vīkṣetādarśo 'sy ā mā dṛśyāsan devamanuṣyā ubhaye śobho 'si śobhāsam ahaṃ devamanuṣyeṣu roco 'si rocāsam ahaṃ devamanuṣyeṣviti //
JaimGS, 1, 21, 5.6 tṛtīyo 'gniṣṭe patisturīyo 'haṃ manuṣyajā iti //
JaimGS, 1, 21, 6.6 tāṃ pūṣañchivatamām erayasva yasyāṃ bījaṃ manuṣyā vapanti /
Jaiminīya-Upaniṣad-Brāhmaṇa
JUB, 1, 7, 3.3 guhā trīṇi nihitā neṅgayanti turīyaṃ vāco manuṣyā vadantīti //
JUB, 1, 7, 5.1 turīyaṃ vāco manuṣyā vadantīti /
JUB, 1, 11, 6.1 prastāvam manuṣyebhyaḥ /
JUB, 1, 31, 3.2 sa ya evam etat saptavidhaṃ sāma veda yat kiṃ ca prācyāṃ diśi yā devatā ye manuṣyā ye paśavo yad annādyaṃ tat sarvaṃ hiṅkāreṇāpnoti //
JUB, 1, 31, 9.1 atha yad asyāṃ diśi yā devatā ye manuṣyā ye paśavo yad annādyaṃ tat sarvaṃ nidhanenāpnoti //
JUB, 1, 40, 1.2 guhā trīṇi nihitā neṅgayanti turīyaṃ vāco manuṣyā vadantīti //
JUB, 1, 41, 1.1 tena haitenāsunā devā jīvanti pitaro jīvanti manuṣyā jīvanti paśavo jīvanti gandharvāpsaraso jīvanti sarvam idaṃ jīvati //
JUB, 2, 7, 2.2 bambenājadviṣeṇa pitaro dakṣiṇato 'yaṃ ta udgāyatv ity uśanasā kāvyenāsurāḥ paścād ayaṃ ta udgāyatv ity ayāsyenāṅgirasena manuṣyā uttarato 'yaṃ ta udgāyatv iti //
JUB, 2, 7, 11.1 sa hovāca devān eva devaloke dadhyām manuṣyān manuṣyaloke pitṝn pitṛloke nudeyāsmāllokād asurān svargam u tvāṃ lokaṃ gamayeyam iti //
JUB, 2, 7, 11.1 sa hovāca devān eva devaloke dadhyām manuṣyān manuṣyaloke pitṝn pitṛloke nudeyāsmāllokād asurān svargam u tvāṃ lokaṃ gamayeyam iti //
JUB, 2, 8, 3.2 sa prāṇena devān devaloke 'dadhād apānena manuṣyān manuṣyaloke vyānena pitṝn pitṛloke hiṅkāreṇa vajreṇāsmāllokād asurān anudata //
JUB, 2, 8, 3.2 sa prāṇena devān devaloke 'dadhād apānena manuṣyān manuṣyaloke vyānena pitṝn pitṛloke hiṅkāreṇa vajreṇāsmāllokād asurān anudata //
JUB, 2, 8, 9.1 sa ya evaṃ vidvān udgāyati prāṇenaiva devān devaloke dadhāty apānena manuṣyān manuṣyaloke vyānena pitṝn pitṛloke hiṅkāreṇaiva vajreṇāsmāllokād dviṣantam bhrātṛvyaṃ nudate //
JUB, 2, 8, 9.1 sa ya evaṃ vidvān udgāyati prāṇenaiva devān devaloke dadhāty apānena manuṣyān manuṣyaloke vyānena pitṝn pitṛloke hiṅkāreṇaiva vajreṇāsmāllokād dviṣantam bhrātṛvyaṃ nudate //
JUB, 3, 3, 8.1 tasmā u haitat provāca yad idam manuṣyān āgatam //
JUB, 3, 5, 1.1 evaṃ haitasmin sarvam idaṃ samprotaṃ gandharvāpsarasaḥ paśavo manuṣyāḥ //
JUB, 3, 13, 11.1 te ha vā ete akṣare devalokaś caiva manuṣyalokaś ca /
JUB, 3, 13, 12.1 āditya eva devalokaś candramā manuṣyalokaḥ /
JUB, 3, 14, 6.2 yad u ha vā asmiṃl loke manuṣyā yajante yat sādhu kurvanti tad eṣām ūrdhvam annādyam utsīdati /
JUB, 3, 14, 6.3 tad amuṃ candramasam manuṣyalokam praviśati //
JUB, 3, 19, 2.2 te manuṣyāṇām anvāgamād bibhyatas trayaṃ vedam apīḍayan //
JUB, 3, 27, 11.2 tasmāt te satyā ubhaye devamanuṣyā annādyam bharanti /
JUB, 4, 5, 2.1 aśnasu somo rājā niśāyām pitṛrājaḥ svapne manuṣyān praviśasi payasā paśūn //
JUB, 4, 7, 4.1 atha hovāca yadviduṣaḥ sūdgātā suhotā svadhvaryuḥ sumānuṣavid ājāyata iti yo vai manuṣyasya sambhūtiṃ vedeti hovāca tasya sūdgātā suhotā svadhvaryuḥ sumānuṣavid ājāyata iti prāṇā u ha vāva rājan manuṣyasya sambhūtir eveti //
JUB, 4, 7, 4.1 atha hovāca yadviduṣaḥ sūdgātā suhotā svadhvaryuḥ sumānuṣavid ājāyata iti yo vai manuṣyasya sambhūtiṃ vedeti hovāca tasya sūdgātā suhotā svadhvaryuḥ sumānuṣavid ājāyata iti prāṇā u ha vāva rājan manuṣyasya sambhūtir eveti //
JUB, 4, 11, 5.3 ahaṃ devānām annaṃ vikaromyaham manuṣyāṇām //
JUB, 4, 11, 6.3 na devānām annaṃ vikriyeta na manuṣyāṇām //
Jaiminīyabrāhmaṇa
JB, 1, 3, 8.0 na vā idaṃ manuṣyāḥ samāpsyanti //
JB, 1, 17, 2.0 devayonir haivānyā manuṣyayonir anyā //
JB, 1, 17, 4.0 devaloko haivānyo manuṣyaloko 'nyaḥ //
JB, 1, 17, 5.0 sā yā manuṣyayonir manuṣyaloka eva sa //
JB, 1, 17, 5.0 sā yā manuṣyayonir manuṣyaloka eva sa //
JB, 1, 37, 9.0 tad dvādaśāhaṃ hutvā pūrvebhyo manuṣyebhyaḥ pratyūhya svargamveva lokam abhyuccakramuḥ //
JB, 1, 38, 16.0 tad vai tad agnihotraṃ dvādaśāham eva pūrve manuṣyā juhavāṃcakruḥ //
JB, 1, 50, 14.0 sa haiṣa na manuṣyo ya evaṃ veda //
JB, 1, 61, 2.0 tam u haika ulmukād eva nirmanthanti yato vai manuṣyasyāntato naśyati tato vāva sa tasya prāyaścittim icchata iti vadantaḥ //
JB, 1, 68, 4.0 sa śīrṣata eva mukhatas trivṛtaṃ stomam asṛjata gāyatrīṃ chando rathantaraṃ sāmāgniṃ devatāṃ brāhmaṇaṃ manuṣyam ajaṃ paśum //
JB, 1, 68, 8.0 sa bāhubhyām evorasaḥ pañcadaśaṃ stomam asṛjata triṣṭubhaṃ chando bṛhat sāmendraṃ devatāṃ rājanyaṃ manuṣyam aśvaṃ paśum //
JB, 1, 69, 1.0 sa udarād eva madhyataḥ saptadaśaṃ stomam asṛjata jagatīṃ chando vāmadevyaṃ sāma viśvān devān devatāṃ vaiśyaṃ manuṣyaṃ gāṃ paśum //
JB, 1, 69, 5.0 sa padbhyām eva pratiṣṭhāyā ekaviṃśaṃ stomam asṛjatānuṣṭubhaṃ chando yajñāyajñīyaṃ sāma na kāṃcana devatāṃ śūdraṃ manuṣyam aviṃ paśum //
JB, 1, 94, 6.0 eta ity eva devān asṛjata asṛgram iti manuṣyān indava iti pitṝṃs tiraḥ pavitram iti grahān āśava iti stomān viśvānīty ukthāny abhi saubhagety evainā jātāḥ saubhāgyenābhyānak //
JB, 1, 98, 4.0 ugradevo ha smāha rājanir nāhaṃ manuṣyāyārātīyāmi yān asmai trīn devānāṃ śreṣṭhān arātīyato 'śṛṇom //
JB, 1, 116, 14.0 te devamanuṣyā āśanāyan //
JB, 1, 116, 15.0 itaḥpradānāddhi devā jīvanty amutaḥpradānān manuṣyāḥ //
JB, 1, 124, 8.0 yaddhi devebhyaḥ sarvam annādyaṃ pradīyeta na tad ihānnādyaṃ pariśiṣyeta yan manuṣyāś ca paśavaś copajīveyuḥ //
JB, 1, 145, 3.0 te devamanuṣyā āśanāyan //
JB, 1, 145, 4.0 itaḥpradānāddhi devā jīvanty amutaḥpradānān manuṣyāḥ //
JB, 1, 154, 18.0 devāḥ pitaro manuṣyās te 'nyata āsann asurā rakṣāṃsi piśācā anyataḥ //
JB, 1, 154, 21.0 te devāḥ pitaro manuṣyā asurān rakṣāṃsi piśācān abhyabhavan //
JB, 1, 154, 22.0 ta imān lokān vyabhajanta devalokam eva devā abhajanta pitṛlokaṃ pitaro manuṣyalokaṃ manuṣyāḥ //
JB, 1, 154, 22.0 ta imān lokān vyabhajanta devalokam eva devā abhajanta pitṛlokaṃ pitaro manuṣyalokaṃ manuṣyāḥ //
JB, 1, 258, 21.0 tad āhur yad ūrdhvo yajñas tāyeta devā eva jīveyur na manuṣyāḥ //
JB, 1, 258, 22.0 yad arvāṅ tāyeta manuṣyā eva jīveyur na devā iti //
JB, 1, 270, 8.0 athaitā devadhuraś ca manuṣyadhuraś ca saṃdadhāti //
JB, 1, 270, 9.0 mano vai manuṣyadhūḥ //
JB, 1, 270, 13.0 prāṇo vai manuṣyadhūḥ //
JB, 1, 270, 17.0 cakṣur vai manuṣyadhūḥ //
JB, 1, 270, 21.0 śrotraṃ vai manuṣyadhūḥ //
JB, 1, 270, 25.0 vāg vai manuṣyadhūḥ //
JB, 1, 270, 29.0 etad vai devadhuraś ca manuṣyadhuraś ca saṃdadhāti //
JB, 1, 270, 30.0 etad vai devadhuraś ca manuṣyadhuraś ca saṃdhāya taṃ mṛtyuṃ tarati yaḥ svargaloke //
JB, 1, 274, 9.0 yo vai devāṃś ca manuṣyāṃś ca vyāvartayati vi pāpmanāvartate //
JB, 1, 274, 16.0 acchannā iva hi pratyakṣaṃ niruktā iva manuṣyāḥ //
JB, 1, 274, 17.0 etad vai devāṃś ca manuṣyāṃś ca vyāvartayati vi pāpmanāvartate ya evaṃ veda //
JB, 1, 277, 4.0 yo vai devān manuṣyeṣv ābhaktān veda manuṣyān u deveṣv ābhakta eva deveṣu bhavaty ābhakto manuṣyeṣu //
JB, 1, 277, 4.0 yo vai devān manuṣyeṣv ābhaktān veda manuṣyān u deveṣv ābhakta eva deveṣu bhavaty ābhakto manuṣyeṣu //
JB, 1, 277, 4.0 yo vai devān manuṣyeṣv ābhaktān veda manuṣyān u deveṣv ābhakta eva deveṣu bhavaty ābhakto manuṣyeṣu //
JB, 1, 277, 11.0 tad yat pavamānasāmāni parāñcy eva bhavanty atheyam ṛg anuniveṣṭate tena devā manuṣyeṣv ābhaktāḥ //
JB, 1, 277, 12.0 atha yad abhyāvartiṣv ṛcaṃ niveṣṭamānāṃ sāmānuniveṣṭate teno manuṣyā deveṣv ābhaktāḥ //
JB, 1, 277, 13.0 sa ya etad evaṃ vedābhakta eva deveṣu bhavaty ābhakto manuṣyeṣu //
JB, 1, 278, 1.0 yo vai devarūpaṃ ca manuṣyarūpaṃ ca vyāvartayati vi pāpmanāvartate //
JB, 1, 278, 6.0 etad vai devarūpaṃ ca manuṣyarūpaṃ ca vyāvartayati vi pāpmanāvartate ya evaṃ veda //
JB, 1, 279, 1.0 yo vai devayaśasaṃ ca manuṣyayaśasaṃ ca veda yaśa eva deveṣu gacchati yaśo manuṣyeṣu //
JB, 1, 279, 1.0 yo vai devayaśasaṃ ca manuṣyayaśasaṃ ca veda yaśa eva deveṣu gacchati yaśo manuṣyeṣu //
JB, 1, 279, 5.0 abhyāvartā manuṣyayaśasam //
JB, 1, 279, 7.0 ta enaṃ manuṣyeṣu nivedayante //
JB, 1, 279, 8.0 etad vai devayaśasaṃ ca manuṣyayaśasaṃ ca //
JB, 1, 279, 9.0 sa ya evam etad devayaśasaṃ ca manuṣyayaśasaṃ ca veda yaśa eva deveṣu gacchati yaśo manuṣyeṣu //
JB, 1, 279, 9.0 sa ya evam etad devayaśasaṃ ca manuṣyayaśasaṃ ca veda yaśa eva deveṣu gacchati yaśo manuṣyeṣu //
JB, 1, 359, 1.0 tad āhur yat pūrvapakṣaṃ manuṣyāḥ sunvanty aparapakṣaṃ devā atha sattriṇa ubhau pūrvapakṣāparapakṣau sunvanta āsate yo nvāvaikena manuṣyeṇa saṃsunoti taṃ nv eva paricakṣate //
JB, 1, 359, 1.0 tad āhur yat pūrvapakṣaṃ manuṣyāḥ sunvanty aparapakṣaṃ devā atha sattriṇa ubhau pūrvapakṣāparapakṣau sunvanta āsate yo nvāvaikena manuṣyeṇa saṃsunoti taṃ nv eva paricakṣate //
JB, 1, 359, 2.0 atha kiṃ ya ubhayair devamanuṣyaiḥ //
JB, 1, 359, 4.0 sa brūyād amuṃ vai lokaṃ manuṣyāḥ pūrvapakṣe vardhayanty amum āpyāyayanty amuṃ prajanayanti //
JB, 1, 359, 10.0 manuṣyāṇām anuṣeṇo 'smīti //
JB, 2, 23, 10.0 sa brūyān manuṣyā bhūtā dīkṣante devā bhūtvottiṣṭhantīti //
JB, 2, 155, 21.0 atha hābhiyugvāno nāmāṣṭau devānāṃ sahacarā āsur aṣṭau pitṝṇām aṣṭau manuṣyāṇām aṣṭāv asurāṇām //
Kauśikasūtra
KauśS, 8, 2, 10.0 yo manuṣyāṇāṃ taṃ brāhmaṇān bhojayati //
KauśS, 8, 4, 2.0 dvitīyaṃ tat pāpacailaṃ bhavati tan manuṣyādhamāya dadyād ity eke //
KauśS, 11, 3, 13.1 yasya trayā gatam anuprayanti devā manuṣyāḥ paśavaś ca sarve /
KauśS, 11, 10, 12.3 ūrjaṃ me devā adadur ūrjaṃ manuṣyā uta /
KauśS, 11, 10, 12.5 payo me devā adaduḥ payo manuṣyā uta /
KauśS, 11, 10, 12.7 vīryaṃ me devā adaduḥ vīryaṃ manuṣyā uta /
KauśS, 11, 10, 18.1 yo ha yajate taṃ devā vidur yo dadāti taṃ manuṣyā yaḥ śrāddhāni kurute taṃ pitaras taṃ pitaraḥ //
KauśS, 13, 12, 2.1 ya āsurā manuṣyā āttadhanvaḥ puruṣamukhāś carān iha /
KauśS, 13, 12, 2.2 devā vayaṃ manuṣyās te devāḥ praviśāmasi /
KauśS, 13, 13, 1.1 atha yatraitad daivatāni nṛtyanti cyotanti hasanti gāyanti vānyāni vā rūpāṇi kurvanti ya āsurā manuṣyā mā no vidan namo devavadhebhya iti abhayair juhuyāt //
KauśS, 13, 14, 7.3 urvīṃ tvāhur manuṣyāḥ śriyaṃ tvā manaso viduḥ /
Kauṣītakibrāhmaṇa
KauṣB, 1, 1, 1.0 asmin vai loka ubhaye devamanuṣyā āsuḥ //
KauṣB, 1, 1, 6.0 anapacāyitāro manuṣyāḥ //
KauṣB, 1, 1, 7.0 katham vas tad bhaviṣyati yan manuṣyeṣviti //
KauṣB, 1, 1, 11.0 tayeha manuṣyebhyo bhaviṣyasīti //
KauṣB, 1, 1, 16.0 tayeha manuṣyebhyo 'tapat //
KauṣB, 6, 9, 26.0 devān manuṣyān asurān ity agnihotreṇa //
KauṣB, 7, 8, 6.0 tasmād asyām ūrdhvā oṣadhaya ūrdhvā vanaspataya ūrdhvā manuṣyā uttiṣṭhanti //
KauṣB, 10, 7, 7.0 daivyāḥ śamitāra uta ca manuṣyā ārabhadhvam upanayata medhyādura āśāsānā medhapatibhyāṃ medham iti //
KauṣB, 10, 7, 10.0 ko manuṣya iti brūyāt //
KauṣB, 11, 2, 29.0 tad yathā ha vā asmiṃlloke manuṣyāḥ paśūn aśnanti yathaibhir bhuñjata evam evāmuṣmiṃlloke paśavo manuṣyān aśnanty evam ebhir bhuñjate //
KauṣB, 11, 2, 29.0 tad yathā ha vā asmiṃlloke manuṣyāḥ paśūn aśnanti yathaibhir bhuñjata evam evāmuṣmiṃlloke paśavo manuṣyān aśnanty evam ebhir bhuñjate //
KauṣB, 11, 9, 4.0 yatraitat paśavo manuṣyā vayāṃsīti vācaṃ vyālabhante purā tataḥ //
Kaṭhopaniṣad
KaṭhUp, 1, 20.1 yeyaṃ prete vicikitsā manuṣye astīty eke nāyam astīti caike /
KaṭhUp, 1, 25.2 imā rāmāḥ sarathāḥ satūryā na hīdṛśā lambhanīyā manuṣyaiḥ /
KaṭhUp, 1, 27.1 na vittena tarpaṇīyo manuṣyo lapsyāmahe vittam adrākṣma cet tvā /
KaṭhUp, 2, 2.1 śreyaś ca preyaś ca manuṣyam etas tau samparītya vivinakti dhīraḥ /
KaṭhUp, 2, 3.2 naitāṃ sṛṅkāṃ vittamayīm avāpto yasyāṃ majjanti bahavo manuṣyāḥ //
KaṭhUp, 4, 8.2 dive diva īḍyo jāgṛvadbhir haviṣmadbhir manuṣyebhir agniḥ /
Khādiragṛhyasūtra
KhādGS, 2, 1, 11.0 dvirmanuṣyebhyaḥ //
Kātyāyanaśrautasūtra
KātyŚS, 1, 1, 4.0 manuṣyāṇāṃ vārambhasāmarthyāt //
KātyŚS, 1, 6, 17.0 sahasrasaṃvatsaram amanuṣyāṇām asambhavāt //
KātyŚS, 6, 4, 3.0 pravṛtya hotāram āśrāvyāhāgnir ha daivīnāṃ viśāṃ puraetāyaṃ yajamāno manuṣyāṇāṃ sunvann iti sutye tayor asthūri gārhapatyaṃ dīdayacchataṃ himā dvā yū rādhāṃsīt saṃpṛñcānāv asaṃpṛñcānau tanva iti //
Kāṭhakagṛhyasūtra
KāṭhGS, 25, 22.3 tāṃ pūṣañ śivatamām erayasva yasyāṃ bījaṃ manuṣyā vapanti /
KāṭhGS, 25, 22.8 tṛtīyo agniṣ ṭe patis turīyo 'haṃ manuṣyaja iti //
KāṭhGS, 41, 18.7 daivī manuṣye yā medhā sā mām āviśatād iha /
KāṭhGS, 41, 23.10 yad brāhmaṇasya brahmaṇi vrataṃ yad agneḥ sendrasya saprajāpatikasya sarṣikasya sapitṛkasya samanuṣyasya samanuṣyarājanyasya sagandharvāpsarojanaskasya sasarpetarajanaskasya sauṣadhivanaspatikasya saha grāmyaiḥ paśubhir āraṇyaiś ca sākāśasya saprakāśasya sātīkāśasya sānūkāśasya saha yan ma ātmana ātmani vrataṃ tan me sarvavratam /
KāṭhGS, 41, 23.10 yad brāhmaṇasya brahmaṇi vrataṃ yad agneḥ sendrasya saprajāpatikasya sarṣikasya sapitṛkasya samanuṣyasya samanuṣyarājanyasya sagandharvāpsarojanaskasya sasarpetarajanaskasya sauṣadhivanaspatikasya saha grāmyaiḥ paśubhir āraṇyaiś ca sākāśasya saprakāśasya sātīkāśasya sānūkāśasya saha yan ma ātmana ātmani vrataṃ tan me sarvavratam /
Kāṭhakasaṃhitā
KS, 6, 5, 65.0 yat prāśnāti tan manuṣyāṇām //
KS, 6, 7, 1.0 vācā vai saha manuṣyā ajāyantarte vāco devāś cāsurāś ca //
KS, 6, 7, 2.0 te yan manuṣyā avadaṃs tad evābhavan //
KS, 6, 7, 7.0 yat turīyam anṛtaṃ tan manuṣyeṣu nyadadhāt //
KS, 6, 7, 8.0 etad vai vāco 'nṛtaṃ yan manuṣyā vadanti //
KS, 6, 8, 5.0 yasya hy eṣāvaruddhā sa manuṣyāṇāṃ śreṣṭho bhavati //
KS, 7, 5, 31.0 manuṣyasyen nu yaḥ kāmam ṛdhnoti sa vasīyān bhavati //
KS, 7, 6, 4.0 gāyatryā vasavas triṣṭubhā rudrā jagatyādityā ambhas stheti paśavaḥ indhānā iti manuṣyāḥ //
KS, 7, 9, 39.0 acchinno daivyas tantur mā manuṣyaś chedīti //
KS, 7, 9, 40.0 devalokaṃ caiva manuṣyalokaṃ ca saṃtanoti //
KS, 8, 1, 25.0 eṣa vai manuṣyasya svargo loko yad asmiṃl loke vasīyān bhavati //
KS, 8, 2, 64.0 agnir vai manuṣyair devebhyo 'pākrāmat //
KS, 8, 3, 39.0 na vai su vidur iva manuṣyā nakṣatram //
KS, 8, 4, 39.0 tathā te 'gnim ādhāsyāmi yathā manuṣyā devān upa prajaniṣyanta iti //
KS, 8, 4, 44.0 tato manuṣyā devān upa prājāyanta //
KS, 8, 5, 16.0 aśvo vai bhūtvā yajño manuṣyān atyakrāmat //
KS, 8, 7, 18.0 saha vai devāś ca manuṣyāś caudanapacana āsan //
KS, 8, 7, 19.0 te manuṣyā devān atyacaran //
KS, 8, 7, 22.0 te manuṣyā eva devān atyacaran //
KS, 8, 7, 25.0 te manuṣyā eva devān atyacaran //
KS, 8, 7, 28.0 te manuṣyā eva devān atyacaran //
KS, 8, 8, 18.0 manuṣyarathenaiva devaratham abhyātiṣṭhati //
KS, 8, 10, 65.0 yathā vā idaṃ manuṣyā upāsata evam etaṃ devā upāsata //
KS, 8, 11, 19.0 nāsya manuṣyāḥ pāpavasīyasasyeśate ya evaṃ veda //
KS, 9, 12, 60.0 trayastriṃśena ca ha vā idaṃ saptahotrā ca saṃtataṃ yad idaṃ devamanuṣyā anyonyasmai pradadati //
KS, 10, 1, 43.0 agner vai manuṣyāś cakṣuṣā paśyanti viṣṇor devatāḥ //
KS, 10, 7, 34.0 devāḥ pitaro manuṣyās te 'nyata āsan //
KS, 11, 1, 42.0 agner vai manuṣyā naktaṃ cakṣuṣā paśyanti //
KS, 11, 4, 74.0 eṣa vai manuṣyasya svargo loko yad asmiṃl loke vasīyān bhavati //
KS, 11, 4, 79.0 asau vā ādityo 'nto 'ntaṃ manuṣyaś śriyo gatvā nivartate //
KS, 11, 6, 43.0 devaviśā manuṣyaviśāyā īśe //
KS, 11, 6, 44.0 devaviśaivainaṃ manuṣyaviśām avagamayati //
KS, 11, 6, 70.0 devaviśā manuṣyaviśāyā īśe //
KS, 11, 6, 71.0 devaviśaivainaṃ manuṣyaviśām avagamayati //
KS, 11, 6, 79.0 ubhe viśā avagacchati devaviśāṃ ca manuṣyaviśāṃ ca //
KS, 11, 8, 36.0 manuṣyā agner āyuṣkṛtaḥ //
KS, 12, 5, 64.0 tasya devaiḥ parivṛjyamānasya manuṣyā annaṃ nādanti //
KS, 12, 5, 69.0 tasya pūtasya svaditasya manuṣyā annam adanti //
KS, 14, 6, 20.0 paramam etan manuṣyāṇām annādyaṃ yat surā //
KS, 14, 6, 29.0 manuṣyalokaṃ surāgrahaiḥ //
KS, 14, 6, 54.0 na vā etān manuṣyo yoktum arhati //
KS, 19, 4, 51.0 sīda hotar iti devatā evāsmin saṃsādayati ni hoteti manuṣyān eva saṃsīdasveti vayāṃsy eva //
KS, 19, 4, 52.0 janiṣṭa hi jenyo agre ahnām iti devamanuṣyān evāsmin saṃsannān prajanayati //
KS, 19, 6, 39.0 ayajuṣā hi manuṣyāḥ kurvanti //
KS, 19, 12, 24.0 manuṣyā vai viśve devāḥ //
KS, 19, 12, 25.0 manuṣyair evainam udyacchate //
Maitrāyaṇīsaṃhitā
MS, 1, 2, 13, 6.5 etat tvaṃ deva soma devān upāvṛtedam ahaṃ manuṣyānt saha rāyaspoṣeṇa prajayā copāvarte /
MS, 1, 2, 14, 13.3 parīmaṃ yajamānaṃ manuṣyāḥ saha rāyaspoṣeṇa prajayā ca vyayantām /
MS, 1, 4, 4, 5.0 manuṣyān janam agan yajñaḥ //
MS, 1, 4, 7, 38.0 manuṣyasya hi nāma gṛhṇāti //
MS, 1, 4, 10, 3.0 manuṣyāṇāṃ gārhapatyaḥ //
MS, 1, 4, 10, 7.0 manuṣyāṇāṃ vai navāvasānam //
MS, 1, 6, 5, 1.0 yo vā asyāyaṃ manuṣyo 'gnir etam upāsīno 'nnam atti //
MS, 1, 6, 5, 15.0 yajñam asya devā upajīvanti varṣaṃ manuṣyāḥ //
MS, 1, 6, 9, 2.0 phalgunīpūrṇamāso vā ṛtūnāṃ mukham agnir devatānāṃ brāhmaṇo manuṣyāṇām //
MS, 1, 6, 12, 28.0 sa vāva mārtāṇḍo yasyeme manuṣyāḥ prajā //
MS, 1, 6, 12, 57.0 te 'bruvaṃs tad vayaṃ devā imaḥ kvāyaṃ manuṣyo gamiṣyatīti //
MS, 1, 8, 2, 40.0 paśubhyo manuṣyāḥ //
MS, 1, 8, 5, 43.0 manuṣyāṃs tena prīṇāti //
MS, 1, 8, 6, 31.0 āvirbhūyaṃ devamanuṣyeṣu gacchati ya evaṃ veda //
MS, 1, 9, 1, 42.0 mā devānāṃ tantuś chedi mā manuṣyāṇām //
MS, 1, 9, 5, 18.0 saptahotrā ca vā idaṃ saṃtataṃ trayastriṃśena ca yad idaṃ devamanuṣyā anyo 'nyasmai samprayacchate //
MS, 1, 10, 6, 13.0 atho amutaḥpradānāddhi manuṣyā yajñam upajīvanti //
MS, 1, 10, 17, 59.0 atho antarhitā hi devebhyaś ca manuṣyebhyaś ca pitaraḥ //
MS, 1, 10, 18, 20.0 saṃvyayate vai manuṣyebhyaḥ kariṣyan //
MS, 1, 10, 18, 43.0 devān vai pitṝn manuṣyā anuprapibante //
MS, 1, 11, 6, 24.0 na vā etān manuṣyā yoktum arhanti //
MS, 2, 1, 7, 12.0 agnir vai manuṣyāṇāṃ cakṣuṣaḥ pradātā viṣṇur devānām //
MS, 2, 2, 2, 21.0 etad vai manuṣyasyāmṛtatvaṃ yat sarvam āyur eti //
MS, 2, 2, 5, 3.0 parameṣṭhī rājanyo manuṣyāṇām //
MS, 2, 3, 4, 21.1 tasya manuṣyā āyuṣkṛtaḥ //
MS, 2, 3, 5, 28.0 agnir vai manuṣyāṇām āyuṣaḥ pradātā //
MS, 2, 3, 5, 67.0 tasya manuṣyā āyuṣkṛtaḥ //
MS, 2, 3, 6, 29.0 agner vai manuṣyā naktaṃ cakṣuṣā paśyanti sūryasya divā //
MS, 2, 3, 7, 22.0 yasya vai devā annam adanty adanti tasya manuṣyā annam //
MS, 2, 3, 7, 25.0 adanti hāsya manuṣyā annam //
MS, 2, 8, 14, 1.3 manuṣyās te goptāraḥ /
MS, 3, 6, 9, 18.0 daivīṃ dhiyaṃ manāmahā iti yajuṣā hastā avanenikte yajuṣā hi manuṣyā avanenijate vyāvṛttyai brahmaṇaḥ sadevatvāya //
MS, 3, 6, 9, 20.0 annaṃ vai manuṣyebhyā udabībhatsata //
MS, 3, 6, 9, 21.0 tad devā manuṣyeṣv adidhīrṣan //
MS, 3, 6, 9, 23.0 tato 'nnaṃ manuṣyān upāvartanta //
MS, 3, 6, 9, 24.0 ta idam annaṃ manuṣyeṣu dhṛtam //
MS, 3, 10, 3, 66.0 pra vā ito manuṣyāḥ paśuṃ cyāvayanti //
Muṇḍakopaniṣad
MuṇḍU, 2, 1, 7.1 tasmācca devā bahudhā samprasūtāḥ sādhyā manuṣyāḥ paśavo vayāṃsi /
Mānavagṛhyasūtra
MānGS, 1, 22, 17.5 evam ahaṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ vedānāṃ nidhipo bhūyāsam /
MānGS, 2, 16, 3.6 sarpo 'si sarpāṇām adhipatir annena manuṣyāṃs trāyase 'pūpena sarpān /
Nirukta
N, 1, 2, 4.0 teṣāṃ manuṣyavad devatābhidhānam //
Pañcaviṃśabrāhmaṇa
PB, 1, 6, 10.0 devakṛtasyainaso 'vayajanam asi pitṛkṛtasyainaso 'vayajanam asi manuṣyakṛtasyainaso 'vayajanam asy asmatkṛtasyainaso 'vayajanam asi yad divā ca naktaṃ cainaś cakṛma tasyāvayajanam asi yat svapantaś ca jāgrataś cainaś cakṛma tasyāvayajanam asi yad vidvāṃsaś cāvidvāṃsaś cainaś cakṛma tasyāvayajanam asy enasa enaso 'vayajanam asi //
PB, 6, 1, 6.0 so 'kāmayata yajñaṃ sṛjeyeti sa mukhata eva trivṛtam asṛjata taṃ gāyatrīchando 'nvasṛjyatāgnir devatā brāhmaṇo manuṣyo vasanta ṛtus tasmāt trivṛt stomānāṃ mukhaṃ gāyatrī chandasām agnir devatānāṃ brāhmaṇo manuṣyāṇāṃ vasanta ṛtūnāṃ tasmād brāhmaṇo mukhena vīryaṃ karoti mukhato hi sṛṣṭaḥ //
PB, 6, 1, 6.0 so 'kāmayata yajñaṃ sṛjeyeti sa mukhata eva trivṛtam asṛjata taṃ gāyatrīchando 'nvasṛjyatāgnir devatā brāhmaṇo manuṣyo vasanta ṛtus tasmāt trivṛt stomānāṃ mukhaṃ gāyatrī chandasām agnir devatānāṃ brāhmaṇo manuṣyāṇāṃ vasanta ṛtūnāṃ tasmād brāhmaṇo mukhena vīryaṃ karoti mukhato hi sṛṣṭaḥ //
PB, 6, 1, 8.0 sa urasta eva bāhubhyāṃ pañcadaśam asṛjata taṃ triṣṭupchando 'nvasṛjyatendro devatā rājanyo manuṣyo grīṣma ṛtus tasmād rājanyasya pañcadaśa stomas triṣṭup chanda indro devatā grīṣma ṛtus tasmād u bāhuvīryo bāhubhyāṃ hi sṛṣṭaḥ //
PB, 6, 1, 10.0 sa madhyata eva prajananāt saptadaśam asṛjata taṃ jagatīchando 'nvasṛjyata viśve devā devatā vaiśyo manuṣyo varṣā ṛtus tasmād vaiśyo 'dyamāno na kṣīyate prajananāddhi sṛṣṭas tasmād u bahupaśur vaiśvadevo hi jāgato varṣā hy asyartus tasmād brāhmaṇasya ca rājanyasya cādyo 'dharo hi sṛṣṭaḥ //
PB, 6, 1, 11.0 sa patta eva pratiṣṭhāyā ekaviṃśam asṛjata tam anuṣṭupchando 'nvasṛjyata na kācana devatā śūdro manuṣyas tasmācchūdra uta bahupaśur ayajñiyo videvo hi na hi taṃ kācana devatā 'nvasṛjyata tasmāt pādāvanejyaṃ nātivardhate patto hi sṛṣṭas tasmād ekaviṃśa stomānāṃ pratiṣṭhā pratiṣṭhāyā hi sṛṣṭas tasmād anuṣṭubhaṃ chandāṃsi nānuvyūhanti //
PB, 6, 5, 9.0 brāhmaṇaṃ pātre na mīmāṃseta yaṃ brāhmaṇam iva manyate pra devapātram āpnoti na manuṣyapātrāc chidyate //
PB, 6, 5, 10.0 vāg vai devebhyo 'pakrāmat sāpaḥ prāviśat tāṃ devāḥ punar ayācaṃs tā abruvan yat punar dadyāma kiṃ nas tataḥ syād iti yat kāmayadhva ity abruvaṃs tā abruvan yad evāsmāsu manuṣyā apūtaṃ praveśayāṃs tenāsaṃsṛṣṭā asāmeti //
PB, 6, 9, 15.0 eta iti vai prajāpatir devān asṛjatāsṛgram iti manuṣyān indava iti pitṝṃs tiraḥ pavitra iti grahān āśava iti stotraṃ viśvānīti śastram abhi saubhagety anyāḥ prajāḥ //
PB, 6, 9, 18.0 yad asṛgram iti tasmān manuṣyāḥ śvaḥ śvaḥ sṛjyante //
PB, 10, 5, 15.0 oko vai devānāṃ dvādaśāho yatho vai manuṣyā imaṃ lokam āviṣṭā evaṃ devatā dvādaśāham āviṣṭā devatā ha vā etena yajate ya evaṃ vidvān dvādaśāhena yajate //
PB, 12, 1, 4.0 eta iti vai prajāpatir devān asṛjatāsṛgram iti manuṣyān indava iti pitṝṃs tad eva tad abhivadati //
Pāraskaragṛhyasūtra
PārGS, 1, 4, 16.5 tṛtīyo 'gniṣṭe patis turīyas te manuṣyajāḥ somo 'dadad gandharvāya gandharvo 'dadad agnaye /
PārGS, 1, 19, 6.0 tūṣṇīṃ hanteti vā hantakāraṃ manuṣyā iti śruteḥ //
PārGS, 2, 4, 2.0 pāṇināgniṃ parisamūhati agne suśravaḥ suśravasaṃ mā kuru yathā tvam agne suśravaḥ suśravā asyevaṃ māṃ suśravaḥ sauśravasaṃ kuru yathā tvamagne devānāṃ yajñasya nidhipā asyevamahaṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ vedasya nidhipo bhūyāsamiti //
PārGS, 2, 9, 16.0 aharahaḥ svāhākuryād annābhāve kenacid ā kāṣṭhād devebhyaḥ pitṛbhyo manuṣyebhyaścodapātrāt //
Sāmavidhānabrāhmaṇa
SVidhB, 1, 1, 10.1 yo 'vareṣāṃ prathamas taṃ manuṣyāḥ yo dvitīyas taṃ gandharvāpsaraso yas tṛtīyas taṃ paśavo yaś caturthas taṃ pitaro ye cāṇḍeṣu śerate yaḥ pañcamas tam asurarakṣāṃsi yo 'ntyas tam oṣadhayo vanaspatayo yac cānyaj jagat /
SVidhB, 1, 8, 13.0 manuṣyeṣv abhivāteṣu ghṛtāktānāṃ yavānām āḍhakaṃ juhuyād agne tvaṃ no antama iti caturvargeṇa sāmānteṣu svāhākārair agnaye svāhā vāyave svāhā sūryāya svāhā candrāya svāheti ca snehavad amāṃsam annaṃ brāhmaṇān bhojayitvā svasti vācayitvā svasti haiṣāṃ bhavati //
SVidhB, 2, 5, 1.0 athaikamanuṣyāṇām āvartanaṃ striyo vā puṃso vā //
Taittirīyabrāhmaṇa
TB, 1, 1, 6, 8.10 manuṣyarathenaiva devarathaṃ pratyavarohati //
TB, 1, 2, 1, 22.2 puṣṭir yā te manuṣyeṣu paprathe /
TB, 2, 1, 3, 5.3 eṣā vai devamanuṣyāṇāṃ śāntā dik /
TB, 2, 1, 4, 7.9 tan manuṣyāṇām /
TB, 2, 1, 5, 6.5 yavāgvā grāmakāmasyauṣadhā vai manuṣyāḥ /
TB, 2, 1, 8, 1.6 manuṣyalokam eva tena jayati /
TB, 2, 2, 7, 4.5 sa vā ayaṃ manuṣyeṣu yajñaḥ saptahotā /
TB, 2, 2, 11, 6.3 sa vā ayaṃ manuṣyeṣu yajñaḥ saptahotā /
TB, 2, 3, 8, 3.3 tad anu manuṣyān asṛjata /
TB, 2, 3, 8, 3.4 tan manuṣyāṇāṃ manuṣyatvam /
TB, 2, 3, 8, 3.4 tan manuṣyāṇāṃ manuṣyatvam /
TB, 2, 3, 8, 3.5 ya evaṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ manuṣyatvaṃ veda /
TB, 2, 3, 8, 3.5 ya evaṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ manuṣyatvaṃ veda /
TB, 2, 3, 8, 3.8 tasmai manuṣyānt sasṛjānāya /
TB, 2, 3, 8, 3.15 devā manuṣyāḥ pitaro 'surāḥ /
TB, 3, 1, 4, 1.7 evaṃ ha vā eṣa manuṣyāṇāṃ bhavati /
TB, 3, 1, 4, 11.6 śraddha vā asmai manuṣyā dadhate /
TB, 3, 1, 6, 4.3 evam ahaṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ bhūyāsam iti /
TB, 3, 1, 6, 4.5 evaṃ ha vā eṣa manuṣyāṇāṃ bhavati /
Taittirīyasaṃhitā
TS, 1, 3, 4, 4.5 etat tvaṃ soma devo devān upāgā idam aham manuṣyo manuṣyānt saha prajayā saha rāyaspoṣeṇa /
TS, 1, 3, 4, 4.5 etat tvaṃ soma devo devān upāgā idam aham manuṣyo manuṣyānt saha prajayā saha rāyaspoṣeṇa /
TS, 1, 3, 6, 5.3 parivīr asi pari tvā daivīr viśo vyayantām parīmaṃ rāyaspoṣo yajamānam manuṣyāḥ /
TS, 1, 5, 7, 12.1 atho devalokād eva manuṣyaloke pratitiṣṭhati //
TS, 1, 5, 9, 45.1 manuṣyāyen nvai yo 'harahar āhṛtyāthainaṃ yācati sa in nvai tam upārcchati //
TS, 1, 6, 7, 6.0 gārhapatyo manuṣyāṇām //
TS, 1, 6, 7, 19.0 manuṣyā in nvā upastīrṇam icchanti kim u devā yeṣāṃ navāvasānam //
TS, 1, 6, 7, 35.0 kṣut khalu vai manuṣyasya bhrātṛvyaḥ //
TS, 1, 6, 8, 5.0 ubhaye 'sya devamanuṣyā iṣṭāya śraddadhate //
TS, 1, 7, 2, 3.1 tām upāhva iti hovāca yā prāṇena devān dādhāra vyānena manuṣyān apānena pitṝn iti //
TS, 1, 7, 2, 11.1 yayā manuṣyā jīvanti sā vyānena manuṣyān //
TS, 1, 7, 2, 11.1 yayā manuṣyā jīvanti sā vyānena manuṣyān //
TS, 2, 1, 2, 7.3 tasmān manuṣyāḥ sarvāṃ vācam vadanti /
TS, 2, 2, 9, 3.3 agner vai cakṣuṣā manuṣyā vipaśyanti yajñasya devā agniṃ caiva viṣṇuṃ ca svena bhāgadheyenopadhāvati /
TS, 3, 1, 9, 1.1 yo vai devān devayaśasenārpayati manuṣyān manuṣyayaśasena devayaśasy eva deveṣu bhavati manuṣyayaśasī manuṣyeṣu /
TS, 3, 1, 9, 1.1 yo vai devān devayaśasenārpayati manuṣyān manuṣyayaśasena devayaśasy eva deveṣu bhavati manuṣyayaśasī manuṣyeṣu /
TS, 3, 1, 9, 1.1 yo vai devān devayaśasenārpayati manuṣyān manuṣyayaśasena devayaśasy eva deveṣu bhavati manuṣyayaśasī manuṣyeṣu /
TS, 3, 1, 9, 1.1 yo vai devān devayaśasenārpayati manuṣyān manuṣyayaśasena devayaśasy eva deveṣu bhavati manuṣyayaśasī manuṣyeṣu /
TS, 3, 1, 9, 1.2 yān prācīnam āgrayaṇād grahān gṛhṇīyāt tān upāṃśu gṛhṇīyād yān ūrdhvāṃs tān upabdimato devān eva tad devayaśasenārpayati manuṣyān manuṣyayaśasena devayaśasy eva deveṣu bhavati manuṣyayaśasī manuṣyeṣu /
TS, 3, 1, 9, 1.2 yān prācīnam āgrayaṇād grahān gṛhṇīyāt tān upāṃśu gṛhṇīyād yān ūrdhvāṃs tān upabdimato devān eva tad devayaśasenārpayati manuṣyān manuṣyayaśasena devayaśasy eva deveṣu bhavati manuṣyayaśasī manuṣyeṣu /
TS, 3, 1, 9, 1.2 yān prācīnam āgrayaṇād grahān gṛhṇīyāt tān upāṃśu gṛhṇīyād yān ūrdhvāṃs tān upabdimato devān eva tad devayaśasenārpayati manuṣyān manuṣyayaśasena devayaśasy eva deveṣu bhavati manuṣyayaśasī manuṣyeṣu /
TS, 3, 1, 9, 1.2 yān prācīnam āgrayaṇād grahān gṛhṇīyāt tān upāṃśu gṛhṇīyād yān ūrdhvāṃs tān upabdimato devān eva tad devayaśasenārpayati manuṣyān manuṣyayaśasena devayaśasy eva deveṣu bhavati manuṣyayaśasī manuṣyeṣu /
TS, 5, 1, 4, 57.1 ni hoteti manuṣyān //
TS, 5, 1, 4, 60.1 devamanuṣyān evāsmai saṃsannān prajanayati //
TS, 5, 1, 9, 11.1 tasmād yad vāco 'nāptaṃ tan manuṣyā upajīvanti //
TS, 5, 3, 10, 21.0 yathāsau devānāṃ rocata evam evaiṣa manuṣyāṇāṃ rocate //
TS, 5, 4, 7, 10.0 ubhayeṣv evaitayā devamanuṣyeṣu cakṣur dadhāti //
TS, 5, 4, 8, 48.0 manuṣyacchandasaṃ catasraś cāṣṭau ca //
TS, 5, 4, 8, 49.0 devacchandasaṃ caiva manuṣyacchandasaṃ cāvarunddhe //
TS, 5, 4, 9, 15.0 agnicin manuṣyāṇām //
TS, 5, 4, 10, 1.0 suvargāya vai lokāya devaratho yujyate yatrākūtāya manuṣyarathaḥ //
TS, 6, 1, 1, 2.0 devamanuṣyā diśo vyabhajanta prācīṃ devā dakṣiṇā pitaraḥ pratīcīm manuṣyāḥ udīcīṃ rudrāḥ //
TS, 6, 1, 1, 2.0 devamanuṣyā diśo vyabhajanta prācīṃ devā dakṣiṇā pitaraḥ pratīcīm manuṣyāḥ udīcīṃ rudrāḥ //
TS, 6, 1, 1, 5.0 antarhito hi devaloko manuṣyalokāt //
TS, 6, 1, 1, 36.0 bahiḥprāṇo vai manuṣyaḥ //
TS, 6, 1, 1, 44.0 niṣpakvam manuṣyāṇām //
TS, 6, 1, 1, 56.0 savyaṃ hi pūrvam manuṣyā āñjate //
TS, 6, 1, 1, 58.0 nīva hi manuṣyā dhāvante //
TS, 6, 1, 1, 64.0 aparimitaṃ hi manuṣyā āñjate //
TS, 6, 1, 1, 66.0 apatūlayā hi manuṣyā āñjate vyāvṛttyai //
TS, 6, 1, 2, 4.0 manuṣyaloka evainam pavayitvā pūtaṃ devalokam praṇayati //
TS, 6, 1, 2, 71.0 tasmād yad vāco 'nāptaṃ tan manuṣyā upajīvanti //
TS, 6, 1, 3, 5.2 vajro vai śarāḥ kṣut khalu vai manuṣyasya bhrātṛvyo yac charamayī mekhalā bhavati vajreṇaiva sākṣāt kṣudham bhrātṛvyam madhyato 'pahate /
TS, 6, 1, 4, 28.0 ubhayebhya evainaṃ devamanuṣyebhyaḥ prāha //
TS, 6, 1, 6, 59.0 tasmād ekahāyanā manuṣyā vācaṃ vadanti //
TS, 6, 2, 10, 15.0 tasmāt parastād arvācīm manuṣyā ūrjam upajīvanti //
TS, 6, 3, 2, 5.2 idam aham manuṣyo manuṣyān ity āha /
TS, 6, 3, 2, 5.2 idam aham manuṣyo manuṣyān ity āha /
TS, 6, 3, 2, 5.3 manuṣyo hy eṣa san manuṣyān upaiti /
TS, 6, 3, 2, 5.3 manuṣyo hy eṣa san manuṣyān upaiti /
TS, 6, 3, 4, 6.3 pitṝṇāṃ nikhātam manuṣyāṇām ūrdhvaṃ nikhātād ā raśanāyā oṣadhīnāṃ raśanā viśveṣām //
TS, 6, 3, 4, 7.2 yajñena vai devāḥ suvargaṃ lokam āyan te 'manyanta manuṣyā no 'nvābhaviṣyantīti te yūpena yopayitvā suvargaṃ lokam āyan tam ṛṣayo yūpenaivānuprājānan tad yūpasya yūpatvam //
TS, 6, 3, 9, 2.2 pārśvata āchyati madhyato hi manuṣyā āchyanti tiraścīnam āchyaty anūcīnaṃ hi manuṣyā āchyanti vyāvṛttyai /
TS, 6, 3, 9, 2.2 pārśvata āchyati madhyato hi manuṣyā āchyanti tiraścīnam āchyaty anūcīnaṃ hi manuṣyā āchyanti vyāvṛttyai /
TS, 6, 3, 10, 2.3 manuṣyā no 'nvābhaviṣyantīti tasya śiraś chittvā medham prākṣārayant sa prakṣo 'bhavat tat prakṣasya prakṣatvaṃ yat plakṣaśākhottarabarhir bhavati samedhasyaiva //
TS, 6, 4, 3, 3.0 manuṣyebhya evaitena karoti //
TS, 6, 4, 5, 42.0 ubhayeṣv eva devamanuṣyeṣu prāṇān dadhāti //
TS, 6, 4, 9, 11.0 tau devā abruvann apūtau vā imau manuṣyacarau bhiṣajāv iti //
TS, 6, 5, 3, 2.0 te 'manyanta manuṣyā no 'nvābhaviṣyantīti //
TS, 6, 5, 6, 18.0 tasya vā iyam prajā yan manuṣyaḥ //
TS, 6, 5, 7, 23.0 etasmin vā api grahe manuṣyebhyo devebhyaḥ pitṛbhyaḥ kriyate //
TS, 6, 5, 7, 25.0 manuṣyebhya evaitena karoti //
TS, 6, 6, 4, 5.0 yad antarvedi minuyād devalokam abhijayed yad bahirvedi manuṣyalokam //
TS, 6, 6, 4, 7.0 uparasaṃmitām minuyāt pitṛlokakāmasya raśanasaṃmitām manuṣyalokakāmasya caṣālasaṃmitām indriyakāmasya sarvānt samān pratiṣṭhākāmasya //
Taittirīyopaniṣad
TU, 2, 3, 1.1 prāṇaṃ devā anu prāṇanti manuṣyāḥ paśavaśca ye /
TU, 2, 8, 2.1 sa eko manuṣyagandharvāṇāmānandaḥ śrotriyasya cākāmahatasya /
TU, 2, 8, 2.2 te ye śataṃ manuṣyagandharvāṇāmānandāḥ sa eko devagandharvāṇāmānandaḥ śrotriyasya cākāmahatasya /
Taittirīyāraṇyaka
TĀ, 5, 5, 3.3 rociṣīyāhaṃ manuṣyeṣv ity āha /
TĀ, 5, 5, 3.4 rocata evaiṣa manuṣyeṣu /
TĀ, 5, 5, 3.7 rucito 'haṃ manuṣyeṣv āyuṣmāṃs tejasvī brahmavarcasī bhūyāsam ity āha /
TĀ, 5, 5, 3.8 rucita evaiṣa manuṣyeṣv āyuṣmāṃs tejasvī brahmavarcasī bhavati /
TĀ, 5, 7, 1.9 etāni vā asyai manuṣyanāmāni //
TĀ, 5, 7, 8.3 na vā etaṃ manuṣyo bhartum arhati /
TĀ, 5, 8, 5.2 tan manuṣyānām /
TĀ, 5, 9, 10.10 idam ahaṃ manuṣyo manuṣyān ity āha //
TĀ, 5, 9, 10.10 idam ahaṃ manuṣyo manuṣyān ity āha //
TĀ, 5, 9, 11.1 manuṣyo hi /
TĀ, 5, 9, 11.2 eṣa san manuṣyān upaiti /
Vaitānasūtra
VaitS, 3, 13, 12.4 manuṣyakṛtasya /
VaitS, 4, 1, 13.3 ojasvantaṃ mām āyuṣmantaṃ manuṣyeṣu kṛṇuhi /
Vasiṣṭhadharmasūtra
VasDhS, 9, 12.0 dadyād devapitṛmanuṣyebhyaḥ sa gacchet svargam ānantyam ity ānantyam //
Vājasaneyisaṃhitā (Mādhyandina)
VSM, 5, 39.2 etat tvaṃ deva soma devo devāṁ upāgā idam ahaṃ manuṣyānt saha rāyaspoṣeṇa /
VSM, 6, 6.1 parivīr asi pari tvā daivīr viśo vyayantāṃ parīmaṃ yajamānaṃ rāyo manuṣyāṇām /
VSM, 8, 13.2 manuṣyakṛtasyainaso 'vayajanam asi /
VSM, 8, 38.5 agne varcasvin varcasvāṃs tvaṃ deveṣv asi varcasvān ahaṃ manuṣyeṣu bhūyāsam //
VSM, 8, 39.5 indraujiṣṭhaujiṣṭhas tvaṃ deveṣv asy ojiṣṭho 'haṃ manuṣyeṣu bhūyāsam //
VSM, 8, 40.5 sūrya bhrājiṣṭha bhrājiṣṭhas tvaṃ deveṣv asi bhrājiṣṭho 'haṃ manuṣyeṣu bhūyāsam //
VSM, 8, 41.5 sūrya bhrājiṣṭha bhrājiṣṭhas tvaṃ deveṣv asi bhrājiṣṭho 'haṃ manuṣyeṣu bhūyāsam //
VSM, 8, 60.1 devān divam agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu manuṣyān antarikṣam agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu pitṝn pṛthivīm agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu yaṃ kaṃ ca lokam agan yajñas tato me bhadraṃ abhūt //
VSM, 9, 31.2 aśvinau dvyakṣareṇa dvipado manuṣyān udajayatāṃ tān ujjeṣam /
Vārāhagṛhyasūtra
VārGS, 5, 27.4 yathā tvaṃ devānāṃ vedasya nidhigopo 'sy evamahaṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ brahmaṇo nidhigopo bhūyāsamiti pratigṛhṇāti //
VārGS, 14, 10.6 tṛtīyo 'gniṣṭe patisturyo 'haṃ manuṣyajāḥ /
Vārāhaśrautasūtra
VārŚS, 1, 1, 5, 2.2 bṛhaspatir devānāṃ brahmāhaṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ bṛhaspate yajñaṃ gopāyāhaṃ bhūpatir ahaṃ bhuvanapatir ahaṃ mahato bhūtasya patiḥ /
VārŚS, 1, 3, 7, 20.33 yan no gṛhaṃ bhayam āgād abuddhaṃ yad devataḥ pitṛto yan manuṣyataḥ /
VārŚS, 3, 1, 2, 24.0 divaṃ proṣṭhanīm āroha tām āruhya prapaśyaikarāṇ manuṣyāṇām ity ārohantam anumantrayate //
VārŚS, 3, 2, 8, 3.3 anṛṇo devānām anṛṇaḥ pitṝṇāṃ manuṣyāṇām anṛṇo bhavāmi yad akṣavṛttaṃ saṃskarādīṣṭa sarvasmād anṛṇo bhavāmīti hutveṣṭiṃ nirvapati //
Āpastambadharmasūtra
ĀpDhS, 1, 11, 3.0 manuṣyaprakṛtīnāṃ ca devānāṃ yajñe bhuktvety eke //
ĀpDhS, 1, 12, 15.0 ahar ahar bhūtabalir manuṣyebhyo yathāśakti dānam //
ĀpDhS, 1, 16, 14.0 svapne kṣavathau śṛṅkhāṇikāśrvālambhe lohitasya keśānām agner gavāṃ brāhmaṇasya striyāś cālambhe mahāpathaṃ ca gatvāmedhyaṃ copaspṛśyāprayataṃ ca manuṣyaṃ nīvīṃ ca paridhāyāpa upaspṛśet //
ĀpDhS, 1, 17, 5.0 manuṣyair avaghrātam anyair vāmedhyaiḥ //
ĀpDhS, 1, 20, 12.0 manuṣyān rasān rāgān gandhān annaṃ carma gavāṃ vaśāṃ śleṣmodake tokmakiṇve pippalimarīce dhānyaṃ māṃsam āyudhaṃ sukṛtāśāṃ ca //
ĀpDhS, 1, 20, 15.0 annena cānnasya manuṣyāṇāṃ ca manuṣyai rasānāṃ ca rasair gandhānāṃ ca gandhair vidyayā ca vidyānām //
ĀpDhS, 1, 20, 15.0 annena cānnasya manuṣyāṇāṃ ca manuṣyai rasānāṃ ca rasair gandhānāṃ ca gandhair vidyayā ca vidyānām //
ĀpDhS, 1, 21, 15.0 śuno manuṣyasya ca kukkuṭasūkarāṇāṃ grāmyāṇāṃ kravyādasām //
ĀpDhS, 1, 21, 16.0 manuṣyāṇāṃ mūtrapurīṣaprāśanam //
ĀpDhS, 2, 16, 1.1 saha devamanuṣyā asmiṃlloke purā babhūvuḥ /
ĀpDhS, 2, 16, 1.2 atha devāḥ karmabhir divaṃ jagmur ahīyanta manuṣyāḥ /
ĀpDhS, 2, 20, 21.0 saṃgrahītā ca manuṣyān //
Āpastambagṛhyasūtra
ĀpGS, 1, 17.1 sakṛd eva manuṣyasaṃyuktāni //
Āpastambaśrautasūtra
ĀpŚS, 7, 21, 6.7 nir mā yamasya paḍbīśāt sarvasmād devakilbiṣād atho manuṣyakilbiṣād iti //
ĀpŚS, 7, 28, 4.1 āhutyai vā etaṃ vanaspatibhyaḥ pracyāvayanty upayajya manuṣyāḥ prayānti /
ĀpŚS, 18, 6, 4.1 divaṃ proṣṭhinīm āroha tām āruhya prapaśyaikarāṇ manuṣyāṇām ity ārohantam abhimantrayate //
Āśvalāyanagṛhyasūtra
ĀśvGS, 1, 22, 21.2 yathā tvaṃ devānāṃ yajñasya nidhipo asy evam aham manuṣyāṇāṃ vedasya nidhipo bhūyāsam iti //
ĀśvGS, 2, 1, 10.0 pradakṣiṇaṃ parītya paścād baler upaviśya sarpo 'si sarpatāṃ sarpāṇām adhipatir asy annena manuṣyāṃstrāyase 'pūpena sarpān yajñena devāṃs tvayi mā santaṃ tvayi santaḥ sarpā mā hiṃsiṣur dhruvāmuṃ te paridadāmi //
ĀśvGS, 3, 1, 3.0 tad yad agnau juhoti sa devayajño yad baliṃ karoti sa bhūtayajño yat pitṛbhyo dadāti sa pitṛyajño yat svādhyāyam adhīte sa brahmayajño yan manuṣyebhyo dadāti sa manuṣyayajña iti //
ĀśvGS, 3, 9, 1.3 yad agneḥ sendrasya saprajāpatikasya saṛṣikasya saṛṣirājanyasya sapitṛkasya sapitṛrājanyasya samanuṣyasya samanuṣyarājanyasya sākāśasya sātīkāśasya sānukāśasya sapratīkāśasya sadevamanuṣyasya sagandharvāpsaraskasya sahāraṇyaiś ca paśubhir grāmyaiśca yan ma ātmana ātmani vrataṃ tan me sarvavratam idam aham agne sarvavrato bhavāmi svāheti //
ĀśvGS, 3, 9, 1.3 yad agneḥ sendrasya saprajāpatikasya saṛṣikasya saṛṣirājanyasya sapitṛkasya sapitṛrājanyasya samanuṣyasya samanuṣyarājanyasya sākāśasya sātīkāśasya sānukāśasya sapratīkāśasya sadevamanuṣyasya sagandharvāpsaraskasya sahāraṇyaiś ca paśubhir grāmyaiśca yan ma ātmana ātmani vrataṃ tan me sarvavratam idam aham agne sarvavrato bhavāmi svāheti //
ĀśvGS, 3, 9, 1.3 yad agneḥ sendrasya saprajāpatikasya saṛṣikasya saṛṣirājanyasya sapitṛkasya sapitṛrājanyasya samanuṣyasya samanuṣyarājanyasya sākāśasya sātīkāśasya sānukāśasya sapratīkāśasya sadevamanuṣyasya sagandharvāpsaraskasya sahāraṇyaiś ca paśubhir grāmyaiśca yan ma ātmana ātmani vrataṃ tan me sarvavratam idam aham agne sarvavrato bhavāmi svāheti //
ĀśvGS, 4, 4, 4.0 dakṣiṇāgniś cet pūrvaṃ prāpnuyān manuṣyaloka enaṃ prāpad iti vidyād rātsyaty asāvamutraivam ayam asminn iti putraḥ //
Śatapathabrāhmaṇa
ŚBM, 1, 1, 1, 4.2 satyaṃ caivānṛtaṃ ca satyameva devā anṛtam manuṣyā idamahamanṛtātsatyamupaimīti tanmanuṣyebhyo devānupaiti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 1, 4.2 satyaṃ caivānṛtaṃ ca satyameva devā anṛtam manuṣyā idamahamanṛtātsatyamupaimīti tanmanuṣyebhyo devānupaiti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 1, 7.2 tad u hāṣāḍhaḥ sāvayaso 'naśanameva vratam mene mano ha vai devā manuṣyasyājānanti ta enametadvratamupayantaṃ viduḥ prātarno yakṣyata iti te 'sya viśve devā gṛhān āgacchanti te 'sya gṛheṣūpavasanti sa upavasathaḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 1, 8.2 yo manuṣyeṣv anaśnatsu pūrvo 'śnīyād atha kimu yo deveṣv anaśnatsu pūrvo 'śnīyāt tasmād u naivāśnīyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 17.2 devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinorbāhubhyām pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmīti savitā vai devānām prasavitā tat savitṛprasūta evaitadgṛhṇāty aśvinor bāhubhyām ityaśvināvadhvaryū pūṣṇo hastābhyāmiti pūṣā bhāgadugho 'śanam pāṇibhyāmupanidhātā satyaṃ devā anṛtaṃ manuṣyās tat satyenaivaitad gṛhṇāti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 1, 4.2 apāgne agnim āmādaṃ jahi niṣkravyādaṃ sedhety ayaṃ vā āmād yenedam manuṣyāḥ paktvāśnanty atha yena puruṣaṃ dahanti sa kravyād etāvevaitadubhāvato 'pahanti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 2, 14.2 devastvā savitā śrapayatviti na vā etasya manuṣyaḥ śrapayitā devo hyeṣa tadenaṃ deva eva savitā śrapayati varṣiṣṭhe 'dhi nāka iti devatro etadāha yadāha varṣiṣṭhe 'dhi nāka iti tamabhimṛśati śṛtaṃ vedānīti tasmādvā abhimṛśati //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 4.2 devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinorbāhubhyām pūṣṇo hastābhyāmādade 'dhvarakṛtaṃ devebhya iti savitā vai devānām prasavitā tat savitṛprasūta evainametadādatte 'śvinorbāhubhyām ity aśvināvadhvaryū tat tayoreva bāhubhyām ādatte na svābhyāṃ vajro vā eṣa tasya na manuṣyo bhartā tam etābhir devatābhir ādatte //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 17.2 prācī hi devānāṃ dig atho udakpravaṇodīcī hi manuṣyāṇāṃ dig dakṣiṇataḥ purīṣam pratyudūhaty eṣā vai dikpitṝṇāṃ sā yaddakṣiṇāpravaṇā syāt kṣipre ha yajamāno 'muṃ lokam iyāt tatho ha yajamāno jyogjīvati tasmād dakṣiṇataḥ purīṣam pratyudūhati purīṣavatīṃ kurvīta paśavo vai purīṣam paśumatīm evainām etat kurute //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 24.2 te ha smāvamarśaṃ yajante te pāpīyāṃsa āsur atha ye nejire te śreyāṃsa āsus tato 'śraddhā manuṣyānviveda ye yajante pāpīyāṃsaste bhavanti ya u na yajante śreyāṃsaste bhavantīti tata ito devān havirna jagāmetaḥ pradānāddhi devā upajīvanti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 25.2 bṛhaspatimāṅgirasam aśraddhā vai manuṣyān avidat tebhyo vidhehi yajñamiti sa hetyovāca bṛhaspatir āṅgirasaḥ kathā na yajadhva iti te hocuḥ kiṃ kāmyā yajemahi ye yajante pāpīyāṃsaste bhavanti ya u na yajante śreyāṃsaste bhavantīti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 1.2 tadyatsrucaḥ saṃmārṣṭi yathā vai devānāṃ caraṇaṃ tadvā anu manuṣyāṇāṃ tasmād yadā manuṣyāṇām pariveṣaṇam upakᄆptam bhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 1.2 tadyatsrucaḥ saṃmārṣṭi yathā vai devānāṃ caraṇaṃ tadvā anu manuṣyāṇāṃ tasmād yadā manuṣyāṇām pariveṣaṇam upakᄆptam bhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 3.2 nirṇenektyevainā etannirṇiktābhiḥ pracarāṇīti tadvai dvayenaiva devebhyo nirṇenijaty ekena manuṣyebhyo 'dbhiśca brahmaṇā ca devebhya āpo hi kuśā brahma yajur ekenaiva manuṣyebhyo 'dbhir evaivam v etan nānā bhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 3.2 nirṇenektyevainā etannirṇiktābhiḥ pracarāṇīti tadvai dvayenaiva devebhyo nirṇenijaty ekena manuṣyebhyo 'dbhiśca brahmaṇā ca devebhya āpo hi kuśā brahma yajur ekenaiva manuṣyebhyo 'dbhir evaivam v etan nānā bhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 4.2 gāyatrīmevaitadarvācīṃ ca parācīṃ ca yunakti parācyaha devebhyo yajñaṃ vahaty arvācī manuṣyānavati tasmādvā eti ca preti cānvāha //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 31.2 haviṣmanto hyetaṃ manuṣyā īḍate tasmādāha taṃ haviṣmanta īḍata iti //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 2, 3.2 upastautyevaināmetanmahayatyeva yadāha devayuvaṃ viśvavārām itīḍāmahai devāṁ īḍenyān namasyāma namasyānyajāma yajñiyān itīḍāmahai tāndevānya īḍenyā namasyāma tānye namasyā yajāma yajñiyān iti manuṣyā vā īḍenyāḥ pitaro namasyā devā yajñiyāḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 2, 4.2 parābhūtā vai tā evamevaitadyā imāḥ prajā aparābhūtās tā yajña ābhajati manuṣyānanu paśavo devānanu vayāṃsyoṣadhayo vanaspatayo yadidaṃ kiṃcaivam u tatsarvaṃ yajña ābhaktam //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 27.2 yadeva mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ samagacchata sa eva maitrāvaruṇo nyaṅgo brahmā devakṛtopahūteti brahmā hyeṣāṃ devakṛtopahūtopahūtā daivyā adhvaryava upahūtā manuṣyā iti taddaivāṃścaivādhvaryūnupahvayate ye ca mānuṣā vatsā vai daivyā adhvaryavo 'tha ya itare te mānuṣāḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 2, 8.2 chandāṃsi vā anuyājāḥ paśavo vai devānāṃ chandāṃsi tadyathedaṃ paśavo yuktā manuṣyebhyo vahanty evaṃ chandāṃsi yuktāni devebhyo yajñaṃ vahanti tadyatra chandāṃsi devānt samatarpayann atha chandāṃsi devāḥ samatarpayaṃs tadatas tat prāg abhūd yacchandāṃsi yuktāni devebhyo yajñam avākṣur yad enānt samatītṛpan //
ŚBM, 2, 1, 2, 7.1 rohiṇyām u ha vai paśavo 'gnī ādadhire manuṣyāṇāṃ kāmaṃ rohemeti /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 2, 7.2 te manuṣyāṇāṃ kāmam arohan /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 2, 7.3 yam u haiva tat paśavo manuṣyeṣu kāmam arohaṃs tam u haiva paśuṣu kāmaṃ rohati ya evaṃ vidvān rohiṇyām ādhatte //
ŚBM, 2, 1, 3, 9.6 ko hi manuṣyasya śvo veda //
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 1.2 mano ha vai devā manuṣyasyājānanti /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 2.1 tan nv evānavakᄆptaṃ yo manuṣyeṣv anaśnatsu pūrvo 'śnīyāt /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 13.2 agnir ha yatra devebhyo manuṣyān abhyupāvavarta taddhekṣāṃcakre maiva sarveṇevātmanā manuṣyān abhyupāvṛtam iti //
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 13.2 agnir ha yatra devebhyo manuṣyān abhyupāvavarta taddhekṣāṃcakre maiva sarveṇevātmanā manuṣyān abhyupāvṛtam iti //
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 21.2 dhenur iva vā iyam manuṣyebhyaḥ sarvān kāmān duhe /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 21.4 māteva vā iyam manuṣyān bibharti /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 2, 13.2 sa yaṃ tam asurā nyadadhata tenānena manuṣyā bhuñjate //
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 28.8 devānāṃ havyavāhano 'gnir iti vahati vā eṣa manuṣyebhyaḥ /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 1, 2.2 samaṃ sadavibhraṃśi syād avibhraṃśi satprākpravaṇaṃ syāt prācī hi devānāṃ dig atho udakpravaṇam udīcī hi manuṣyāṇāṃ dig dakṣiṇataḥ pratyucchritamiva syād eṣā vai dik pitṝṇāṃ sa yad dakṣiṇāpravaṇaṃ syāt kṣipre ha yajamāno 'muṃ lokamiyāt tatho ha yajamāno jyog jīvati tasmād dakṣiṇataḥ pratyucchritamiva syāt //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 1, 6.2 prācī hi devānāṃ dik purastādvai devāḥ pratyañco manuṣyān upāvṛttās tasmāt tebhyaḥ prāṅ tiṣṭhañjuhoti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 1, 7.2 neddevānabhiprasārya śayā iti yā dakṣiṇā dik sā pitṝṇāṃ yā pratīcī sā sarpāṇāṃ yato devā uccakramuḥ saiṣāhīnā yodīcī dik sā manuṣyāṇāṃ tasmānmānuṣa udīcīnavaṃśām eva śālāṃ vā vimitaṃ vā minvanty udīcī hi manuṣyāṇāṃ dig dīkṣitasyaiva prācīnavaṃśā nādīkṣitasya //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 1, 7.2 neddevānabhiprasārya śayā iti yā dakṣiṇā dik sā pitṝṇāṃ yā pratīcī sā sarpāṇāṃ yato devā uccakramuḥ saiṣāhīnā yodīcī dik sā manuṣyāṇāṃ tasmānmānuṣa udīcīnavaṃśām eva śālāṃ vā vimitaṃ vā minvanty udīcī hi manuṣyāṇāṃ dig dīkṣitasyaiva prācīnavaṃśā nādīkṣitasya //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 1, 8.2 ned abhivarṣād iti nveva varṣā devānvā eṣa upāvartate yo dīkṣate sa devatānāmeko bhavati tira iva vai devā manuṣyebhyas tira ivaitad yat pariśritaṃ tasmāt pariśrayanti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 8.2 ghṛtaṃ vai devānām phāṇṭam manuṣyāṇām athaitannāhaiva ghṛtaṃ no phāṇṭaṃ syādeva ghṛtaṃ syāt phāṇṭam ayātayāmatāyai tadenam ayātayāmnaivāyātayāmānaṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 11.2 asurarakṣasāni jaghnus tacchuṣṇo dānavaḥ pratyaṅ patitvā manuṣyāṇāmakṣīṇi praviveśa sa eṣa kanīnakaḥ kumāraka iva paribhāsate tasmā evaitadyajñam upaprayantsarvato 'śmapurām paridadhātyaśmā hyāñjanam //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 4, 3.2 imāṃ jitiṃ jigyuryaiṣāmiyaṃ jitis te hocuḥ kathaṃ na idam manuṣyair anabhyārohyaṃ syāditi te yajñasya rasaṃ dhītvā yathā madhu madhukṛto nirdhayeyur viduhya yajñaṃ yūpena yopayitvā tiro 'bhavannatha yadenenāyopayaṃstasmādyūpo nāma //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 2, 2.2 imāṃ jitiṃ jigyuryaiṣāmiyaṃ jitis te hocuḥ kathaṃ na idam manuṣyair anabhyārohyaṃ syāditi te yajñasya rasaṃ dhītvā yathā madhu madhukṛto nirdhayeyurviduhya yajñaṃ yūpena yopayitvā tiro 'bhavannatha yadenenāyopayaṃs tasmādyūpo nāma //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 21.2 parivīrasi pari tvā daivīr viśo vyayantām parīmaṃ yajamānaṃ rāyo manuṣyāṇāmiti tadyajamānāyāśiṣamāśāste yadāha parīmaṃ yajamānaṃ rāyo manuṣyāṇāmiti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 21.2 parivīrasi pari tvā daivīr viśo vyayantām parīmaṃ yajamānaṃ rāyo manuṣyāṇāmiti tadyajamānāyāśiṣamāśāste yadāha parīmaṃ yajamānaṃ rāyo manuṣyāṇāmiti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 25.2 tena pitṛlokaṃ jayaty atha yadūrdhvaṃ nikhātād ā raśanāyai tena manuṣyalokaṃ jayatyatha yadūrdhvaṃ raśanāyā ā caṣālāttena devalokaṃ jayatyatha yadūrdhvaṃ caṣālāddvyaṅgulaṃ vā tryaṅgulaṃ vā sādhyā iti devāstena teṣāṃ lokaṃ jayati saloko vai sādhyairdevairbhavati ya evametadveda //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 27.2 imāṃ jitiṃ jigyuryaiṣāmiyaṃ jitis te hocuḥ kathaṃ na idam manuṣyair anabhyārohyaṃ syāditi te yajñasya rasaṃ dhītvā yathā madhu madhukṛto nirdhayeyur viduhya yajñaṃ yūpena yopayitvā tiro 'bhavann atha yadenenāyopayaṃstasmādyūpo nāma purastādvai prajñā purastānmanojavas tasmātpūrvārdhe minoti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 2.2 na vā etamagre manuṣyo 'dhṛṣṇot sa yad evartasya pāśenaitaddevahaviḥ pratimuñcaty athainam manuṣyo dhṛṣṇoti tasmād āha dharṣā mānuṣa iti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 2.2 na vā etamagre manuṣyo 'dhṛṣṇot sa yad evartasya pāśenaitaddevahaviḥ pratimuñcaty athainam manuṣyo dhṛṣṇoti tasmād āha dharṣā mānuṣa iti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 10.2 dvau hyatra hotārau bhavataḥ sa maitrāvaruṇāyāhaivāśrāvayati yajamānaṃ tveva pravṛṇīte 'gnirha daivīnāṃ viśām puraetety agnirhi devatānām mukhaṃ tasmādāhāgnirha daivīnāṃ viśām puraetetyayaṃ yajamāno manuṣyāṇām iti taṃ hi so 'nvardho bhavati yasminnardhe yajate tasmād āhāyaṃ yajamāno manuṣyāṇām iti tayor asthūri gārhapatyaṃ dīdayacchataṃ himā dvāyū iti tayor anārtāni gārhapatyāni śataṃ varṣāṇi santv ity evaitad āha //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 10.2 dvau hyatra hotārau bhavataḥ sa maitrāvaruṇāyāhaivāśrāvayati yajamānaṃ tveva pravṛṇīte 'gnirha daivīnāṃ viśām puraetety agnirhi devatānām mukhaṃ tasmādāhāgnirha daivīnāṃ viśām puraetetyayaṃ yajamāno manuṣyāṇām iti taṃ hi so 'nvardho bhavati yasminnardhe yajate tasmād āhāyaṃ yajamāno manuṣyāṇām iti tayor asthūri gārhapatyaṃ dīdayacchataṃ himā dvāyū iti tayor anārtāni gārhapatyāni śataṃ varṣāṇi santv ity evaitad āha //
ŚBM, 4, 1, 3, 16.2 turīyaṃ turīyaṃ cenmām abībhajus turīyameva tarhi vāṅniruktaṃ vadiṣyatīti tadetatturīyaṃ vāco niruktaṃ yanmanuṣyā vadantyathaitatturīyaṃ vāco 'niruktaṃ yatpaśavo vadanty athaitatturīyaṃ vāco 'niruktaṃ yad vayāṃsi vadanty athaitatturīyaṃ vāco 'niruktaṃ yadidaṃ kṣudraṃ sarīsṛpaṃ vadati //
ŚBM, 4, 1, 3, 17.2 catvāri vākparimitā padāni tāni vidurbrāhmaṇā ye manīṣiṇaḥ guhā trīṇi nihitā neṅgayanti turīyaṃ vāco manuṣyā vadantīti //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 4, 12.1 teṣām bhakṣaḥ agne varcasvin varcasvāṃs tvaṃ deveṣv asi varcasvān ahaṃ manuṣyeṣu bhūyāsam /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 4, 12.2 indraujiṣṭhaujiṣṭhas tvaṃ deveṣv asy ojiṣṭho 'haṃ manuṣyeṣu bhūyāsam /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 4, 12.3 sūrya bhrājiṣṭha bhrājiṣṭhas tvaṃ deveṣv asi bhrājiṣṭho 'haṃ manuṣyeṣu bhūyāsam iti /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 5, 7.1 śukrapātram evānu manuṣyāḥ prajāyante /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 6, 3.6 ato hi devebhya unnayanty ato manuṣyebhyo 'taḥ pitṛbhyaḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 7, 8.1 atho abhy eva mṛśed devān divam agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu manuṣyān antarikṣam agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu pitṝn pṛthivīm agan yajñas tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 4, 2.2 yad vai manuṣyāṇām aśanaṃ tad devānāṃ vratam /
ŚBM, 5, 2, 1, 6.2 puruṣo vai prajāpater nediṣṭhaṃ so 'yam atvag ete vai puruṣasyauṣadhīnāṃ nediṣṭhatamāṃ yad godhūmās teṣāṃ na tvagasti manuṣyalokam evaitenojjayati //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 3.2 saptadaśānnāni saṃbharanti saptadaśaḥ prajāpatiriti vadantas tad u tathā na kuryāt prajāpater nveva sarvam annam anavaruddhaṃ ka u tasmai manuṣyo yaḥ sarvam annam avarundhīta tasmād u sarvamevānnaṃ yathopasmāraṃ saṃbharann ekam annaṃ na saṃbharet //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 4.2 mahiṣyai gṛhānparetya ādityaṃ caruṃ nirvapatīyaṃ vai pṛthivyaditiḥ seyaṃ devānām patny eṣā vā etasya patnī bhavati tasmādādityo bhavatyetadvā asyaikaṃ ratnaṃ yanmahiṣī tasyā evaitena sūyate tāṃ svām anapakramiṇīṃ kurute tasyai dhenurdakṣiṇā dhenuriva vā iyam manuṣyebhyaḥ sarvān kāmān duhe mātā dhenur māteva vā iyam manuṣyānbibharti tasmāddhenurdakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 4.2 mahiṣyai gṛhānparetya ādityaṃ caruṃ nirvapatīyaṃ vai pṛthivyaditiḥ seyaṃ devānām patny eṣā vā etasya patnī bhavati tasmādādityo bhavatyetadvā asyaikaṃ ratnaṃ yanmahiṣī tasyā evaitena sūyate tāṃ svām anapakramiṇīṃ kurute tasyai dhenurdakṣiṇā dhenuriva vā iyam manuṣyebhyaḥ sarvān kāmān duhe mātā dhenur māteva vā iyam manuṣyānbibharti tasmāddhenurdakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 5, 4.2 pṛthī ha vai vainyo manuṣyāṇām prathamo 'bhiṣiṣice so 'kāmayata sarvamannādyamavarundhīyeti tasmā etānyajuhavuḥ sa idaṃ sarvamannādyam avarurudhe 'pi ha smāsmā āraṇyānpaśūn abhihvayantyasāvehi rājā tvā pakṣyata iti tathedaṃ sarvamannādyamavarurudhe sarvaṃ ha vā annādyamavarunddhe yasyaivaṃ viduṣa etāni hvayante //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 5.2 niṣasāda dhṛtavrata iti dhṛtavrato vai rājā na vā eṣa sarvasmā iva vadanāya na sarvasmā iva karmaṇe yadeva sādhu vadedyatsādhu kuryāttasmai vā eṣa ca śrotriyaś caitau ha vai dvau manuṣyeṣu dhṛtavratau tasmādāha niṣasāda dhṛtavrata iti varuṇaḥ pastyāsv eti viśo vai pastyā vikṣv ety evaitadāha sāmrājyāya sukraturiti rājyāyetyevaitadāha yadāha sāmrājyāya sukraturiti //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 2, 2.2 dvādaśa vai māsāḥ saṃvatsarasya tasmāddvādaśa bhavanti māsi māsi yajetetyāhuḥ ko veda manuṣyasya tasmānna māsi māsi yajeta śamyāparāvyādhe śamyāparāvyādha eva ṣaḍbhiryajate prāṅ yān atha punarāvṛttaḥ śamyāparāvyādhe śamyāparāvyādha eva ṣaḍbhiryajate //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 17.2 prāṇo vai brahma pūrvyam annaṃ namas tat tad eṣaivāhutir annam etayaiva tad āhutyaitenānnena prāṇān etasmai karmaṇe yuṅkte vi śloka etu pathyeva sūreriti yathobhayeṣu devamanuṣyeṣu kīrtiśloko yajamānasya syād evam etad āha śṛṇvantu viśve amṛtasya putrā iti prajāpatirvā amṛtas tasya viśve devāḥ putrā ā ye dhāmāni divyāni tasthur itīme vai lokā divyāni dhāmāni tad ya eṣu lokeṣu devās tān etad āha //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 24.2 eṣa ha vā anaddhāpuruṣo yo na devānavati na pitṝn na manuṣyāṃs tat sarvairaha paśubhir anvaicchan no yātayāmā anupajīvanīyā abhavan //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 22.2 udīcaḥ prācaḥ paśūnprasṛjatyeṣā hobhayeṣāṃ devamanuṣyāṇāṃ digyadudīcī prācy etasyāṃ taddiśi paśūndadhāti tasmādubhaye devamanuṣyāḥ paśūnupajīvanti //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 22.2 udīcaḥ prācaḥ paśūnprasṛjatyeṣā hobhayeṣāṃ devamanuṣyāṇāṃ digyadudīcī prācy etasyāṃ taddiśi paśūndadhāti tasmādubhaye devamanuṣyāḥ paśūnupajīvanti //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 2, 3.2 eṣā hobhayeṣāṃ devamanuṣyāṇāṃ digyadudīcī prācī //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 6.2 daivo vā asyaiṣa ātmā mānuṣo 'yaṃ devā u vā agre 'tha manuṣyās tasmāt samidhamādhāyātha vratayati //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 3.2 asau vā āditya eṣa rukmo no haitam agnim manuṣyo manuṣyarūpeṇa yantum arhaty etenaiva rūpeṇaitad rūpam bibharti //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 3.2 asau vā āditya eṣa rukmo no haitam agnim manuṣyo manuṣyarūpeṇa yantum arhaty etenaiva rūpeṇaitad rūpam bibharti //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 3, 11.7 manuṣyā naraḥ /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 3, 11.8 tad yo 'yam manuṣyeṣu prāṇo 'gnis tam etad āha /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 4, 8.3 devānāṃ vai vidhām anu manuṣyāḥ /
ŚBM, 6, 8, 1, 4.2 ubhayam v etat prajāpatir yac ca devā yac ca manuṣyāḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 4, 12.5 apānena manuṣyā annam adanti /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 4, 12.6 tasmāt pratyaṅ manuṣyeṣv annaṃ dhīyate /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 4, 12.7 apānena hi manuṣyā annam adanti //
ŚBM, 10, 3, 5, 13.6 sa ha sa na manuṣyo ya evaṃvit /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 1, 16.5 yo vai kalā manuṣyāṇām akṣaraṃ tad devānām //
ŚBM, 10, 4, 2, 2.2 so 'yaṃ saṃvatsaraḥ prajāpatiḥ sarvāṇi bhūtāni sasṛje yac ca prāṇi yac cāprāṇam ubhayān devamanuṣyān /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 3, 9.1 sa mṛtyur devān abravīd ittham eva sarve manuṣyā amṛtā bhaviṣyanti /
ŚBM, 10, 4, 4, 3.4 ka u tasmai manuṣyo yaḥ sahasrasaṃvatsaram avarundhīta /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 10.2 rājanyabandhavo manuṣyāṇām anutamāṃ gopāyanti /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 2, 20.12 rayir iti manuṣyāḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 4, 1.3 manuṣyā yajuṣmatya iṣṭakāḥ sūdadohāḥ /
ŚBM, 10, 6, 4, 1.12 hayo bhūtvā devān avahad vājī gandharvān arvāsurān aśvo manuṣyān /
ŚBM, 13, 1, 4, 3.0 tadāhuḥ pra vā etad aśvo mīyate yat parāṅeti na hyenam pratyāvartayantīti yat sāyaṃ dhṛtīrjuhoti kṣemo vai dhṛtiḥ kṣemo rātriḥ kṣemeṇaivainaṃ dādhāra tasmāt sāyam manuṣyāśca paśavaśca kṣemyā bhavanty atha yat prātariṣṭibhir yajata icchatyevainaṃ tat tasmād divā naṣṭaiṣa eti yad v eva sāyaṃ dhṛtīr juhoti prātariṣṭibhir yajate yogakṣemameva tad yajamānaḥ kalpayate tasmād yatraitena yajñena yajante kᄆptaḥ prajānāṃ yogakṣemo bhavati //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 3, 1.0 devā vā aśvamedhe pavamānaṃ svargaṃ lokaṃ na prājānaṃs tamaśvaḥ prājānād yadaśvamedhe'śvena pavamānāya sarpanti svargasya lokasya prajñātyai pucchamanvārabhante svargasyaiva lokasya samaṣṭyai na vai manuṣyaḥ svargaṃ lokam añjasā vedāśvo vai svargaṃ lokamañjasā veda //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 4, 1.0 prajāpatir akāmayata ubhau lokāvabhijayeyaṃ devalokaṃ ca manuṣyalokaṃ ceti sa etānpaśūnapaśyadgrāmyāṃś cāraṇyāṃśca tānālabhata tairimau lokāvavārunddha grāmyaireva paśubhirimaṃ lokamavārunddhāraṇyairamum ayaṃ vai loko manuṣyaloko 'thāsau devaloko yad grāmyān paśūn ālabhata imameva tairlokaṃ yajamāno 'varunddhe yadāraṇyān amuṃ taiḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 4, 1.0 prajāpatir akāmayata ubhau lokāvabhijayeyaṃ devalokaṃ ca manuṣyalokaṃ ceti sa etānpaśūnapaśyadgrāmyāṃś cāraṇyāṃśca tānālabhata tairimau lokāvavārunddha grāmyaireva paśubhirimaṃ lokamavārunddhāraṇyairamum ayaṃ vai loko manuṣyaloko 'thāsau devaloko yad grāmyān paśūn ālabhata imameva tairlokaṃ yajamāno 'varunddhe yadāraṇyān amuṃ taiḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 15.0 etasyāṃ saṃsthitāyām upotthāyādhvaryuśca yajamānaś cāśvasya dakṣiṇe karṇa ājapato vibhūr mātrā prabhūḥ pitreti tasyoktam brāhmaṇam athainam udañcam prāñcam prasṛjata eṣā hobhayeṣāṃ devamanuṣyāṇāṃ dig yad udīcī prācī svāyāmevainaṃ tad diśi dhatto na vai sva āyatane pratiṣṭhito riṣyaty ariṣṭyai //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 16.0 sa āha devā āśāpālāḥ etaṃ devebhyo 'śvam medhāya prokṣitaṃ rakṣatety uktā mānuṣā āśāpālā athaite daivā āpyāḥ sādhyā anvādhyā marutas tam eta ubhaye devamanuṣyāḥ saṃvidānā apratyāvartayantaḥ saṃvatsaraṃ rakṣanti tad yaṃ na pratyāvartayanty eṣa vā eṣa tapati ka u hyetam arhati pratyāvartayituṃ yaddhyenam pratyāvartayeyuḥ parāg evedaṃ sarvaṃ syāt tasmād apratyāvartayanto rakṣanti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 3.0 manur vaivasvato rājety āha tasya manuṣyā viśas ta ima āsata ity aśrotriyā gṛhamedhina upasametā bhavanti tān upadiśaty ṛco vedaḥ so 'yam ityṛcāṃ sūktaṃ vyācakṣāṇa ivānudraved vīṇāgaṇagina upasametā bhavanti tān adhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati vīṇāgaṇagina ity āha purāṇair imaṃ yajamānaṃ rājabhiḥ sādhukṛdbhiḥ saṃgāyateti taṃ te tathā saṃgāyanti tad yad enam evaṃ saṃgāyanti purāṇair evainaṃ tad rājabhiḥ sādhukṛdbhiḥ salokaṃ kurvanti //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 20.0 athātmannagnī samārohya uttaranārāyaṇenādityam upasthāyānapekṣamāṇo 'raṇyam abhipreyāt tad eva manuṣyebhyas tirobhavati yady u grāme vivatsed araṇyoragnī samārohyottaranārāyaṇenaivādityam upasthāya gṛheṣu pratyavasyed atha tān yajñakratūn āhareta yān abhyāpnuyāt sa vā eṣa na sarvasmā anuvaktavyaḥ sarvaṃ hi puruṣamedho net sarvasmā iva sarvam bravāṇīti yo nv eva jñātas tasmai brūyād atha yo 'nūcāno 'tha yo 'sya priyaḥ syān net tv eva sarvasmā iva //
ŚBM, 13, 8, 1, 6.2 udīcī vai manuṣyāṇām dik /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 1, 6.3 tad enaṃ manuṣyaloka ābhajati /
ŚBM, 13, 8, 1, 6.4 etaddha vai pitaro manuṣyaloka ābhaktā bhavanti yad eṣām prajā bhavati /
Śāṅkhāyanagṛhyasūtra
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 2, 8.2 nidhir eṣa manuṣyāṇāṃ devānāṃ pātram ucyate //
ŚāṅkhGS, 6, 6, 16.0 yathāgamaprajñāśrutismṛtivibhavād anukrāntamānād avivādapratiṣṭhād abhayaṃ śaṃbhave no astu namo 'stu devaṛṣipitṛmanuṣyebhyaḥ śivam āyur vapur anāmayaṃ śāntim ariṣṭim akṣitim ojas tejo yaśo balaṃ brahmavarcasaṃ kīrtim āyuḥ prajāṃ paśūn namo namaskṛtā vardhayantu duṣṭutād durupayuktān nyūnādhikāc ca sarvasmāt svasti devaṛṣibhyaś ca brahma satyaṃ ca pātu mām iti brahma satyaṃ ca pātu mām iti //
Śāṅkhāyanāraṇyaka
ŚāṅkhĀ, 5, 1, 3.0 sa hovāca pratardanaḥ tvam eva me vṛṇīṣva yaṃ tvaṃ manuṣyāya hitatamaṃ manyasa iti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 5, 1, 10.0 etad evāhaṃ manuṣyāya hitatamaṃ manye yo māṃ vijānīyāt //
Ṛgveda
ṚV, 1, 164, 45.2 guhā trīṇi nihitā neṅgayanti turīyaṃ vāco manuṣyā vadanti //
ṚV, 3, 4, 8.1 ā bhāratī bhāratībhiḥ sajoṣā iḍā devair manuṣyebhir agniḥ /
ṚV, 3, 29, 2.2 dive diva īḍyo jāgṛvadbhir haviṣmadbhir manuṣyebhir agniḥ //
ṚV, 6, 47, 16.2 edhamānadviᄆ ubhayasya rājā coṣkūyate viśa indro manuṣyān //
ṚV, 7, 2, 8.1 ā bhāratī bhāratībhiḥ sajoṣā iᄆā devair manuṣyebhir agniḥ /
ṚV, 7, 89, 5.1 yat kiṃ cedaṃ varuṇa daivye jane 'bhidroham manuṣyāś carāmasi /
ṚV, 10, 35, 8.1 pipartu mā tad ṛtasya pravācanaṃ devānāṃ yan manuṣyā amanmahi /
ṚV, 10, 70, 3.1 śaśvattamam īḍate dūtyāya haviṣmanto manuṣyāso agnim /
ṚV, 10, 85, 37.1 tām pūṣañchivatamām erayasva yasyām bījam manuṣyā vapanti /
ṚV, 10, 85, 40.2 tṛtīyo agniṣ ṭe patis turīyas te manuṣyajāḥ //
ṚV, 10, 98, 8.1 yaṃ tvā devāpiḥ śuśucāno agna ārṣṭiṣeṇo manuṣyaḥ samīdhe /
ṚV, 10, 109, 6.1 punar vai devā adaduḥ punar manuṣyā uta /
Ṛgvedakhilāni
ṚVKh, 4, 6, 7.2 yo bibharti dākṣāyaṇā hiraṇyaṃ sa deveṣu kṛṇute dīrgham āyuḥ sa manuṣyeṣu kṛṇute dīrgham āyuḥ //
ṚVKh, 4, 11, 6.1 suṣārathir aśvān iva yan manuṣyān nenīyate 'bhīśubhir vājina iva /
Ṣaḍviṃśabrāhmaṇa
ṢB, 1, 1, 29.1 devā haiva devā atha haite manuṣyadevā ye brāhmaṇāḥ śuśruvāṃso 'nūcānās te manuṣyadevāḥ //
ṢB, 1, 5, 12.1 atha skannād vā bhinnād vā tredhā yajña utkrāmati devān divaṃ tṛtīyam antarikṣaṃ manuṣyāṃs tṛtīyaṃ pṛthivīṃ pitṝṃs tṛtīyam //
ṢB, 1, 5, 13.2 antarikṣaṃ manuṣyān yajño 'gāt tato mā draviṇam aṣṭu /
ṢB, 2, 2, 2.1 pratīcyo manuṣyalokāya //
Arthaśāstra
ArthaŚ, 2, 4, 5.1 caturdaṇḍaḥ setuvanapathaḥ dvidaṇḍo hastikṣetrapathaḥ pañcāratnayo rathapathaḥ catvāraḥ paśupathaḥ dvau kṣudrapaśumanuṣyapathaḥ //
ArthaŚ, 2, 9, 2.1 karmasu caiṣāṃ nityaṃ parīkṣāṃ kārayet cittānityatvān manuṣyānām //
ArthaŚ, 2, 9, 3.1 aśvasadharmāṇo hi manuṣyā niyuktāḥ karmasu vikurvate //
ArthaŚ, 4, 6, 2.1 kṣīṇadāyakuṭumbam alpanirveśaṃ viparītadeśajātigotranāmakarmāpadeśaṃ pracchannavṛttikarmāṇaṃ māṃsasurābhakṣyabhojanagandhamālyavastravibhūṣaṇeṣu prasaktam ativyayakartāraṃ puṃścalīdyūtaśauṇḍikeṣu prasaktam abhīkṣṇapravāsinam avijñātasthānagamanam ekāntāraṇyaniṣkuṭavikālacāriṇaṃ pracchanne sāmiṣe vā deśe bahumantrasaṃnipātaṃ sadyaḥkṣatavraṇānāṃ gūḍhapratīkārakārayitāram antargṛhanityam abhyadhigantāraṃ kāntāparaṃ paraparigrahāṇāṃ parastrīdravyaveśmanām abhīkṣṇapraṣṭāraṃ kutsitakarmaśāstropakaraṇasaṃsargaṃ virātre channakuḍyacchāyāsaṃcāriṇaṃ virūpadravyāṇām adeśakālavikretāraṃ jātavairāśayaṃ hīnakarmajātiṃ vigūhamānarūpaṃ liṅgenāliṅginaṃ liṅginaṃ vā bhinnācāraṃ pūrvakṛtāpadānaṃ svakarmabhir apadiṣṭaṃ nāgarikamahāmātradarśane gūhamānam apasarantam anucchvāsopaveśinam āvignaṃ śuṣkabhinnasvaramukhavarṇaṃ śastrahastamanuṣyasampātatrāsinaṃ hiṃsrastenanidhinikṣepāpahāraparaprayogagūḍhājīvinām anyatamaṃ śaṅketa //
ArthaŚ, 4, 8, 28.1 tasyābhiśastāṅko lalāṭe syād vyavahārapatanāya steye śvā manuṣyavadhe kabandho gurutalpe bhagaṃ surāpāne madyadhvajaḥ //
ArthaŚ, 4, 10, 16.1 devapaśupratimāmanuṣyakṣetragṛhahiraṇyasuvarṇaratnasasyāpahāriṇa uttamo daṇḍaḥ śuddhavadho vā //
ArthaŚ, 4, 13, 22.1 chinnanasyaṃ bhagnayugaṃ tiryakpratimukhāgataṃ pratyāsarad vā cakrayuktaṃ yātā paśumanuṣyasaṃbādhe vā hiṃsāyām adaṇḍyaḥ //
ArthaŚ, 14, 1, 21.1 sa eva citrabhekāntramadhuyuktaḥ prameham āpādayati manuṣyalohitayuktaḥ śoṣam //
ArthaŚ, 14, 2, 38.1 śastrahatasya śūlaprotasya vā puruṣasya vāmapārśvaparśukāsthiṣu kalmāṣaveṇunā nirmathito 'gniḥ striyāḥ puruṣasya vāsthiṣu manuṣyaparśukayā nirmathito 'gnir yatra trir apasavyaṃ gacchati na cātrānyo 'gnir jvalati //
ArthaŚ, 14, 3, 73.2 kapiroma manuṣyāsthi baddhvā mṛtakavāsasā //
ArthaŚ, 14, 3, 75.2 svayaṃguptā manuṣyāsthi pade yasya nikhanyate //
ArthaŚ, 14, 4, 10.1 manuṣyāṇām akṣamātram gavāśvānāṃ dviguṇam caturguṇaṃ hastyuṣṭrāṇām //
Avadānaśataka
AvŚat, 1, 5.8 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 1, 7.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
AvŚat, 2, 5.1 atha yaśomatī dārikā tad atyadbhutaṃ devamanuṣyāvarjanakaraṃ prātihāryaṃ dṛṣṭvā mūlanikṛtta iva drumaḥ sarvaśarīreṇa bhagavataḥ pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhā anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena cittotpādena deyadharmaparityāgena ca andhe loke anāyake apariṇāyake buddho bhūyāsam atīrṇānāṃ sattvānāṃ tārayitā amuktānāṃ mocayitā anāśvastānām āśvāsayitā aparinirvṛtānāṃ parinirvāpayiteti //
AvŚat, 2, 6.8 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 2, 8.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
AvŚat, 3, 9.8 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 3, 11.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
AvŚat, 4, 4.2 tasya tad atyadbhutaṃ devamanuṣyāvarjanakaraṃ prātihāryaṃ dṛṣṭvā mahān prasāda utpannaḥ /
AvŚat, 4, 7.9 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 4, 9.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
AvŚat, 6, 7.8 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 6, 9.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
AvŚat, 7, 8.9 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 7, 10.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
AvŚat, 8, 5.9 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 8, 7.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
AvŚat, 9, 6.8 teṣām agre 'bhiprasannānām agra eva vipākaḥ pratikāṅkṣitavyo deveṣu vā devabhūtānāṃ manuṣyeṣu vā manuṣyabhūtānām /
AvŚat, 9, 6.8 teṣām agre 'bhiprasannānām agra eva vipākaḥ pratikāṅkṣitavyo deveṣu vā devabhūtānāṃ manuṣyeṣu vā manuṣyabhūtānām /
AvŚat, 9, 6.12 teṣām agre 'bhiprasannānām agra eva vipākaḥ pratikāṅkṣitavyo deveṣu vā devabhūtānāṃ manuṣyeṣu vā manuṣyabhūtānām /
AvŚat, 9, 6.12 teṣām agre 'bhiprasannānām agra eva vipākaḥ pratikāṅkṣitavyo deveṣu vā devabhūtānāṃ manuṣyeṣu vā manuṣyabhūtānām /
AvŚat, 9, 6.16 teṣām agre 'bhiprasannānām agra eva vipākaḥ pratikāṅkṣitavyo deveṣu vā devabhūtānāṃ manuṣyeṣu vā manuṣyabhūtānām /
AvŚat, 9, 6.16 teṣām agre 'bhiprasannānām agra eva vipākaḥ pratikāṅkṣitavyo deveṣu vā devabhūtānāṃ manuṣyeṣu vā manuṣyabhūtānām /
AvŚat, 9, 7.9 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 9, 9.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
AvŚat, 10, 6.9 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 10, 8.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
AvŚat, 11, 4.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani bhāgīratho nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān /
AvŚat, 12, 4.1 tena bhagavāṃs tat prāsādam antardhāpya anityatāpratisaṃyuktāṃ tādṛśīṃ dharmadeśanāṃ kṛtavān yāṃ śrutvā anekaiḥ kauravyanivāsibhir manuṣyaiḥ srotaāpattiphalāny anuprāptāni kaiścit sakṛdāgāmiphalāni kaiścid anāgāmiphalāni kaiścit pravrajya sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhattvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam kaiścicchrāvakabodhau cittāny utpāditāni kaiścit pratyekāyāṃ bodhau kaiścid anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau /
AvŚat, 12, 5.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani brahmā nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān /
AvŚat, 13, 7.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani candano nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān /
AvŚat, 14, 5.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani candro nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān /
AvŚat, 14, 6.3 tasya me karmaṇo vipākena devamanuṣyasaṃprāpakaṃ saṃsāre mahatsukham anubhūtam /
AvŚat, 15, 5.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani indradamano nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān /
AvŚat, 16, 4.3 tato devair manuṣyaiś ca bhagavato mahān satkāraḥ kṛtaḥ bhagavatā ca tad adhiṣṭhānaṃ devamanuṣyāṇāṃ tādṛśī caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā yāṃ śrutvā anekair devamanuṣyaiḥ satyadarśanaṃ kṛtam //
AvŚat, 16, 4.3 tato devair manuṣyaiś ca bhagavato mahān satkāraḥ kṛtaḥ bhagavatā ca tad adhiṣṭhānaṃ devamanuṣyāṇāṃ tādṛśī caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā yāṃ śrutvā anekair devamanuṣyaiḥ satyadarśanaṃ kṛtam //
AvŚat, 16, 4.3 tato devair manuṣyaiś ca bhagavato mahān satkāraḥ kṛtaḥ bhagavatā ca tad adhiṣṭhānaṃ devamanuṣyāṇāṃ tādṛśī caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā yāṃ śrutvā anekair devamanuṣyaiḥ satyadarśanaṃ kṛtam //
AvŚat, 16, 6.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani ratnaśailo nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān /
AvŚat, 17, 6.9 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 17, 8.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
AvŚat, 17, 16.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani prabodhano nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān /
AvŚat, 18, 5.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani indradhvajo nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān /
AvŚat, 19, 6.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani kṣemaṃkaro nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān /
AvŚat, 20, 2.9 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 20, 4.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
AvŚat, 20, 12.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani pūrṇo nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān /
AvŚat, 21, 2.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca praśāntakalikalahaḍimbaḍamaraṃ taskararogāpagataṃ śālīkṣugomahiṣīsampannam /
AvŚat, 22, 2.9 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 22, 4.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
AvŚat, 23, 4.9 te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti /
AvŚat, 23, 6.7 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante /
Aṣṭasāhasrikā
ASāh, 2, 22.2 yadāhaṃ devaputrā dīpaṃkarasya tathāgatasyārhataḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasyāntike dīpavatyāṃ rājadhānyām antarāyaṇamadhyagato 'nayā prajñāpāramitayā avirahito 'bhūvam tadāhaṃ dīpaṃkareṇa tathāgatenārhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhena vyākṛto 'nuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau bhaviṣyasi tvaṃ māṇava anāgate 'dhvani asaṃkhyeyaiḥ kalpaiḥ śākyamunirnāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca manuṣyānāṃ ca buddho bhagavāniti /
ASāh, 3, 1.2 nāpi tasya kulaputrasya vā kuladuhiturvā manuṣyā vā amanuṣyā vā avatāraprekṣiṇo 'vatāragaveṣiṇo 'vatāraṃ lapsyante /
ASāh, 3, 9.1 punaraparaṃ kauśika yatreyaṃ prajñāpāramitā antaśo likhitvā pustakagatāṃ kṛtvā pūjāpūrvaṃgamaṃ sthāpayitvā na satkariṣyate nodgrahīṣyate na dhārayiṣyate na vācayiṣyate na paryavāpsyate na pravartayiṣyate na deśayiṣyate nopadekṣyate noddekṣyate na svādhyāsyate na tatra kauśika sattvānāṃ manuṣyo vā amanuṣyo vā avatārārthiko 'vatāragaveṣī avatāraṃ lapsyate sthāpayitvā pūrvakarmavipākam /
ASāh, 3, 10.1 punaraparaṃ kauśika tadyathāpi nāma ye bodhimaṇḍagatā vā bodhimaṇḍaparisāmantagatā vā bodhimaṇḍābhyantaragatā vā bodhivṛkṣamūlagatā vā manuṣyā vā amanuṣyā vā tiryagyonigatānapyupādāya yāvanna te śakyā manuṣyairvā amanuṣyairvā viheṭhayituṃ vā vyāpādayituṃ vā āveśayituṃ vā sthāpayitvā pūrvakarmavipākam /
ASāh, 3, 10.1 punaraparaṃ kauśika tadyathāpi nāma ye bodhimaṇḍagatā vā bodhimaṇḍaparisāmantagatā vā bodhimaṇḍābhyantaragatā vā bodhivṛkṣamūlagatā vā manuṣyā vā amanuṣyā vā tiryagyonigatānapyupādāya yāvanna te śakyā manuṣyairvā amanuṣyairvā viheṭhayituṃ vā vyāpādayituṃ vā āveśayituṃ vā sthāpayitvā pūrvakarmavipākam /
ASāh, 3, 10.3 evameva kauśika yatra kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmudgrahīṣyati dhārayiṣyati vācayiṣyati paryavāpsyati pravartayiṣyati deśayiṣyati upadekṣyati uddekṣyati svādhyāsyati tatra hi kauśika sattvā na śakyā manuṣyairvā amanuṣyairvā viheṭhayituṃ vā vyāpādayituṃ vā āveśayituṃ vā sthāpayitvā pūrvakarmavipākam /
ASāh, 3, 12.1 evamukte śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat ya ime bhagavan jāmbūdvīpakā manuṣyā imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ na likhiṣyanti nodgrahīṣyanti na dhārayiṣyanti na vācayiṣyanti na paryavāpsyanti na pravartayiṣyanti na deśayiṣyanti nopadekṣyanti noddekṣyanti na svādhyāsyanti tāṃ caināṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ puṣpadhūpagandhamālyavilepanacūrṇacīvaracchatradhvajaghaṇṭāpatākābhiḥ samantācca dīpamālābhiḥ bahuvidhābhiś ca pūjābhirna satkariṣyanti na gurukariṣyanti na mānayiṣyanti na pūjayiṣyanti nārcayiṣyanti nāpacāyiṣyanti kiṃ nu te bhagavan na jñāsyanti evaṃ mahārthikā bhagavatoktā prajñāpāramitāyāḥ pūjā kṛtā bhaviṣyatīti kiṃ nu te bhagavan na vetsyanti evaṃ mahānuśaṃsā evaṃ mahāphalā evaṃ mahāvipākā bhagavatoktā prajñāpāramitāyāḥ pūjā kṛtā bhaviṣyatīti na ca te vedayiṣyanti uta jñāsyanti vetsyanti vedayiṣyanti na ca punaḥ śraddhāsyanti evamukte bhagavān śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat tatkiṃ manyase kauśika kiyantaste jāmbūdvīpakā manuṣyās te buddhe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye dharme 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye saṃghe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ evamukte śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat alpakāste bhagavan jāmbūdvīpakā manuṣyā ye buddhe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye dharme 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye saṃghe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ /
ASāh, 3, 12.1 evamukte śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat ya ime bhagavan jāmbūdvīpakā manuṣyā imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ na likhiṣyanti nodgrahīṣyanti na dhārayiṣyanti na vācayiṣyanti na paryavāpsyanti na pravartayiṣyanti na deśayiṣyanti nopadekṣyanti noddekṣyanti na svādhyāsyanti tāṃ caināṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ puṣpadhūpagandhamālyavilepanacūrṇacīvaracchatradhvajaghaṇṭāpatākābhiḥ samantācca dīpamālābhiḥ bahuvidhābhiś ca pūjābhirna satkariṣyanti na gurukariṣyanti na mānayiṣyanti na pūjayiṣyanti nārcayiṣyanti nāpacāyiṣyanti kiṃ nu te bhagavan na jñāsyanti evaṃ mahārthikā bhagavatoktā prajñāpāramitāyāḥ pūjā kṛtā bhaviṣyatīti kiṃ nu te bhagavan na vetsyanti evaṃ mahānuśaṃsā evaṃ mahāphalā evaṃ mahāvipākā bhagavatoktā prajñāpāramitāyāḥ pūjā kṛtā bhaviṣyatīti na ca te vedayiṣyanti uta jñāsyanti vetsyanti vedayiṣyanti na ca punaḥ śraddhāsyanti evamukte bhagavān śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat tatkiṃ manyase kauśika kiyantaste jāmbūdvīpakā manuṣyās te buddhe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye dharme 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye saṃghe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ evamukte śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat alpakāste bhagavan jāmbūdvīpakā manuṣyā ye buddhe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye dharme 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye saṃghe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ /
ASāh, 3, 12.1 evamukte śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat ya ime bhagavan jāmbūdvīpakā manuṣyā imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ na likhiṣyanti nodgrahīṣyanti na dhārayiṣyanti na vācayiṣyanti na paryavāpsyanti na pravartayiṣyanti na deśayiṣyanti nopadekṣyanti noddekṣyanti na svādhyāsyanti tāṃ caināṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ puṣpadhūpagandhamālyavilepanacūrṇacīvaracchatradhvajaghaṇṭāpatākābhiḥ samantācca dīpamālābhiḥ bahuvidhābhiś ca pūjābhirna satkariṣyanti na gurukariṣyanti na mānayiṣyanti na pūjayiṣyanti nārcayiṣyanti nāpacāyiṣyanti kiṃ nu te bhagavan na jñāsyanti evaṃ mahārthikā bhagavatoktā prajñāpāramitāyāḥ pūjā kṛtā bhaviṣyatīti kiṃ nu te bhagavan na vetsyanti evaṃ mahānuśaṃsā evaṃ mahāphalā evaṃ mahāvipākā bhagavatoktā prajñāpāramitāyāḥ pūjā kṛtā bhaviṣyatīti na ca te vedayiṣyanti uta jñāsyanti vetsyanti vedayiṣyanti na ca punaḥ śraddhāsyanti evamukte bhagavān śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat tatkiṃ manyase kauśika kiyantaste jāmbūdvīpakā manuṣyās te buddhe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye dharme 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye saṃghe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ evamukte śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat alpakāste bhagavan jāmbūdvīpakā manuṣyā ye buddhe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye dharme 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye saṃghe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ /
ASāh, 3, 12.3 alpakāste jāmbūdvīpakā manuṣyā ye buddhe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye dharme 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ ye saṃghe 'vetya prasādena samanvāgatāḥ /
ASāh, 3, 17.7 tasmāttarhi kauśika ye 'pi te vyālasarīsṛpakāntāramadhyagatāḥ teṣāṃ kulaputrāṇāṃ kuladuhitṝṇāṃ vā manuṣyā vā amanuṣyā vā avatāraprekṣiṇo 'vatāragaveṣiṇaḥ te 'pi teṣāṃ kauśika avatāraṃ na lapsyante sthāpayitvā pūrvakarmavipākam //
ASāh, 3, 20.1 atha khalu trāyastriṃśatkāyikā devaputrā divyāni māndārapuṣpāṇyabhinirmāya vihāyasā antarīkṣagatā yena bhagavāṃstenābhyavakiranti sma yena bhagavāṃstena tāni divyāni māndāravapuṣpāṇy abhiprakiranti sma evaṃ codānamudānayanti sma cirasya bateyaṃ prajñāpāramitā jāmbūdvīpakānāṃ manuṣyāṇāmupāvṛtteti /
ASāh, 3, 27.28 evaṃ ca kauśika tena kulaputreṇa vā kuladuhitrā vā cittamutpādayitavyam ye keciddaśasu dikṣu aprameyeṣvasaṃkhyeyeṣu lokadhātuṣu devā nāgā yakṣā gandharvā asurā garuḍāḥ kinnarā mahoragā manuṣyā amanuṣyāḥ te itaḥ pustakātprajñāpāramitāṃ paśyantu vandantāṃ namaskurvantu udgṛhṇantu dhārayantu paryavāpnuvantu pravartayantu deśayantu upadiśantu uddiśantu svādhyāyantu /
ASāh, 3, 27.37 imam api sa kauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā dṛṣṭadhārmikaṃ guṇaṃ parigrahīṣyati yatra hi nāma evaṃ mahaujaskā devā nāgā yakṣā gandharvā asurā garuḍāḥ kinnarā mahoragā manuṣyā amanuṣyā vā āgantavyaṃ maṃsyante //
ASāh, 3, 28.1 evamukte śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat kathaṃ punarbhagavan sa kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā evaṃ jānīyāt iha devā vā nāgā vā yakṣā vā gandharvā vā asurā vā garuḍā vā kinnarā vā mahoragā vā manuṣyā vā amanuṣyā vā āgacchanti imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrotuṃ draṣṭuṃ vandituṃ namaskartumudgrahītuṃ dhārayituṃ vācayituṃ paryavāptuṃ pravartayituṃ deśayitum upadeṣṭum uddeṣṭuṃ svādhyātumiti evamukte bhagavān śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat sacetkauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā tatra udāramavabhāsaṃ saṃjānīte niṣṭhā tena kulaputreṇa vā kuladuhitrā vā tatra gantavyā iha devo vā nāgo vā yakṣo vā gandharvo vā asuro vā garuḍo vā kinnaro vā mahorago vā manuṣyo vā amanuṣyo vā āgata iti upasaṃkrānta iti /
ASāh, 3, 28.1 evamukte śakro devānāmindro bhagavantametadavocat kathaṃ punarbhagavan sa kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā evaṃ jānīyāt iha devā vā nāgā vā yakṣā vā gandharvā vā asurā vā garuḍā vā kinnarā vā mahoragā vā manuṣyā vā amanuṣyā vā āgacchanti imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ śrotuṃ draṣṭuṃ vandituṃ namaskartumudgrahītuṃ dhārayituṃ vācayituṃ paryavāptuṃ pravartayituṃ deśayitum upadeṣṭum uddeṣṭuṃ svādhyātumiti evamukte bhagavān śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat sacetkauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā tatra udāramavabhāsaṃ saṃjānīte niṣṭhā tena kulaputreṇa vā kuladuhitrā vā tatra gantavyā iha devo vā nāgo vā yakṣo vā gandharvo vā asuro vā garuḍo vā kinnaro vā mahorago vā manuṣyo vā amanuṣyo vā āgata iti upasaṃkrānta iti /
ASāh, 3, 28.2 punaraparaṃ sacetkauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā tatra amānuṣaṃ gandhaṃ ghrāsyaty anāghrātapūrvam ghrātvā ca tadgandhaṃ niṣṭhā tena kulaputreṇa vā kuladuhitrā vā tatra gantavyā iha devo vā nāgo vā yakṣo vā gandharvo vā asuro vā garuḍo vā kinnaro vā mahorago vā manuṣyo vā amanuṣyo vā āgata iti upasaṃkrānta iti //
ASāh, 3, 29.1 punaraparaṃ sacetkauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā tatra amānuṣaṃ gandhaṃ ghrāsyati anāghrātapūrvam ghrātvā ca tadgandhaṃ niṣṭhā tena kulaputreṇa vā kuladuhitrā tatra gantavyāḥ iha devo vā nāgo vā yakṣo vā gandharvo vā asuro vā garuḍo vā kinnaro vā mahorago vā manuṣyo vāmanuṣyo vāgata iti upasaṃkrānta iti /
ASāh, 3, 29.2 punaraparaṃ sacetkauśika kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā caukṣasamudācāro bhaviṣyati śucisamudācāro bhaviṣyati tasya tayā caukṣasamudācāratayā śucisamudācāratayā te devā nāgā yakṣā gandharvā asurā garuḍāḥ kinnarā mahoragā manuṣyā amanuṣyā vā āgantavyaṃ maṃsyante /
ASāh, 3, 29.3 ye ca tatra devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragā manuṣyā amanuṣyā vā āgatā bhaviṣyanti te tasya tayā caukṣasamudācāratayā śucisamudācāratayā āttamanaskāḥ pramuditāḥ prītisaumanasyajātā bhaviṣyanti /
ASāh, 3, 29.5 tatkasya hetoḥ teṣāmeva hi mahaujaskānāṃ mahaujaskānāṃ devānāṃ nāgānāṃ yakṣāṇāṃ gandharvāṇāmasurāṇāṃ garuḍānāṃ kinnarāṇāṃ mahoragāṇāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ amanuṣyāṇāṃ vā śriyaṃ ca tejaś ca gauravaṃ ca asahamānā eva tā alpaujaskā alpaujaskā devatā tato 'pakramitavyaṃ maṃsyante /
ASāh, 3, 29.6 yathā yathā khalu punaḥ kauśika te mahaujaskā mahaujaskā devā nāgā yakṣā gandharvā asurā garuḍāḥ kinnarā mahoragā manuṣyā amanuṣyā vā abhīkṣṇamupasaṃkramitavyaṃ maṃsyante tathā tathā sa kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā prasādabahulo bhaviṣyati /
ASāh, 4, 1.41 tadyathā tadyatra yatra sthāpyeta tatra tatra manuṣyā vā amanuṣyā vā avatāraṃ na labheran /
ASāh, 4, 2.1 atha khalvāyuṣmānānandaḥ śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat kiṃ punaḥ kauśika devaloka eva tāni maṇiratnāni santi uta jāmbūdvīpakānām api manuṣyāṇāṃ tāni maṇiratnāni santi śakra āha deveṣvāryānanda tāni maṇiratnāni santi /
ASāh, 4, 2.2 api tu khalu punarjāmbudvīpakānām api manuṣyāṇāṃ maṇiratnāni santi /
ASāh, 6, 2.1 evamukte āyupyān subhūtiḥ sthaviraṃ maitreyaṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvametadavocat yatpunarayaṃ maitreya bodhisattvo mahāsattvo daśadiśi loke sarvataḥ sarvatra gatayā aprameyāprameyeṣu asaṃkhyeyāsaṃkhyeṣu aparimāṇāparimāṇeṣu acintyācintyeṣu anantāparyanteṣu trisāhasramahāsāhasreṣu lokadhātuṣu atīte 'dhvani ekaikasyāṃ diśi ekaikasmiṃstrisāhasramahāsāhasre lokadhātau aprameyāprameyāṇām asaṃkhyeyāsaṃkhyeyānām aparimāṇāparimāṇānām acintyācintyānām anantāparyantānām anupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvṛtānāṃ tathāgatānāmarhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānāṃ chinnavartmanāṃ chinnavartmanīnāṃ chinnaprapañcabhavanetrīkāṇāṃ paryāttabāṣpāṇāṃ marditakaṇṭakānāṃ svapahṛtabhārāṇām anuprāptasvakārthānāṃ parikṣīṇabhavasaṃyojanānāṃ samyagājñāsuvimuktacittānāṃ sarvacetovaśiparamapāramiprāptānāṃ yāvatprathamacittotpādamupādāya yāvacca anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbuddhānāṃ yāvacca anupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvṛtānāṃ yāvacca saddharmo nāntarhitaḥ etasmin antare yasteṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ śīlaskandhaḥ samādhiskandhaḥ prajñāskandho vimuktiskandho vimuktijñānadarśanaskandhaśca yāni ca ṣaṭpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni buddhaguṇasaṃpatpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni balavaiśāradyapāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni evamabhijñāpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni parijñāpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni praṇidhānapāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni sarvajñajñānasaṃpatpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni yā ca hitaiṣitā yā ca mahāmaitrī yā ca mahākaruṇā ye ca aprameyāsaṃkhyeyā buddhaguṇāḥ yā ca anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhiḥ yacca anuttaraṃ samyaksaṃbodhisukham yā ca sarvadharmaiśvaryapāramitā yaś ca aparimeyo 'nabhibhūtaḥ sarvābhibhūtaḥ paramaṛddhyabhisaṃskāraḥ yacca anāvaraṇam asaṅgam apratihatam asamamasamasamam anupamam aparimeyaṃ tathāgatayathābhūtajñānabalam yadbuddhajñānabalam balānāṃ yadbuddhajñānadarśanam yā ca daśabalapāramitā yaś ca caturvaiśāradyaparamasukhaparipūrṇo 'dhigamaḥ yaś ca sarvadharmāṇāṃ paramārthābhinirhāreṇa dharmādhigamaḥ yacca dharmacakrapravartanam dharmolkāpragrahaṇam dharmabherīsaṃpratāḍanam dharmaśaṅkhaprapūraṇam dharmaśaṅkhapravyāharaṇam dharmakhaḍgapraharaṇam dharmavṛṣṭipravarṣaṇam dharmayajñayajanam dharmadānena sarvasattvasaṃtarpaṇam dharmadānasaṃpravāraṇam ye ca tatra dharmadeśanāsu buddhadharmeṣu pratyekabuddhadharmeṣu śrāvakadharmeṣu vā vinītāḥ śikṣitā adhimuktā niyatāḥ saṃbodhiparāyaṇāḥ teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni ye ca tairbuddhairbhagavadbhirbodhisattvā mahāsattvā vyākṛtā anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni ṣaṭpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni ye ca pratyekabuddhayānikāḥ pudgalā vyākṛtāḥ pratyekabodhau teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni yacca śrāvakayānikānāṃ pudgalānāṃ dānamayaṃ puṇyakriyāvastu śīlamayaṃ puṇyakriyāvastu bhāvanāmayaṃ puṇyakriyāvastu yāni ca śaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni yāni ca aśaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni yaiś ca pṛthagjanaistatra dharmakuśalamūlānyavaropitāni teṣāṃ ca buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ catasṛṇāṃ parṣadāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ bhikṣuṇīnāṃ upāsakānāmupāsikānām yacca dānamayaṃ puṇyakriyāvastu śīlamayaṃ puṇyakriyāvastu bhāvanāmayaṃ puṇyakriyāvastu yaiś ca tatra teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ dharmaṃ deśayatāṃ devairnāgairyakṣairgandharvairasurairgaruḍaiḥ kinnarairmahoragair manuṣyāmanuṣyairvā yaiś ca tiryagyonigatair api sattvaiḥ kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni yaiś ca teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ parinirvāpayatām api kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni yaiś ca tatra teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ parinirvṛtānām api kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni buddhaṃ ca bhagavantamāgamya dharmaṃ cāgamya saṃghaṃ cāgamya manobhāvanīyāṃś ca pudgalānāgamya teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni tatsarvaṃ kuśalamūlaṃ niravaśeṣāniravaśeṣam anavaśeṣam aikadhyam abhisaṃkṣipya piṇḍayitvā tulayitvā agrayā anumodanayā anumodeta śreṣṭhayā jyeṣṭhayā varayā pravarayā praṇītayā uttamayā anuttamayā niruttarayā asamayā asamasamayā anumodanayā anumodeta /
ASāh, 6, 5.1 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtiḥ sthaviro maitreyaṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvamārabhya maitreyaṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvamadhiṣṭhānaṃ kṛtvā maitreyaṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvamāmantrayate sma iha maitreya bodhisattvo mahāsattvas teṣāmatītānāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ chinnavartmanāṃ chinnavartmanīnāṃ chinnaprapañcabhavanetrīkāṇāṃ paryāttabāṣpāṇāṃ marditakaṇṭakānām apahṛtabhārāṇām anuprāptasvakārthānāṃ parikṣīṇabhavasaṃyojanānāṃ samyagājñāsuvimuktacittānāṃ sarvacetovaśiparamapāramitāprāptānāṃ daśasu dikṣu aprameyāsaṃkhyeyeṣu trisāhasramahāsāhasreṣu lokadhātuṣu ekaikasyāṃ diśi ekaikasmiṃś ca trisāhasramahāsāhasre lokadhātau aprameyāsaṃkhyeyānāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ parinirvṛtānāṃ yāvatprathamacittotpādamupādāya yāvacca anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbuddhānāṃ yāvacca anupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvṛtānāṃ yāvacca saddharmo nāntarhitaḥ etasmin antare yāni teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ kuśalamūlāni pāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni yaś ca teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ puṇyābhisaṃskāraḥ kuśalamūlābhisaṃskāraḥ yaś ca teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ śīlaskandhaḥ samādhiskandhaḥ prajñāskandho vimuktiskandho vimuktijñānadarśanaskandhaḥ yā ca hitaiṣitā yā ca mahāmaitrī yā ca mahākaruṇā ye ca aprameyāsaṃkhyeyā buddhaguṇāḥ yaś ca tairbuddhairbhagavadbhirdharmo deśitaḥ ye ca tasmin dharme śikṣitā adhimuktāḥ pratiṣṭhitāḥ teṣāṃ ca yāni kuśalamūlāni ye ca tairbuddhairbhagavadbhirbodhisattvā mahāsattvā vyākṛtā anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau teṣāṃ ca yāni kuśalamūlāni ṣaṭpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni ye ca pratyekabuddhayānikāḥ pudgalā vyākṛtāḥ pratyekabodhau teṣāṃ ca yāni kuśalamūlāni yāni ca śrāvakayānikānāṃ pudgalānāṃ dānamayāni kuśalamūlāni śīlamayāni kuśalamūlāni bhāvanāmayāni kuśalamūlāni yāni ca śaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni yāni ca aśaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni yaiś ca tasmin dharme pṛthagjanaiḥ kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni yaiś ca devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyairvā sa dharmaḥ śrutaḥ śrutvā ca kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni yaiś ca tiryagyonigatair api sattvaiḥ sa dharmaḥ śrutaḥ śrutvā ca kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni yaiś ca teṣu buddheṣu bhagavatsu parinirvāpayatsu parinirvṛteṣu ca kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni tāni sarvāṇyekato 'bhisaṃkṣipya piṇḍayitvā tulayitvā niravaśeṣya niravaśeṣamanumodeta //
ASāh, 6, 8.1 punaraparam ārya subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena yathā atītānām evamanāgatānāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ chinnavartmanāṃ chinnavartmanīnāṃ chinnaprapañcabhavanetrīkāṇām aprameyāṇām asaṃkhyeyānāṃ yāvatprathamacittotpādamupādāya yāvacca anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbhotsyante yāvacca anupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvāsyanti yāvacca saddharmo nāntardhāsyati etasmin antare yāni teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ pāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni yaś ca teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ śīlaskandhaḥ samādhiskandhaḥ prajñāskandho vimuktiskandho vimuktijñānadarśanaskandhaḥ yā ca hitaiṣitā yā ca mahāmaitrī yā ca mahākaruṇā ye ca aprameyāsaṃkhyeyā buddhaguṇāḥ ye ca te buddhā bhagavanto dharmaṃ deśayiṣyanti ye ca tasmin dharme śikṣiṣyante 'dhimokṣayiṣyanti pratiṣṭhāsyanti teṣāṃ ca yāni kuśalamūlāni yāṃś ca te buddhā bhagavanto bodhisattvān mahāsattvān vyākariṣyanti anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau teṣāṃ ca yāni ṣaṭpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni yāṃś ca te buddhā bhagavantaḥ pratyekabuddhayānikān pudgalān vyākariṣyanti pratyekabodhau teṣāṃ ca yāni kuśalamūlāni yāni ca śrāvakayānikānāṃ pudgalānāṃ dānamayāni kuśalamūlāni śīlamayāni kuśalamūlāni bhāvanāmayāni kuśalamūlāni yāni ca śaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni yāni ca aśaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni ye ca tasmin dharme pṛthagjanāḥ kuśalamūlānyavaropayiṣyanti ye ca devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyāḥ kuśalamūlānyavaropayiṣyanti ye ca tiryagyonigatā api sattvāstaṃ dharmaṃ śroṣyanti śrutvā ca kuśalamūlānyavaropayiṣyanti ye ca sattvāsteṣu buddheṣu bhagavatsu parinirvāyatsu parinirvṛteṣu ca kuśalamūlānyavaropayiṣyanti teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni tāni sarvāṇyekato 'bhisaṃkṣipya piṇḍayitvā tulayitvā niravaśeṣya niravaśeṣam anumoditavyāni /
ASāh, 6, 9.1 punaraparamārya subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena pratyutpannānāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ chinnavartmanāṃ chinnavartmanīnāṃ chinnaprapañcabhavanetrīkāṇām aprameyāṇām asaṃkhyeyānāmaprameyāsaṃkhyeyeṣu trisāhasramahāsāhasreṣu lokadhātuṣu tiṣṭhatāṃ dhriyamāṇānāṃ yāpayatāṃ yāvatprathamacittotpādamupādāya yāvacca anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbudhyante yāvacca nirupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvānti yāvacca saddharmo nāntardadhāti etasmin antare yāni teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ pāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni yaś ca teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ śīlaskandhaḥ samādhiskandhaḥ prajñāskandho vimuktiskandho vimuktijñānadarśanaskandhaḥ yā ca hitaiṣitā yā ca mahāmaitrī yā ca mahākaruṇā ye ca aprameyāsaṃkhyeyā buddhaguṇāḥ yaṃ ca te buddhā bhagavanto dharmaṃ deśayanti ye ca tasmin dharme śikṣante 'dhimokṣayanti pratitiṣṭhanti teṣāṃ ca yāni kuśalamūlāni yāṃś ca te buddhā bhagavanto bodhisattvān mahāsattvān vyākurvanti anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau teṣāṃ ca yāni ṣaṭpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni yāṃś ca te buddhā bhagavantaḥ pratyekabuddhayānikān pudgalān vyākurvanti pratyekabodhau teṣāṃ ca yāni kuśalamūlāni yāni ca śrāvakayānikānāṃ pudgalānāṃ dānamayāni kuśalamūlāni śīlamayāni kuśalamūlāni bhāvanāmayāni kuśalamūlāni yāni ca śaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni yāni ca aśaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni ye ca tasmin dharme pṛthagjanāḥ kuśalamūlānyavaropayanti ye ca devānāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragā manuṣyāmanuṣyā vā taṃ dharmaṃ śṛṇvanti śrutvā ca kuśalamūlānyavaropayanti ye ca tiryagyonigatā api sattvāstaṃ dharmaṃ śṛṇvanti śrutvā ca kuśalamūlānyavaropayanti ye ca teṣu buddheṣu bhagavatsu parinirvāyatsu parinirvṛteṣu ca kuśalamūlānyavaropayanti teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni tāni sarvāṇyekato 'bhisaṃkṣipya piṇḍayitvā tulayitvā niravaśeṣya niravaśeṣamanumoditavyāni /
ASāh, 6, 10.1 punaraparamārya subhūte bodhisattvo mahāsattvo 'tītānāgatapratyutpannānāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ chinnavartmanāṃ chinnavartmanīnāṃ chinnaprapañcabhavanetrīkāṇām aprameyāṇāmasaṃkhyeyānāṃ yāvatprathamacittotpādamupādāya yāvacca anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbuddhā abhisaṃbhotsyante abhisaṃbudhyante ca yāvacca nirupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvṛtāḥ parinirvāsyanti parinirvānti ca yāvacca saddharmo nāntarhito nāntardhāsyati nāntardadhāti ca etasmin antare yāni teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ ṣaṭpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni yaś ca teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ śīlaskandhaḥ samādhiskandhaḥ prajñāskandho vimuktiskandho vimuktijñānadarśanaskandhaḥ yā ca hitaiṣitā yā ca mahāmaitrī yā ca mahākaruṇā ye ca aprameyāsaṃkhyeyā buddhaguṇāḥ yaiś ca tairbuddhairbhagavadbhirdharmo deśito deśayiṣyate deśyate ca ye ca tasmin dharme śikṣitāḥ śikṣiṣyante śikṣante ca adhimuktā adhimokṣayiṣyanti adhimokṣayanti ca sthitāḥ sthāsyanti tiṣṭhanti ca teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni ye ca tairbuddhairbhagavadbhirbodhisattvā mahāsattvā vyākṛtā vyākariṣyante vyākriyante ca anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni ye ca pratyekabuddhayānikāḥ pudgalā vyākṛtā vyākariṣyante vyākriyante ca pratyekabodhau teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni yāni ca śrāvakayānikānāṃ pudgalānāṃ dānamayāni kuśalamūlāni śīlamayāni kuśalamūlāni bhāvanāmayāni kuśalamūlāni yāni ca śaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni yāni ca aśaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni yaiś ca tasmin dharme pṛthagjanaiḥ kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni avaropayiṣyante 'varopyante ca yaiś ca devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragair manuṣyāmanuṣyairvā sa dharmaḥ śrutaḥ śroṣyate śrūyate ca śrutvā ca kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni avaropayiṣyante 'varopyante ca yaiś ca tiryagyonigatair api sattvaiḥ sa dharmaḥ śrutaḥ śroṣyate śrūyate ca śrutvā ca kuśalamūlāni avaropitānyavaropayiṣyante 'varopyante ca yaiś ca sattvaisteṣu buddheṣu bhagavatsu parinirvṛteṣu parinirvāsyatsu parinirvāyatsu ca kuśalamūlānyavaropitāni avaropayiṣyante 'varopyante ca teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni tāni sarvāṇyekato 'bhisaṃkṣipya piṇḍayitvā tulayitvā niravaśeṣya niravaśeṣamagrayā anumodanayā anumodeta śreṣṭhayā jyeṣṭhayā varayā pravarayā praṇītayā uttamayā anuttamayā niruttamayā asamayā asamasamayā anumodanayā anumodeta /
ASāh, 8, 18.5 atha virahito bhaviṣyati prajñāpāramitayā lapsyante 'sya avatāraprekṣiṇo 'vatāragaveṣiṇo manuṣyāś ca amanuṣyāś ca avatāram /
ASāh, 10, 11.10 pallaveṣu prādurbhūteṣvāttamanaskā bhavanti jāmbūdvīpakā manuṣyāḥ tāni pūrvanimittāni vaneṣu dṛṣṭvā nacirādvanapuṣpāṇi ca phalāni ca prādurbhaviṣyanti /
ASāh, 10, 12.4 bhagavānāha tathā hi te subhūte bodhisattvā mahāsattvā bahujanahitāya pratipannā bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca /
ASāh, 12, 1.5 iti te putrāstāṃ mātaraṃ sarvasukhopadhānaiḥ sudhṛtāṃ dhārayeyuḥ sugopāyitāṃ gopāyeyuḥ sukelāyitāṃ kelāyeyuḥ mā khalvasyāḥ kācidduḥkhā vedanā duḥkho vā sparśa utpadyeta cakṣuṣo vā śrotrato vā ghrāṇato vā jihvāto vā kāyato vā manasto vā vātato vā pittato vā śleṣmato vā saṃnipātato vā daṃśato vā maśakato vā sarīsṛpato vā manuṣyato vā amanuṣyato vā āpātato vā utpātato vā aniṣṭanipātaḥ śarīre nipatet /
ASāh, 12, 1.9 ye 'pi te 'nyeṣu lokadhātuṣu tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhā etarhi tiṣṭhanti dhriyante yāpayanti bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca sarvasattvānāṃ cānukampakā anukampāmupādāya te 'pi sarve imāṃ prajñāpāramitāṃ samanvāharanti autsukyamāpadyante kimitīyaṃ prajñāpāramitā cirasthitikā bhavet kimityasyāḥ prajñāpāramitāyā nāma avinaṣṭaṃ bhavet kimityasyāḥ prajñāpāramitāyā bhāṣyamāṇāyā likhyamānāyāḥ śikṣyamāṇāyā māraḥ pāpīyān mārakāyikā vā devatā antarāyaṃ na kuryuriti /
ASāh, 12, 1.18 ye 'pi te subhūte etarhi aprameyeṣvasaṃkhyeyeṣu lokadhātuṣu tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhā daśadiśi loke tiṣṭhanti dhriyante yāpayanti bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca anukampakā anukampāmupādāya anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbuddhāḥ te 'pi sarve enāmeva prajñāpāramitāmāgamya anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbuddhāḥ /
Aṣṭādhyāyī
Aṣṭādhyāyī, 2, 4, 23.0 sabhā rājāmanuṣyapūrvā //
Aṣṭādhyāyī, 3, 2, 53.0 amanuṣyakartṛke ca //
Aṣṭādhyāyī, 4, 1, 65.0 ito manuṣyajāteḥ //
Aṣṭādhyāyī, 4, 2, 39.0 gotrokṣoṣṭrorabhrarājarājanyarājaputravatsamanuṣyājād vuñ //
Aṣṭādhyāyī, 4, 2, 100.0 raṅkor amanuṣye 'ṇ ca //
Aṣṭādhyāyī, 4, 2, 129.0 araṇyān manuṣye //
Aṣṭādhyāyī, 4, 2, 134.0 manuṣyatatsthayor vuñ //
Aṣṭādhyāyī, 4, 2, 144.0 vibhāṣā 'manuṣye //
Aṣṭādhyāyī, 4, 3, 81.0 hetumanuṣyebhyo 'nyatarasyāṃ rūpyaḥ //
Aṣṭādhyāyī, 5, 3, 78.0 bahvaco manuṣyanāmnaṣ ṭhaj vā //
Aṣṭādhyāyī, 5, 3, 98.0 lum manuṣye //
Aṣṭādhyāyī, 5, 4, 56.0 devamanuṣyapuruṣapurumartyebhyo dvitīyāsaptamyor bahulam //
Aṣṭādhyāyī, 6, 3, 122.0 upasargasya ghañyamanuṣye bahulam //
Brahmabindūpaniṣat
Brahmabindūpaniṣat, 1, 2.1 mana eva manuṣyāṇāṃ kāraṇaṃ bandhamokṣayoḥ /
Buddhacarita
BCar, 1, 76.1 tanmā kṛthāḥ śokamimaṃ prati tvamasminsa śocyo 'sti manuṣyaloke /
BCar, 3, 40.1 athāparaṃ vyādhiparītadehaṃ ta eva devāḥ sasṛjurmanuṣyam /
BCar, 3, 55.2 dīnairmanuṣyairanugamyamāno yo bhūṣitaścāpyavarudyate ca //
BCar, 5, 65.1 vimṛśedyadi yoṣitāṃ manuṣyaḥ prakṛtiṃ svapnavikāramīdṛśaṃ ca /
BCar, 7, 37.1 athopasṛtyāśramavāsinastaṃ manuṣyavaryaṃ parivārya tasthuḥ /
BCar, 8, 35.1 varaṃ manuṣyasya vicakṣaṇo ripurna mitramaprājñamayogapeśalam /
BCar, 11, 4.1 ye cārthakṛcchreṣu bhavanti loke samānakāryāḥ suhṛdāṃ manuṣyāḥ /
BCar, 11, 58.1 trivargasevāṃ nṛpa yattu kṛtsnataḥ paro manuṣyārtha iti tvamāttha mām /
BCar, 13, 23.2 urabhravaktrāśca vihaṃgamākṣā mārjāravaktrāśca manuṣyakāyāḥ //
BCar, 14, 31.2 upapannā manuṣyeṣu duḥkhamarchanti jantavaḥ //
Carakasaṃhitā
Ca, Sū., 1, 16.2 prādurbhūto manuṣyāṇāmantarāyo mahān ayam //
Ca, Sū., 1, 43.2 vakṣyate yan manuṣyāṇāṃ lokayor ubhayor hitam //
Ca, Sū., 15, 20.1 na hi sarvamanuṣyāṇāṃ santi sarve paricchadāḥ /
Ca, Sū., 15, 21.1 yadyacchakyaṃ manuṣyeṇa kartumauṣadhamāpadi /
Ca, Sū., 25, 37.1 tasya khalu ye ye vikārāvayavā bhūyiṣṭhamupayujyante bhūyiṣṭhakalpānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ prakṛtyaiva hitatamāścāhitatamāśca tāṃstān yathāvadupadekṣyāmaḥ //
Ca, Sū., 28, 23.2 bhavantyete manuṣyāṇāṃ vikārā ya udāhṛtāḥ //
Ca, Nid., 1, 17.0 atha khalvaṣṭābhyaḥ kāraṇebhyo jvaraḥ saṃjāyate manuṣyāṇāṃ tadyathā vātāt pittāt kaphāt vātapittābhyāṃ vātakaphābhyāṃ pittakaphābhyāṃ vātapittakaphebhyaḥ āgantoraṣṭamāt kāraṇāt //
Ca, Vim., 3, 5.0 evaṃvādinaṃ bhagavantamātreyamagniveśa uvāca uddhṛtāni khalu bhagavan bhaiṣajyāni samyagvihitāni samyagavacāritāni ca api tu khalu janapadoddhvaṃsanam ekenaiva vyādhinā yugapad asamānaprakṛtyāhāradehabalasātmyasattvavayasāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ kasmādbhavatīti //
Ca, Vim., 3, 6.1 tamuvāca bhagavānātreyaḥ evam asāmānyāvatām apyebhir agniveśa prakṛtyādibhir bhāvair manuṣyāṇāṃ ye'nye bhāvāḥ sāmānyāstadvaiguṇyāt samānakālāḥ samānaliṅgāśca vyādhayo 'bhinirvartamānā janapadam uddhvaṃsayanti /
Ca, Vim., 8, 93.3 tad yathāyaṃ kasmin bhūmideśe jātaḥ saṃvṛddho vyādhito vā tasmiṃśca bhūmideśe manuṣyāṇāmidamāhārajātam idaṃ vihārajātam idamācārajātam etāvacca balam evaṃvidhaṃ sattvam evaṃvidhaṃ sātmyam evaṃvidho doṣaḥ bhaktiriyam ime vyādhayaḥ hitamidam ahitamidamiti prāyograhaṇena /
Ca, Vim., 8, 95.3 etāni hi yena doṣeṇādhikenaikenānekena vā samanubadhyante tena tena doṣeṇa garbho 'nubadhyate tataḥ sā sā doṣaprakṛtirucyate manuṣyāṇāṃ garbhādipravṛttā /
Ca, Vim., 8, 122.4 varṣaśataṃ khalvāyuṣaḥ pramāṇamasmin kāle santi ca punaradhikonavarṣaśatajīvino 'pi manuṣyāḥ teṣāṃ vikṛtivarjyaiḥ prakṛtyādibalaviśeṣairāyuṣo lakṣaṇataśca pramāṇamupalabhya vayasastritvaṃ vibhajet //
Ca, Śār., 3, 15.1 bharadvāja uvāca yadyayam eṣāṃ nānāvidhānāṃ garbhakarāṇāṃ bhāvānāṃ samudāyādabhinirvartate garbhaḥ kathamayaṃ saṃdhīyate yadi cāpi saṃdhīyate kasmāt samudāyaprabhavaḥ san garbho manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate manuṣyaśca manuṣyaprabhava ucyate tatra cediṣṭametadyasmānmanuṣyo manuṣyaprabhavastasmādeva manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate yathā gaur goprabhavaḥ yathā cāśvo 'śvaprabhava iti evaṃ sati yaduktamagre samudayātmaka iti tadayuktam /
Ca, Śār., 3, 15.1 bharadvāja uvāca yadyayam eṣāṃ nānāvidhānāṃ garbhakarāṇāṃ bhāvānāṃ samudāyādabhinirvartate garbhaḥ kathamayaṃ saṃdhīyate yadi cāpi saṃdhīyate kasmāt samudāyaprabhavaḥ san garbho manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate manuṣyaśca manuṣyaprabhava ucyate tatra cediṣṭametadyasmānmanuṣyo manuṣyaprabhavastasmādeva manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate yathā gaur goprabhavaḥ yathā cāśvo 'śvaprabhava iti evaṃ sati yaduktamagre samudayātmaka iti tadayuktam /
Ca, Śār., 3, 15.1 bharadvāja uvāca yadyayam eṣāṃ nānāvidhānāṃ garbhakarāṇāṃ bhāvānāṃ samudāyādabhinirvartate garbhaḥ kathamayaṃ saṃdhīyate yadi cāpi saṃdhīyate kasmāt samudāyaprabhavaḥ san garbho manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate manuṣyaśca manuṣyaprabhava ucyate tatra cediṣṭametadyasmānmanuṣyo manuṣyaprabhavastasmādeva manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate yathā gaur goprabhavaḥ yathā cāśvo 'śvaprabhava iti evaṃ sati yaduktamagre samudayātmaka iti tadayuktam /
Ca, Śār., 3, 15.1 bharadvāja uvāca yadyayam eṣāṃ nānāvidhānāṃ garbhakarāṇāṃ bhāvānāṃ samudāyādabhinirvartate garbhaḥ kathamayaṃ saṃdhīyate yadi cāpi saṃdhīyate kasmāt samudāyaprabhavaḥ san garbho manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate manuṣyaśca manuṣyaprabhava ucyate tatra cediṣṭametadyasmānmanuṣyo manuṣyaprabhavastasmādeva manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate yathā gaur goprabhavaḥ yathā cāśvo 'śvaprabhava iti evaṃ sati yaduktamagre samudayātmaka iti tadayuktam /
Ca, Śār., 3, 15.1 bharadvāja uvāca yadyayam eṣāṃ nānāvidhānāṃ garbhakarāṇāṃ bhāvānāṃ samudāyādabhinirvartate garbhaḥ kathamayaṃ saṃdhīyate yadi cāpi saṃdhīyate kasmāt samudāyaprabhavaḥ san garbho manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate manuṣyaśca manuṣyaprabhava ucyate tatra cediṣṭametadyasmānmanuṣyo manuṣyaprabhavastasmādeva manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate yathā gaur goprabhavaḥ yathā cāśvo 'śvaprabhava iti evaṃ sati yaduktamagre samudayātmaka iti tadayuktam /
Ca, Śār., 3, 15.1 bharadvāja uvāca yadyayam eṣāṃ nānāvidhānāṃ garbhakarāṇāṃ bhāvānāṃ samudāyādabhinirvartate garbhaḥ kathamayaṃ saṃdhīyate yadi cāpi saṃdhīyate kasmāt samudāyaprabhavaḥ san garbho manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate manuṣyaśca manuṣyaprabhava ucyate tatra cediṣṭametadyasmānmanuṣyo manuṣyaprabhavastasmādeva manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate yathā gaur goprabhavaḥ yathā cāśvo 'śvaprabhava iti evaṃ sati yaduktamagre samudayātmaka iti tadayuktam /
Ca, Śār., 3, 15.2 yadi ca manuṣyo manuṣyaprabhavaḥ kasmāj jaḍāndhakubjamūkavāmanaminminavyaṅgonmattakuṣṭhikilāsibhyo jātāḥ pitṛsadṛśarūpā na bhavanti /
Ca, Śār., 3, 15.2 yadi ca manuṣyo manuṣyaprabhavaḥ kasmāj jaḍāndhakubjamūkavāmanaminminavyaṅgonmattakuṣṭhikilāsibhyo jātāḥ pitṛsadṛśarūpā na bhavanti /
Ca, Śār., 3, 16.2 yasmāttu samudāyaprabhavaḥ san sa garbho manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate manuṣyo manuṣyaprabhava ityucyate tadvakṣyāmaḥ bhūtānāṃ caturvidhā yonir bhavati jarāyvaṇḍasvedodbhidaḥ /
Ca, Śār., 3, 16.2 yasmāttu samudāyaprabhavaḥ san sa garbho manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate manuṣyo manuṣyaprabhava ityucyate tadvakṣyāmaḥ bhūtānāṃ caturvidhā yonir bhavati jarāyvaṇḍasvedodbhidaḥ /
Ca, Śār., 3, 16.2 yasmāttu samudāyaprabhavaḥ san sa garbho manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate manuṣyo manuṣyaprabhava ityucyate tadvakṣyāmaḥ bhūtānāṃ caturvidhā yonir bhavati jarāyvaṇḍasvedodbhidaḥ /
Ca, Śār., 3, 16.4 tatra jarāyujānām aṇḍajānāṃ ca prāṇināmete garbhakarā bhāvā yāṃ yāṃ yonimāpadyante tasyāṃ tasyāṃ yonau tathātathārūpā bhavanti yathā kanakarajatatāmratrapusīsakānyāsicyamānāni teṣu teṣu madhūcchiṣṭavigraheṣu tāni yadā manuṣyabimbamāpadyante tadā manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyante tasmāt samudāyaprabhavaḥ san garbho manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate manuṣyaśca manuṣyaprabhava ucyate tadyonitvāt //
Ca, Śār., 3, 16.4 tatra jarāyujānām aṇḍajānāṃ ca prāṇināmete garbhakarā bhāvā yāṃ yāṃ yonimāpadyante tasyāṃ tasyāṃ yonau tathātathārūpā bhavanti yathā kanakarajatatāmratrapusīsakānyāsicyamānāni teṣu teṣu madhūcchiṣṭavigraheṣu tāni yadā manuṣyabimbamāpadyante tadā manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyante tasmāt samudāyaprabhavaḥ san garbho manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate manuṣyaśca manuṣyaprabhava ucyate tadyonitvāt //
Ca, Śār., 3, 16.4 tatra jarāyujānām aṇḍajānāṃ ca prāṇināmete garbhakarā bhāvā yāṃ yāṃ yonimāpadyante tasyāṃ tasyāṃ yonau tathātathārūpā bhavanti yathā kanakarajatatāmratrapusīsakānyāsicyamānāni teṣu teṣu madhūcchiṣṭavigraheṣu tāni yadā manuṣyabimbamāpadyante tadā manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyante tasmāt samudāyaprabhavaḥ san garbho manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate manuṣyaśca manuṣyaprabhava ucyate tadyonitvāt //
Ca, Śār., 3, 16.4 tatra jarāyujānām aṇḍajānāṃ ca prāṇināmete garbhakarā bhāvā yāṃ yāṃ yonimāpadyante tasyāṃ tasyāṃ yonau tathātathārūpā bhavanti yathā kanakarajatatāmratrapusīsakānyāsicyamānāni teṣu teṣu madhūcchiṣṭavigraheṣu tāni yadā manuṣyabimbamāpadyante tadā manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyante tasmāt samudāyaprabhavaḥ san garbho manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate manuṣyaśca manuṣyaprabhava ucyate tadyonitvāt //
Ca, Śār., 3, 16.4 tatra jarāyujānām aṇḍajānāṃ ca prāṇināmete garbhakarā bhāvā yāṃ yāṃ yonimāpadyante tasyāṃ tasyāṃ yonau tathātathārūpā bhavanti yathā kanakarajatatāmratrapusīsakānyāsicyamānāni teṣu teṣu madhūcchiṣṭavigraheṣu tāni yadā manuṣyabimbamāpadyante tadā manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyante tasmāt samudāyaprabhavaḥ san garbho manuṣyavigraheṇa jāyate manuṣyaśca manuṣyaprabhava ucyate tadyonitvāt //
Ca, Śār., 3, 17.1 yaccoktaṃ yadi ca manuṣyo manuṣyaprabhavaḥ kasmānna jaḍādibhyo jātāḥ pitṛsadṛśarūpā bhavantīti tatrocyate yasya yasya hyaṅgāvayavasya bīje bījabhāga upatapto bhavati tasya tasyāṅgāvayavasya vikṛtirupajāyate nopajāyate cānupatāpāt tasmādubhayopapattirapyatra /
Ca, Śār., 3, 17.1 yaccoktaṃ yadi ca manuṣyo manuṣyaprabhavaḥ kasmānna jaḍādibhyo jātāḥ pitṛsadṛśarūpā bhavantīti tatrocyate yasya yasya hyaṅgāvayavasya bīje bījabhāga upatapto bhavati tasya tasyāṅgāvayavasya vikṛtirupajāyate nopajāyate cānupatāpāt tasmādubhayopapattirapyatra /
Ca, Śār., 8, 14.2 tato yā yā yeṣāṃ yeṣāṃ janapadānāṃ manuṣyāṇāmanurūpaṃ putramāśāsīta sā sā teṣāṃ teṣāṃ janapadānāṃ manuṣyāṇām āhāravihāropacāraparicchadān anuvidhatsveti vācyā syāt /
Ca, Śār., 8, 14.2 tato yā yā yeṣāṃ yeṣāṃ janapadānāṃ manuṣyāṇāmanurūpaṃ putramāśāsīta sā sā teṣāṃ teṣāṃ janapadānāṃ manuṣyāṇām āhāravihāropacāraparicchadān anuvidhatsveti vācyā syāt /
Ca, Indr., 2, 20.2 manuṣyo hi manuṣyasya kathaṃ rasamavāpnuyāt //
Ca, Indr., 2, 20.2 manuṣyo hi manuṣyasya kathaṃ rasamavāpnuyāt //
Ca, Indr., 9, 23.2 vijñānāni manuṣyāṇāṃ maraṇe pratyupasthite /
Ca, Indr., 12, 13.2 vaidye dūtā manuṣyāṇāmāgacchanti mumūrṣatām //
Ca, Indr., 12, 40.3 mumūrṣatāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ lakṣaṇaṃ jīvitāntakṛt //
Ca, Indr., 12, 61.1 ityetāni manuṣyāṇāṃ bhavanti vinaśiṣyatām /
Ca, Indr., 12, 78.1 mṛgapakṣimanuṣyāṇāṃ praśastāśca giraḥ śubhāḥ /
Ca, Cik., 2, 1, 50.2 vṛṣāyate tena paraṃ manuṣyas tadbṛṃhaṇaṃ caiva balapradaṃ ca //
Lalitavistara
LalVis, 1, 50.1 udāraśca bhagavataḥ kīrtiśabdaśloko loke 'bhyudgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavit paraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān pañcacakṣuḥsamanvāgataḥ //
LalVis, 1, 67.1 tadyathā bhagavatā padmottareṇa ca dharmaketunā ca dīpaṃkareṇa ca guṇaketunā ca mahākareṇa ca ṛṣidevena ca śrītejasā ca satyaketunā ca vajrasaṃhatena ca sarvābhibhuvā ca hemavarṇena ca atyuccagāminā ca pravāhasāgareṇa ca puṣpaketunā ca vararūpeṇa ca sulocanena ca ṛṣiguptena ca jinavaktreṇa ca unnatena ca puṣpitena ca ūrṇatejasā ca puṣkareṇa ca suraśminā ca maṅgalena ca sudarśanena ca mahāsiṃhatejasā ca sthitabuddhidattena ca vasantagandhinā ca satyadharmavipulakīrtinā ca tiṣyeṇa ca puṣyeṇa ca lokasundareṇa ca vistīrṇabhedena ca ratnakīrtinā ca ugratejasā ca brahmatejasā ca sughoṣeṇa ca supuṣpeṇa ca sumanojñaghoṣeṇa ca suceṣṭarūpeṇa ca prahasitanetreṇa ca guṇarāśinā ca meghasvareṇa ca sundaravarṇena ca āyustejasā ca salīlagajagāminā ca lokābhilāṣitena ca jitaśatruṇā ca saṃpūjitena ca vipaśyinā ca śikhinā ca viśvabhuvā ca kakucchandena ca kanakamuninā ca kāśyapena ca tathāgatenārhatā samyaksaṃbuddhena bhāṣitapūrvaḥ taṃ bhagavānapyetarhi saṃprakāśayet bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca //
LalVis, 1, 75.1 tadbhaviṣyati bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca etarhi cāgatānāṃ ca bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānām //
LalVis, 2, 1.1 tatra bhikṣavaḥ katamaḥ sulalitavistaro nāma dharmaparyāyaḥ sūtrānto mahāvaipulyaḥ iha bhikṣavo bodhisattvasya tuṣitavarabhavanāvasthitasya pūjyapūjitasyābhiṣekaprāptasya devaśatasahasrastutastaumitavarṇitapraśaṃsitasya labdhābhiṣekasya praṇidhānasamudgatasya sarvabuddhadharmasamudāgatabuddheḥ suvipulapariśuddhajñānanayanasya smṛtimatigatidhṛtyuttaptavipulabuddheḥ dānaśīlakṣāntivīryadhyānaprajñāmahopāyakauśalyaparamapāramitāprāptasya mahāmaitrīkaruṇāmuditopekṣābrahmapathakovidasya mahābhijñāsaṃgaṇāvaraṇajñānasaṃdarśanābhimukhībhūtasya smṛtyupasthānasamyakprahāṇaṛddhipādendriyabalabodhyaṅgamārgasarvabodhipakṣadharmasuparipūrṇakoṭiprāptasya aparimitapuṇyasaṃbhāralakṣaṇānuvyañjanasamalaṃkṛtakāyasya dīrghānuparivartino yathāvāditathākāryavitathavākkarmasamudāhārakasya ṛjvakuṭilāvaṅkāpratihatamānasasya sarvamānamadadarpabhayaviṣādāpagatasya sarvasattvasamacittasya aparimitabuddhakoṭinayutaśatasahasraparyupāsitasya bahubodhisattvakoṭinayutaśatasahasrāvalokitāvalokitavadanasya śakrabrahmamaheśvaralokapāladevanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragarākṣasagaṇair abhinanditayaśasaḥ sarvapadaprabhedanirdeśāsaṅgapratisaṃvidavatārajñānakuśalasya sarvabuddhabhāṣitadhāraṇasmṛtibhājanāvikṣepānantāparyantadhāraṇīpratilabdhasya mahādharmanausmṛtyupasthānasamyakprahāṇaṛddhipādendriyabalabodhyaṅgamārgapāramitopāyakauśalyadharmaratnapuṇyasamudānītamahāsārthavāhasya caturoghapāragāminābhiprāyasya nihatamānapratyarthikasya sarvaparapravādisunigṛhītasya saṃgrāmaśīrṣasupratiṣṭhitasya kleśaripugaṇanisūdanasya jñānavaravajradṛḍhapraharaṇasya bodhicittamūlamahākaruṇādaṇḍādhyāśayodgatasya gambhīravīryasalilābhiṣiktasya upāyakauśalakarṇikasya bodhyaṅgadhyānakeśarasya samādhikiñjalkasya guṇagaṇavimalasarasisujātasya vigatamadamānaparivāhaśaśivimalavistīrṇapatrasya śīlaśrutāprasādadaśadigapratihatagandhino loke jñānavṛddhasyāṣṭābhirlokadharmair anupaliptasya mahāpuruṣapadmasya puṇyajñānasaṃbhāravisṛtasurabhigandhinaḥ prajñājñānadinakarakiraṇair vikasitasuviśuddhaśatapatrapadmatapanasya caturṛddhipādaparamajāpajapitasya caturāryasatyasutīkṣṇanakhadaṃṣṭrasya caturbrahmavihāraniśritadarśanasya catuḥsaṃgrahavastususaṃgṛhītaśirasaḥ dvādaśāṅgapratītyasamutpādānubodhānupūrvasamudgatakāyasya saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣadharmasaṃpratipūrṇasuvijātināvidyājñānakeśariṇastrivimokṣamukhāvajṛmbhitasya śamathavidarśanāsuviśuddhanayanasya dhyānavimokṣasamādhisamāpattigiridarīguhānivāsitasya caturīryāpathavinayanaupavanasuvardhitataror daśabalavaiśāradyābhyāsībhāvitabalasya vigatabhavavibhavabhayalomaharṣasyāsaṃkucitaparākramasya tīrthyaśaśamṛgagaṇasaṃghaśamathanasya nairātmyaghoṣodāhāramahāsiṃhanādanādinaḥ puruṣasiṃhasya vimuktidhyānamaṇḍalaprajñaprabharaśmitīrthakarakhadyotagaṇaniḥprabhaṃkarasya avidyātamo'ndhakāratamaḥpaṭalavitimirakaraṇasyottaptabalavīryasya devamanuṣyeṣu puṇyatejastejitasya mahāpuruṣadinakarasya kṛṣṇapakṣāpagatasya śuklapakṣapratipūrṇasya manāpapriyadarśanasya apratihatacakṣurindriyasya devaśatasahasrajyotirgaṇapratimaṇḍitasya dhyānavimokṣajñānamaṇḍalasya bodhyaṅgasukharaśmiśaśikiraṇasya buddhavibuddhamanujakumudavibodhakasya mahāpuruṣacandrasamacatuṣparṣaddvīpānuparītasya saptabodhyaṅgaratnasamanvāgatasya sarvasattvasamacittaprayogasyāpratihatabuddheḥ daśakuśalakarmapathavratatapasaḥ susamṛddhapratipūrṇaviśeṣagamanābhiprāyasya apratihatadharmarājāvarapravaradharmaratnacakrapravartakasya cakravartivaṃśakulakuloditasya gambhīraduravagāhapratītyasamutpādasarvadharmaratnapratipūrṇasya atṛptaśrutavipulavistīrṇārambhajñānaśīlavelānatikramaṇasya mahāpadmagarbhekṣaṇasya sāgaravaradharavipulabuddheḥ pṛthivyaptejovāyusamacittasya merukalpadṛḍhabalāprakampamānasyānunayapratighāpagatasya gaganatalavimalavipulāsahyavistīrṇabuddheḥ adhyāśayasupariśuddhasya sudattadānasya sukṛtapūrvayogasya sukṛtādhikārasya dattasatyaṃkārasya paryeṣitasarvakuśalamūlasya vāsitavāsanasya niryāṇamiva sarvakuśalamūlasya saptasaṃkhyeyeṣu kalpeṣu samudānītasarvakuśalamūlasyandasya dattasaptavidhadānasya pañcavidhapuṇyakriyāvastvavasevitavatastrividhaṃ kāyikena caturvidhaṃ vācā trividhaṃ manasā sucaritavato daśakulakarmapathādānasevitavataḥ catvāriṃśadaṅgasamanvāgatasamyakprayogamāsevitavataḥ catvāriṃśadaṅgasamanvāgatasamyakpraṇidhānapraṇihitavataḥ catvāriṃśadaṅgasamanvāgatasamyagadhyāśayapratipannavataḥ catvāriṃśadaṅgasamanvāgatasamyagvimokṣaparipūritavataḥ catvāriṃśadaṅgasamanvāgatasamyagadhimuktimṛjīkṛtavataḥ catvāriṃśatsu buddhakoṭīniyutaśatasahasreṣvanupravrajitavataḥ pañcapañcāśatsu buddhakoṭīniyutaśatasahasreṣu dānāni dattavataḥ ardhacaturtheṣu pratyekabuddhakoṭīśateṣu kṛtādhikāravataḥ aprameyāsaṃkhyeyān sattvān svargamokṣamārgapratipāditavataḥ anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃboddhukāmasyaikajātipratibaddhasya itaścyutvā tuṣitavarabhavane sthitasya śvetaketunāmno devaputrottamasya sarvadevasaṃghaiḥ sampūjyamānasya raśmyāyamaparamitaścyuto martyasya lokotpanno nacirādanuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbhotsyatīti //
LalVis, 3, 4.9 atha ye te bhavanti pūrvasyāṃ diśi rājāno maṇḍalinaḥ te rūpyapātrīṃ vā suvarṇacūrṇaparipūrṇāmādāya svarṇapātrīṃ vā rūpyacūrṇaparipūrṇāmādāya rājānaṃ cakravartinaṃ pratyuttiṣṭhanti ehi deva svāgataṃ devāya idaṃ devasya rājyamṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ramaṇīyaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca /
LalVis, 3, 7.5 ye khalu punastasya maṇiratnasya sāmantake manuṣyāḥ prativasanti te tenāvabhāsenāsphuṭa samānā anyonyaṃ saṃjānanti anyonyaṃ paśyanti anyonyamāhuḥ uttiṣṭha bhadramukhāḥ karmāntāni kārayata āpaṇāni prasārayata divā manyāmahe sūryamabhyudgatam /
LalVis, 3, 10.7 saced agārādanagārikāṃ pravrajiṣyati vāntachandarāgo netā ananyadevaḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ceti //
LalVis, 3, 17.1 kiṃ kāraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bodhisattvo deśavilokitaṃ vilokayati sma na bodhisattvāḥ pratyantajanapadeṣūpapadyante yeṣu manuṣyā andhajātyā jaḍā eḍamūkajātīyā abhavyāḥ subhāṣitadurbhāṣitānāmarthaṃ jñātum /
LalVis, 3, 22.1 apare 'pyāhuḥ iyaṃ vaiśālī mahānagarī ṛddhā ca sphītā ca kṣemā ca subhikṣā ca ramaṇīyā cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyā ca vitardiniryūhatoraṇagavākṣaharmyakūṭāgāraprāsādatalasamalaṃkṛtā ca puṣpavāṭikāvanarājisaṃkusumitā ca amarabhavanapuraprākāśyā /
LalVis, 3, 24.1 apara evamāhuḥ iyaṃ mathurā nagarī ṛddhā ca sphītā ca kṣemā ca subhikṣā cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyā ca /
LalVis, 3, 31.2 katamaṃ kulaṃ evaṃguṇasamanvāgataṃ bhaved yāvadvidham anena satpuruṣeṇa nirdiṣṭam teṣāṃ cintāmanaskāraprayuktānāmetadabhūt idaṃ khalvapi śākyakulaṃ ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ramaṇīyaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca /
LalVis, 3, 43.1 na vidyate kanya manuṣyaloke gandharvaloke 'tha ca devaloke /
LalVis, 4, 4.26 satyaṃ dharmālokamukhaṃ devamanuṣyāvisaṃvādanatāyai saṃvartate /
LalVis, 6, 35.2 rājñā cāpi śuddhodanena manuṣyātikrāntaṃ divyāsaṃprāptaṃ gṛhataraṃ pratisaṃskāritamabhūt /
LalVis, 6, 38.1 atha khalu tasyāṃ devaparṣadi keṣāṃciddevaputrāṇāmetadabhavad ye 'pi tāvaccāturmahārājakāyikā devāste 'pi tāvanmanuṣyāśrayagatatvena nirvidyāpakramanti /
LalVis, 6, 38.3 tatkathaṃ hi nāma sarvalokābhyudgato bodhisattvaḥ śucirnirāmagandhaḥ sattvaratnaḥ saṃtuṣitāddevanikāyāccyutvā durgandhe manuṣyāśraye daśamāsān mātuḥ kukṣau sthita iti //
LalVis, 6, 39.3 kathaṃ hi nāma sarvalokābhyudgato bhagavān pūrvaṃ bodhisattvabhūta eva tuṣitāddevanikāyāccyavitvā manuṣyāśraye durgandhe māturdakṣiṇe pārśve kukṣāvupapanna iti /
LalVis, 6, 46.2 tatkasmāt yatsahaśravaṇādeva jāmbudvīpakā manuṣyā unmādamāpatsyanta iti //
LalVis, 6, 52.6 dharmatā khalveṣā bodhisattvasya pūrvakeṇa ca praṇidhānena iyaṃ cetanā ṛddhāvavaśyaṃ bodhisattvena mahāsattvena manuṣyaloka upapattavyamabhiniṣkramya cānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbudhya dharmacakraṃ pravartayitavyam /
LalVis, 6, 56.2 na ca kaściddevo vā nāgo vā yakṣo vā manuṣyo vā amanuṣyo vā yaḥ śaknoti sma bodhisattvaṃ pūrvataraṃ pratisaṃmoditum /
LalVis, 6, 63.4 darśayati sma tathāgata āyuṣmata ānandasya śakrasya devānāmindrasya caturṇāṃ ca lokapālānāṃ tadanyeṣāṃ ca devamanuṣyāṇām /
LalVis, 6, 64.1 tatra khalu bhagavān punarapi bhikṣūnāmantrayate sma iti hi bhikṣavo daśamāsakukṣigatena bodhisattvena ṣaṭtriṃśannayutāni devamanuṣyāṇāṃ triṣu yāneṣu paripācitānyabhūvan /
LalVis, 7, 30.2 aparigṛhītaḥ khalu punarbodhisattvaḥ kenacinmanuṣyabhūtena atha tarhi bodhisattvaṃ devatāḥ prathamataraṃ pratigṛhṇanti sma //
LalVis, 7, 32.6 dakṣiṇāṃ diśamabhimukhaḥ sapta padāni prakrāntaḥ dakṣiṇīyo bhaviṣyāmi devamanuṣyāṇām /
LalVis, 7, 36.7 garbhāvasthitaśca sattvānukampayā hi bodhisattvo manuṣyaloke upapadyate na devabhūta eva dharmacakraṃ pravartayati /
LalVis, 7, 36.9 devabhūtaḥ sa bhagavān tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vayaṃ tu manuṣyamātrāḥ /
LalVis, 7, 124.1 iti hi bhikṣavo jātamātrasya bodhisattvasya maheśvaro devaputraḥ śuddhāvāsakāyikān devaputrānāmantryaivamāha yo 'sau mārṣā asaṃkhyeyakalpakoṭiniyutaśatasahasrasukṛtakarmadānaśīlakṣāntivīryadhyānaprajñopāyaśrattacaraṇavratatapaḥsucaritacaraṇaḥ mahāmaitrīmahākaruṇāmahāmuditāsamanvāgata upekṣāsamudgatacittaḥ sarvasattvahitasukhodyato dṛḍhavīryakavacasusaṃnāhasaṃnaddhaḥ pūrvajinakṛtakuśalamūloditaḥ śatapuṇyalakṣaṇasamalaṃkṛtaḥ sukṛtaniścayaparākramaḥ paracakrapramathanaḥ suvimalaśuddhāśayasampannaḥ sucaritacaraṇo mahājñānaketudhvajaḥ mārabalāntakaraṇaḥ trisāhasramahāsāhasrasārthavāhaḥ devamanuṣyapūjitamahāyajñayaṣṭaḥ susamṛddhapuṇyanicayaniḥsaraṇābhiprāyo jātijarāmaraṇāntakaraḥ sujātajātaḥ ikṣvākurājakulasambhūto jagadvibodhayitā bodhisattvo mahāsattvo manuṣyaloka upapannaḥ /
LalVis, 7, 124.1 iti hi bhikṣavo jātamātrasya bodhisattvasya maheśvaro devaputraḥ śuddhāvāsakāyikān devaputrānāmantryaivamāha yo 'sau mārṣā asaṃkhyeyakalpakoṭiniyutaśatasahasrasukṛtakarmadānaśīlakṣāntivīryadhyānaprajñopāyaśrattacaraṇavratatapaḥsucaritacaraṇaḥ mahāmaitrīmahākaruṇāmahāmuditāsamanvāgata upekṣāsamudgatacittaḥ sarvasattvahitasukhodyato dṛḍhavīryakavacasusaṃnāhasaṃnaddhaḥ pūrvajinakṛtakuśalamūloditaḥ śatapuṇyalakṣaṇasamalaṃkṛtaḥ sukṛtaniścayaparākramaḥ paracakrapramathanaḥ suvimalaśuddhāśayasampannaḥ sucaritacaraṇo mahājñānaketudhvajaḥ mārabalāntakaraṇaḥ trisāhasramahāsāhasrasārthavāhaḥ devamanuṣyapūjitamahāyajñayaṣṭaḥ susamṛddhapuṇyanicayaniḥsaraṇābhiprāyo jātijarāmaraṇāntakaraḥ sujātajātaḥ ikṣvākurājakulasambhūto jagadvibodhayitā bodhisattvo mahāsattvo manuṣyaloka upapannaḥ /
LalVis, 8, 8.7 tatra devamanuṣyaśatasahasrāṇi hīhīkārakilakilāpramukhaiḥ prakṣveḍitaśatasahasrāṇi prāmuñcan /
LalVis, 12, 84.3 tatra devamanuṣyaśatasahasrāṇi hīhīkārakilikilāprakṣveḍitaśatasahasrāṇi prāmuñcan /
LalVis, 13, 142.1 tatra bhikṣavo bodhisattvo mahopāyakauśalyavikrīḍitena sarvāntaḥpurasya yathādhimuktyā īryāpathamupadarśya paurvikāṇāṃ ca bodhisattvānāṃ lokaviṣayasamatikrāntānāṃ lokānuvartanakriyādharmatāmanuvartya dīrgharātraṃ suviditakāmadoṣaḥ sattvaparipākavaśād akāmāt kāmopabhogaṃ saṃdarśya aparimitakuśalamūlopacayapuṇyasaṃbhārabalaviśeṣaṇāsadṛśīṃ lokādhipateyatāṃ saṃdarśya devamanuṣyātikrāntaṃ sārodāravividhavicitrarūpaśabdagandharasasparśaparamaratiramaṇīyaṃ kāmaratirasaukhyamupadarśya sarvakāmaratisvaviṣayeṣvaparyantatvāt svacittavaśavartitāṃ saṃdarśya pūrvapraṇidhānabalasahāyakuśalamūlopacitān sattvān samānasaṃvāsatayā paripācya sarvalokasaṃkleśamalāsaṃkliṣṭacittatayāntaḥpuramadhyagato yathābhinimantritasya sattvadhātoḥ paripākakālamavekṣamāṇo bhūyasyā mātrayā bodhisattvastasmin samaye pūrvapratijñāmanusmarati sma buddhadharmāṃścāmukhīkaroti sma praṇidhānabalaṃ cābhinirharati sma /
Mahābhārata
MBh, 1, 3, 67.2 tāsāṃ yātam ṛṣayo 'nuprayānti devā manuṣyāḥ kṣitim ācaranti //
MBh, 1, 3, 68.2 te bhānavo 'py anusṛtāś caranti devā manuṣyāḥ kṣitim ācaranti //
MBh, 1, 4, 4.2 manuṣyoragagandharvakathā veda ca sarvaśaḥ //
MBh, 1, 37, 26.10 oṣadhibhyo manuṣyāṇāṃ dhārayan satataṃ hitam /
MBh, 1, 37, 26.11 manuṣyāṇāṃ ca yo dhātā rājā rājyakaraḥ punaḥ /
MBh, 1, 57, 57.43 manuṣyāstvanyadehena śubhāśubham iti sthitiḥ /
MBh, 1, 57, 69.15 manuṣyabhāvāt sā yoṣit patitā munipādayoḥ /
MBh, 1, 57, 69.31 dharmanetā maharṣīṇāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ tvam eva ca /
MBh, 1, 58, 50.5 so 'pi janma manuṣyeṣu lebhe suravaro hariḥ //
MBh, 1, 60, 29.1 manuṣyāścopajīvanti yasya śilpaṃ mahātmanaḥ /
MBh, 1, 61, 3.2 mānuṣeṣu manuṣyendra sambhūtā ye divaukasaḥ /
MBh, 1, 61, 60.2 matimāṃśca manuṣyendra īśvaraśceti viśrutaḥ //
MBh, 1, 61, 88.42 devāsuramanuṣyāṇāṃ gandharvoragarakṣasām /
MBh, 1, 61, 92.1 evam anye manuṣyendra bahavo 'ṃśā divaukasām /
MBh, 1, 68, 11.16 manuṣyabhāvāt kaṇvo 'pi munir aśrūṇyavartayat /
MBh, 1, 68, 40.1 ardhaṃ bhāryā manuṣyasya bhāryā śreṣṭhatamaḥ sakhā /
MBh, 1, 82, 9.1 aruṃtudaṃ puruṣaṃ rūkṣavācaṃ vākkaṇṭakair vitudantaṃ manuṣyān /
MBh, 1, 83, 2.2 nāhaṃ devamanuṣyeṣu na gandharvamaharṣiṣu /
MBh, 1, 85, 2.3 tathā tatra kṣīṇapuṇyaṃ manuṣyaṃ tyajanti sadyaḥ seśvarā devasaṃghāḥ //
MBh, 1, 85, 15.1 sa jāyamāno vigṛhītagātraḥ ṣaḍjñānaniṣṭhāyatano manuṣyaḥ /
MBh, 1, 89, 24.2 hastyaśvarathasampūrṇā manuṣyakalilā bhṛśam //
MBh, 1, 91, 6.3 manuṣyeṣu ciraṃ sthitvā lokān prāpsyasi śobhanān /
MBh, 1, 94, 61.1 evam eva manuṣyeṣu syācca sarvaprajāsvapi /
MBh, 1, 95, 6.2 manuṣyaṃ na hi mene sa kaṃcit sadṛśam ātmanaḥ //
MBh, 1, 95, 7.1 taṃ kṣipantaṃ surāṃścaiva manuṣyān asurāṃstathā /
MBh, 1, 99, 19.6 sa buddhimān manuṣyeṣu sa naraḥ kṛtsnakarmakṛt //
MBh, 1, 104, 20.2 devāsuramanuṣyāṇāṃ gandharvoragarakṣasām /
MBh, 1, 109, 26.2 vyapatrapan manuṣyāṇāṃ mṛgyāṃ maithunam ācaram //
MBh, 1, 111, 10.4 aprajātvaṃ manuṣyendra sādhu mā puṣkarekṣaṇa //
MBh, 1, 111, 15.1 ṛṣidevamanuṣyāṇāṃ parimukto 'smi dharmataḥ /
MBh, 1, 112, 13.2 vyuṣitāśve yaśovṛddhe manuṣyendre kurūttama /
MBh, 1, 112, 15.2 bhadrā nāma manuṣyendra rūpeṇāsadṛśī bhuvi //
MBh, 1, 112, 17.2 tasmin prete manuṣyendre bhāryāsya bhṛśaduḥkhitā //
MBh, 1, 115, 26.4 siṃhagrīvā manuṣyendrā vavṛdhur devavikramāḥ //
MBh, 1, 117, 23.12 eṣa jetā manuṣyāṃśca sarvān gandharvarākṣasān /
MBh, 1, 139, 31.2 na manuṣyā na gandharvā na yakṣāścārulocane //
MBh, 1, 158, 8.2 śeṣam anyan manuṣyāṇāṃ kāmacāram iha smṛtam //
MBh, 1, 166, 11.1 manuṣyapiśite saktaścariṣyasi mahīm imām /
MBh, 1, 168, 9.3 brāhmaṇāṃśca manuṣyendra māvamaṃsthāḥ kadācana //
MBh, 1, 168, 16.1 acirāt sa manuṣyendro nagarīṃ puṇyakarmaṇām /
MBh, 1, 184, 5.1 ye cānnam icchanti dadasva tebhyaḥ pariśritā ye parito manuṣyāḥ /
MBh, 1, 184, 12.2 śuśrāva kṛṣṇāṃ ca tathā niṣaṇṇāṃ te cāpi sarve dadṛśur manuṣyāḥ //
MBh, 1, 184, 16.1 kaccit savarṇapravaro manuṣya udriktavarṇo 'pyuta veha kaccit /
MBh, 1, 189, 7.2 vaivasvato vyāpṛtaḥ satrahetos tena tvime na mriyante manuṣyāḥ /
MBh, 1, 190, 4.6 anye 'pyevaṃ syur manuṣyāḥ striyaśca na dharmaḥ syān mānavokto narendra //
MBh, 1, 195, 10.4 naṣṭakīrter manuṣyasya jīvitaṃ hyaphalaṃ smṛtam //
MBh, 1, 195, 11.1 yāvat kīrtir manuṣyasya na praṇaśyati kaurava /
MBh, 1, 212, 1.377 yasmāt sarvamanuṣyāṇāṃ śreṣṭho bhartā tavārjunaḥ /
MBh, 1, 213, 46.2 manuṣyabhārān dāśārho dadau daśa janārdanaḥ /
MBh, 1, 216, 23.1 anena tvaṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ devānām api cāhave /
MBh, 2, 1, 10.4 anavāpyāṃ manuṣyeṇa tādṛśīṃ kuru vai sabhām /
MBh, 2, 1, 11.2 manuṣyaloke kṛtsne 'smiṃstādṛśīṃ kuru vai sabhām //
MBh, 2, 5, 44.1 kaccid dārānmanuṣyāṇāṃ tavārthe mṛtyum eyuṣām /
MBh, 2, 5, 76.1 kaccid darśayase nityaṃ manuṣyān samalaṃkṛtān /
MBh, 2, 5, 82.2 āśritānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ vṛttiṃ tvaṃ saṃruṇatsi ca /
MBh, 2, 11, 41.2 sabheyaṃ rājaśārdūla manuṣyeṣu yathā tava //
MBh, 2, 17, 1.4 gṛhe gṛhe manuṣyāṇāṃ nityaṃ tiṣṭhati rākṣasī /
MBh, 2, 20, 10.1 manuṣyāṇāṃ samālambho na ca dṛṣṭaḥ kadācana /
MBh, 2, 30, 45.2 kṣatriyaiśca manuṣyendra nānādeśasamāgataiḥ /
MBh, 2, 57, 12.1 na vāsayet pāravargyaṃ dviṣantaṃ viśeṣataḥ kṣattar ahitaṃ manuṣyam /
MBh, 2, 64, 1.2 yā naḥ śrutā manuṣyeṣu striyo rūpeṇa saṃmatāḥ /
MBh, 3, 28, 18.2 aduḥkhārhān manuṣyendra nopaśāmyati me manaḥ //
MBh, 3, 28, 27.1 yo devāṃś ca manuṣyāṃś ca sarpāṃś caikaratho 'jayat /
MBh, 3, 29, 20.1 krodhād daṇḍān manuṣyeṣu vividhān puruṣo nayan /
MBh, 3, 30, 1.2 krodho hantā manuṣyāṇāṃ krodho bhāvayitā punaḥ /
MBh, 3, 30, 10.2 balīyasāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ tyajatyātmānam antataḥ //
MBh, 3, 30, 25.1 yadi na syur manuṣyeṣu kṣamiṇaḥ pṛthivīsamāḥ /
MBh, 3, 30, 25.2 na syāt saṃdhir manuṣyāṇāṃ krodhamūlo hi vigrahaḥ //
MBh, 3, 30, 43.1 yeṣāṃ manyur manuṣyāṇāṃ kṣamayā nihataḥ sadā /
MBh, 3, 31, 26.1 nātmādhīno manuṣyo 'yaṃ kālaṃ bhavati kaṃcana /
MBh, 3, 33, 5.1 jaṅgameṣu viśeṣeṇa manuṣyā bharatarṣabha /
MBh, 3, 34, 54.2 svadharmāddhi manuṣyāṇāṃ calanaṃ na praśasyate //
MBh, 3, 34, 65.1 evam eva manuṣyendra dharmaṃ tyaktvālpakaṃ naraḥ /
MBh, 3, 42, 19.2 dānavāś ca mahāvīryā ye manuṣyatvam āgatāḥ /
MBh, 3, 50, 28.1 vayaṃ hi devagandharvamanuṣyoragarākṣasān /
MBh, 3, 61, 122.2 manuṣyaṃ nalanāmānaṃ na paśyāmi yaśasvini //
MBh, 3, 72, 6.2 svāgataṃ te manuṣyendra kuśalaṃ te bravīmyaham /
MBh, 3, 89, 16.1 bhavān manuṣyalokāya gamiṣyati na saṃśayaḥ /
MBh, 3, 93, 23.1 tatra sma gāthā gāyanti manuṣyā bharatarṣabha /
MBh, 3, 102, 20.1 manuṣyoragagandharvayakṣakimpuruṣās tathā /
MBh, 3, 120, 13.3 ko nāma sāmbasya raṇe manuṣyo gatvāntaraṃ vai bhujayor dhareta //
MBh, 3, 120, 14.1 yathā praviśyāntaram antakasya kāle manuṣyo na viniṣkrameta /
MBh, 3, 131, 30.1 yāvalloke manuṣyās tvāṃ kathayiṣyanti pārthiva /
MBh, 3, 146, 77.1 manuṣyā buddhisampannā dayāṃ kurvanti jantuṣu /
MBh, 3, 152, 4.3 neha śakyaṃ manuṣyeṇa vihartuṃ martyadharmiṇā //
MBh, 3, 154, 9.1 ye 'nye kecin manuṣyeṣu tiryagyonigatā api /
MBh, 3, 154, 9.3 manuṣyān upajīvanti tatastvam upajīvasi //
MBh, 3, 156, 22.1 īṣaccapalakarmāṇaṃ manuṣyam iha bhārata /
MBh, 3, 159, 11.2 manniyuktā manuṣyendra sarve ca girivāsinaḥ /
MBh, 3, 176, 26.1 yasmād abhāvī bhāvī vā manuṣyaḥ sukhaduḥkhayoḥ /
MBh, 3, 177, 26.2 jātir atra mahāsarpa manuṣyatve mahāmate /
MBh, 3, 178, 12.2 manuṣyatvāt paribhraṣṭas tiryagyonau prasūyate //
MBh, 3, 178, 13.1 tiryagyonyāṃ pṛthagbhāvo manuṣyatve vidhīyate /
MBh, 3, 181, 28.1 manuṣyās taptatapasaḥ sarvāgamaparāyaṇāḥ /
MBh, 3, 181, 33.2 manuṣyaloke yacchreyaḥ paraṃ manye yudhiṣṭhira //
MBh, 3, 183, 29.1 yasmāt sarvamanuṣyeṣu jyāyāṃsaṃ mām ihābravīḥ /
MBh, 3, 186, 53.2 āyuḥkṣayo manuṣyāṇāṃ kṣipram eva prapadyate //
MBh, 3, 186, 90.2 nirvedo jīvite dīrghe manuṣyatve ca bhārata //
MBh, 3, 187, 29.1 sṛṣṭvā devamanuṣyāṃś ca gandharvoragarākṣasān /
MBh, 3, 188, 10.2 vṛṣaḥ pratiṣṭhito dharmo manuṣyeṣvabhavat purā //
MBh, 3, 188, 12.2 caturthāṃśena dharmas tu manuṣyān upatiṣṭhati //
MBh, 3, 188, 13.2 manuṣyāṇām anuyugaṃ hrasatīti nibodha me //
MBh, 3, 188, 52.2 bhāvinaḥ paścime kāle manuṣyā nātra saṃśayaḥ //
MBh, 3, 188, 69.2 akrameṇa manuṣyāṇāṃ bhaviṣyati tadā kriyā /
MBh, 3, 189, 3.1 tacchīlam anuvartsyante manuṣyā lokavāsinaḥ /
MBh, 3, 190, 9.2 neha manuṣyagatiṃ paśyāmi /
MBh, 3, 192, 3.1 kathāṃ vetsi mune divyāṃ manuṣyoragarakṣasām /
MBh, 3, 197, 19.3 dṛṣṭvā sādhvī manuṣyendra sāntvapūrvaṃ vaco 'bravīt //
MBh, 3, 197, 31.1 krodhaḥ śatruḥ śarīrastho manuṣyāṇāṃ dvijottama /
MBh, 3, 200, 14.1 karmajā hi manuṣyāṇāṃ rogā nāstyatra saṃśayaḥ /
MBh, 3, 201, 2.2 vijñānārthaṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ manaḥ pūrvaṃ pravartate /
MBh, 3, 203, 20.2 śarīreṣu manuṣyāṇāṃ vyāna ityupadiśyate //
MBh, 3, 219, 22.3 prabādhata manuṣyāṇāṃ tāvad rūpaiḥ pṛthagvidhaiḥ //
MBh, 3, 222, 22.1 devo manuṣyo gandharvo yuvā cāpi svalaṃkṛtaḥ /
MBh, 3, 247, 33.2 śubhānuśayayogena manuṣyeṣūpajāyate //
MBh, 3, 249, 6.1 ahaṃ tu rājñaḥ surathasya putro yaṃ koṭikāśyeti vidur manuṣyāḥ /
MBh, 3, 250, 4.1 jānāmi ca tvāṃ surathasya putraṃ yaṃ koṭikāśyeti vidur manuṣyāḥ /
MBh, 3, 250, 5.1 apatyam asmi drupadasya rājñaḥ kṛṣṇeti māṃ śaibya vidur manuṣyāḥ /
MBh, 3, 252, 14.2 indro 'pi tāṃ nāpaharet kathaṃcinmanuṣyamātraḥ kṛpaṇaḥ kuto 'nyaḥ //
MBh, 3, 259, 26.3 ṛte manuṣyād bhadraṃ te tathā tad vihitaṃ mayā //
MBh, 3, 259, 27.3 avamene hi durbuddhir manuṣyān puruṣādakaḥ //
MBh, 3, 281, 35.1 evamprāyaśca loko 'yaṃ manuṣyāḥ śaktipeśalāḥ /
MBh, 3, 297, 51.2 kiṃ svid ātmā manuṣyasya kiṃ svid daivakṛtaḥ sakhā /
MBh, 3, 297, 52.2 putra ātmā manuṣyasya bhāryā daivakṛtaḥ sakhā /
MBh, 4, 2, 6.5 tān ahaṃ prīṇayiṣyāmi manuṣyān svena karmaṇā //
MBh, 4, 2, 20.8 yastu devānmanuṣyāṃśca sarvāś caikaratho 'jayat /
MBh, 4, 4, 24.1 na mṛṣābhihitaṃ rājño manuṣyeṣu prakāśayet /
MBh, 4, 5, 10.5 kṣipram asmān vijānīyur manuṣyā nātra saṃśayaḥ /
MBh, 4, 5, 12.2 iyaṃ kūṭe manuṣyendra gahanā mahatī śamī /
MBh, 4, 5, 13.1 na cāpi vidyate kaścinmanuṣya iha pārthiva /
MBh, 4, 5, 13.5 evaṃ parihariṣyanti manuṣyā vanacāriṇaḥ /
MBh, 4, 5, 13.6 atraivaṃ nāvabudhyante manuṣyāḥ kecid āyudham /
MBh, 4, 5, 16.1 yena devānmanuṣyāṃśca sarpāṃścaikaratho 'jayat /
MBh, 4, 18, 9.1 yaḥ sadevānmanuṣyāṃśca sarpāṃścaikaratho 'jayat /
MBh, 4, 24, 4.2 deśe deśe manuṣyāśca kīcakaṃ duṣpradharṣaṇam //
MBh, 4, 24, 9.2 pāṇḍavānāṃ manuṣyendra tasminmahati kānane //
MBh, 4, 24, 14.2 kaṃcit kālaṃ manuṣyendra sūtānām anugā vayam //
MBh, 4, 24, 17.3 sa naḥ śādhi manuṣyendra ata ūrdhvaṃ viśāṃ pate //
MBh, 4, 25, 10.2 vijñātavyā manuṣyaistaistarkayā suvinītayā //
MBh, 4, 28, 14.2 yathākālaṃ manuṣyendra ciraṃ sukham avāpsyasi //
MBh, 4, 30, 7.3 tān parīpsa manuṣyendra mā neśuḥ paśavastava //
MBh, 4, 33, 13.2 tasya tat satyam evāstu manuṣyendrasya bhāṣitam //
MBh, 4, 38, 38.2 yena devānmanuṣyāṃśca pārtho viṣahate mṛdhe //
MBh, 4, 39, 16.2 tena devamanuṣyeṣu bībhatsur iti māṃ viduḥ //
MBh, 4, 39, 17.2 tena devamanuṣyeṣu savyasācīti māṃ viduḥ //
MBh, 4, 39, 19.2 tena devamanuṣyeṣu jiṣṇunāmāsmi viśrutaḥ //
MBh, 4, 42, 29.1 pareṣāṃ vivarajñāne manuṣyācariteṣu ca /
MBh, 4, 45, 13.1 yathāśakti manuṣyāṇāṃ śamam ālakṣayāmahe /
MBh, 4, 59, 23.1 nedaṃ yuktaṃ manuṣyeṣu yo 'yaṃ saṃdṛśyate mahān /
MBh, 4, 59, 36.1 nedaṃ manuṣyāḥ śraddadhyur na hīdaṃ teṣu vidyate /
MBh, 4, 64, 14.1 manuṣyaloke sakale yasya tulyo na vidyate /
MBh, 5, 27, 3.1 alpakālaṃ jīvitaṃ yanmanuṣye mahāsrāvaṃ nityaduḥkhaṃ calaṃ ca /
MBh, 5, 27, 4.1 kāmā manuṣyaṃ prasajjanta eva dharmasya ye vighnamūlaṃ narendra /
MBh, 5, 32, 12.2 imaṃ dṛṣṭvā niyamaṃ pāṇḍavasya manye paraṃ karma daivaṃ manuṣyāt //
MBh, 5, 33, 27.2 upāyajño manuṣyāṇāṃ naraḥ paṇḍita ucyate //
MBh, 5, 33, 55.1 trayo nyāyā manuṣyāṇāṃ śrūyante bharatarṣabha /
MBh, 5, 33, 62.1 pañcāgnayo manuṣyeṇa paricaryāḥ prayatnataḥ /
MBh, 5, 33, 63.2 devān pitṝnmanuṣyāṃśca bhikṣūn atithipañcamān //
MBh, 5, 33, 86.1 jānāti viśvāsayituṃ manuṣyān vijñātadoṣeṣu dadhāti daṇḍam /
MBh, 5, 34, 17.2 tadvad arthānmanuṣyebhya ādadyād avihiṃsayā //
MBh, 5, 35, 4.1 yāvat kīrtir manuṣyasya puṇyā lokeṣu gīyate /
MBh, 5, 35, 15.3 na hi deveṣvahaṃ sthātā na manuṣyeṣu karhicit //
MBh, 5, 35, 45.2 rājā yadā satkurute manuṣyaṃ sarvān guṇān eṣa guṇo 'tibhāti //
MBh, 5, 35, 46.1 aṣṭau nṛpemāni manuṣyaloke svargasya lokasya nidarśanāni /
MBh, 5, 36, 8.1 aruṃtudaṃ paruṣaṃ rūkṣavācaṃ vākkaṇṭakair vitudantaṃ manuṣyān /
MBh, 5, 36, 34.2 evaṃ yuktā bhārasahā bhavanti mahākulīnā na tathānye manuṣyāḥ //
MBh, 5, 36, 62.1 evaṃ manuṣyam apyekaṃ guṇair api samanvitam /
MBh, 5, 36, 65.1 na manuṣye guṇaḥ kaścid anyo dhanavatām api /
MBh, 5, 37, 7.1 yasmin yathā vartate yo manuṣyas tasmiṃstathā vartitavyaṃ sa dharmaḥ /
MBh, 5, 37, 55.2 nāvajñeyā manuṣyeṇa sarve te hyatitejasaḥ //
MBh, 5, 40, 14.1 mṛtaṃ putraṃ duḥkhapuṣṭaṃ manuṣyā utkṣipya rājan svagṛhānnirharanti /
MBh, 5, 41, 10.3 yaṃ śrutvāyaṃ manuṣyendraḥ sukhaduḥkhātigo bhavet //
MBh, 5, 43, 8.2 īrṣyā jugupsā ca manuṣyadoṣā varjyāḥ sadā dvādaśaite nareṇa //
MBh, 5, 43, 9.1 ekaikam ete rājendra manuṣyān paryupāsate /
MBh, 5, 52, 7.1 amānuṣaṃ manuṣyendrair jālaṃ vitatam antarā /
MBh, 5, 56, 60.2 na sa jeyo manuṣyeṇa mā sma kṛdhvaṃ mano yudhi //
MBh, 5, 58, 25.1 devāsuramanuṣyeṣu yakṣagandharvabhogiṣu /
MBh, 5, 62, 1.2 sadṛśānāṃ manuṣyeṣu sarveṣāṃ tulyajanmanām /
MBh, 5, 70, 72.2 evam eva manuṣyeṣu viśeṣo nāsti kaścana //
MBh, 5, 71, 35.3 manuṣyalokakṣapaṇo 'tha ghoro no ced anuprāpta ihāntakaḥ syāt //
MBh, 5, 78, 5.2 prāptakālaṃ manuṣyeṇa svayaṃ kāryam ariṃdama //
MBh, 5, 88, 78.2 mano manuṣyasya sadā prīṇanti puruṣottama //
MBh, 5, 95, 20.1 na me devamanuṣyeṣu guṇakeśyāḥ samo varaḥ /
MBh, 5, 112, 3.2 manuṣyebhyaḥ samādatte śukraścittārjitaṃ dhanam //
MBh, 5, 113, 12.1 sadā devamanuṣyāṇām asurāṇāṃ ca gālava /
MBh, 5, 118, 3.1 nāgayakṣamanuṣyāṇāṃ patatrimṛgapakṣiṇām /
MBh, 5, 126, 43.1 devāsuramanuṣyāśca gandharvoragarākṣasāḥ /
MBh, 5, 128, 38.1 devair manuṣyair gandharvair asurair uragaiśca yaḥ /
MBh, 5, 135, 14.2 mano manuṣyasya sadā prīṇanti puruṣottama //
MBh, 5, 141, 13.2 vājināṃ vāraṇānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca keśava //
MBh, 5, 156, 10.1 mahārāja manuṣyeṣu nindyaṃ yaḥ sarvam ācaret /
MBh, 5, 158, 7.2 śakyo 'marṣo manuṣyeṇa kartuṃ puruṣamāninā //
MBh, 5, 196, 18.1 sagajāśvamanuṣyāṇāṃ ye ca śilpopajīvinaḥ /
MBh, 6, 6, 10.2 teṣāṃ manuṣyāstarkeṇa pramāṇāni pracakṣate //
MBh, 6, 7, 21.2 tataḥ kalāṃśaṃ vittasya manuṣyebhyaḥ prayacchati //
MBh, 6, 16, 3.1 mahārāja manuṣyeṣu nindyaṃ yaḥ sarvam ācaret /
MBh, 6, 16, 32.2 ṛṣabhākṣā manuṣyendrāścamūmukhagatā babhuḥ //
MBh, 6, BhaGī 1, 44.1 utsannakuladharmāṇāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ janārdana /
MBh, 6, BhaGī 3, 23.2 mama vartmānuvartante manuṣyāḥ pārtha sarvaśaḥ //
MBh, 6, BhaGī 4, 11.2 mama vartmānuvartante manuṣyāḥ pārtha sarvaśaḥ //
MBh, 6, BhaGī 4, 18.2 sa buddhimānmanuṣyeṣu sa yuktaḥ kṛtsnakarmakṛt //
MBh, 6, BhaGī 7, 3.1 manuṣyāṇāṃ sahasreṣu kaścidyatati siddhaye /
MBh, 6, BhaGī 15, 2.2 adhaśca mūlānyanusaṃtatāni karmānubandhīni manuṣyaloke //
MBh, 6, BhaGī 18, 69.1 na ca tasmānmanuṣyeṣu kaścinme priyakṛttamaḥ /
MBh, 6, 56, 19.1 gajaughavegoddhatasāditānāṃ śrutvā niṣedur vasudhāṃ manuṣyāḥ /
MBh, 6, 58, 7.2 kṣayaṃ manuṣyadehānāṃ gajavājirathakṣayam /
MBh, 6, 59, 15.1 tatra tatra hataiścāpi manuṣyagajavājibhiḥ /
MBh, 6, 62, 14.1 tathā manuṣyo 'yam iti kadācit surasattamāḥ /
MBh, 6, 66, 10.1 gajavājimanuṣyāṇāṃ sarvagātraiśca bhūpate /
MBh, 6, 83, 25.1 manobhiste manuṣyendra pūrvaṃ yodhāḥ parasparam /
MBh, 6, 89, 24.1 śastrāṇāṃ bharataśreṣṭha manuṣyāṇāṃ ca garjatām /
MBh, 6, 89, 25.1 gajavājimanuṣyāṇāṃ śoṇitāntrataraṅgiṇī /
MBh, 6, 89, 27.1 viśiraskair manuṣyaiśca chinnagātraiśca vāraṇaiḥ /
MBh, 6, 104, 28.1 taṃ vināśaṃ manuṣyendra naravāraṇavājinām /
MBh, 6, 112, 135.1 kṣatriyāśca manuṣyendra gadāśaktidhanurdharāḥ /
MBh, 6, 116, 13.1 upabhoktuṃ manuṣyebhyaḥ śaraśayyāgato hyaham /
MBh, 6, 116, 32.1 manuṣyā jagati śreṣṭhāḥ pakṣiṇāṃ garuḍo varaḥ /
MBh, 6, 117, 17.2 devagarbho 'jitaḥ saṃkhye manuṣyair adhiko bhuvi //
MBh, 7, 20, 34.3 manuṣyaśīrṣapāṣāṇāṃ śaktimīnāṃ gadoḍupām //
MBh, 7, 22, 53.1 yaṃ tu sarvamanuṣyebhyaḥ prāhuḥ śūrataraṃ nṛpam /
MBh, 7, 29, 40.1 hatair manuṣyaisturagaiśca sarvataḥ śarābhivṛṣṭair dviradaiśca pātitaiḥ /
MBh, 7, 48, 49.2 manuṣyaśīrṣopalamāṃsakardamā praviddhanānāvidhaśastramālinī //
MBh, 7, 51, 38.1 asurasuramanuṣyāḥ pakṣiṇo voragā vā pitṛrajanicarā vā brahmadevarṣayo vā /
MBh, 7, 65, 21.2 bhramatsu yudhi nāgeṣu manuṣyā vilalambire //
MBh, 7, 66, 16.2 manuṣyavājimātaṅgā viddhāḥ petur gatāsavaḥ //
MBh, 7, 67, 47.1 nāsti cāpy amaratvaṃ vai manuṣyasya kathaṃcana /
MBh, 7, 85, 72.1 rathair viparidhāvadbhir manuṣyaiśca hayaiśca ha /
MBh, 7, 97, 42.1 aśmacūrṇaiḥ samākīrṇā manuṣyāśca vayāṃsi ca /
MBh, 7, 107, 39.1 manuṣyāśvagajānāṃ ca śarīrair gatajīvitaiḥ /
MBh, 7, 109, 26.2 kruddhā iva manuṣyendra bhujagāḥ kālacoditāḥ //
MBh, 7, 112, 24.1 manuṣyasamatāṃ jñātvā sapta saṃdhāya sāyakān /
MBh, 7, 113, 16.1 vāraṇāśvamanuṣyāṇāṃ rudhiraughasamudbhavā /
MBh, 7, 113, 16.2 saṃvṛtā gatasattvaiśca manuṣyagajavājibhiḥ //
MBh, 7, 127, 17.1 yat kartavyaṃ manuṣyeṇa vyavasāyavatā satā /
MBh, 7, 129, 13.2 kuñjarāśvamanuṣyāṇāṃ prāṇāntakaraṇī tadā //
MBh, 7, 133, 33.2 devagandharvayakṣāṇāṃ manuṣyoragarakṣasām /
MBh, 7, 163, 22.2 mohayantau manuṣyāṇāṃ cakṣūṃṣi ca manāṃsi ca //
MBh, 7, 172, 47.2 na sarpayakṣapatagā na manuṣyāḥ kathaṃcana //
MBh, 7, 172, 74.2 matprasādānmanuṣyeṣu devagandharvayoniṣu /
MBh, 8, 12, 66.1 tair āhatau sarvamanuṣyamukhyāv asṛkkṣarantau dhanadendrakalpau /
MBh, 8, 14, 37.1 manuṣyagajavājīnāṃ śaraśaktyṛṣṭitomaraiḥ /
MBh, 8, 14, 63.1 gajavājimanuṣyāṇāṃ śarīrāṇi śitaiḥ śaraiḥ /
MBh, 8, 26, 48.2 alaṃ manuṣyasya sukhāya vartituṃ tathā hi yuddhe nihataḥ parair guruḥ //
MBh, 8, 28, 65.1 devāsuramanuṣyeṣu prakhyātau yau nararṣabhau /
MBh, 8, 29, 11.1 adyāhave yasya na tulyam anyaṃ manye manuṣyaṃ dhanur ādadānam /
MBh, 8, 29, 17.1 adyāhave yasya na tulyam anyaṃ madhyemanuṣyaṃ dhanur ādadānam /
MBh, 8, 40, 55.1 gajavājimanuṣyaiś ca nipatadbhiḥ samantataḥ /
MBh, 8, 40, 63.1 mama cāsīn manuṣyendra dṛṣṭvā karṇasya vikramam /
MBh, 8, 51, 70.2 manuṣyavājimātaṅgān prahiṇvantaṃ yamakṣayam //
MBh, 8, 58, 12.1 hatair gajamanuṣyāśvair bhagnaiś ca bahudhā rathaiḥ /
MBh, 8, 59, 15.2 stanatāṃ kūjatāṃ caiva manuṣyagajavājinām //
MBh, 8, 61, 9.1 ye cāpi tatrāpatitā manuṣyās teṣāṃ karebhyaḥ patitaṃ ca śastram /
MBh, 8, 61, 10.2 sarve palāyanta bhayābhipannā nāyaṃ manuṣya iti bhāṣamāṇāḥ //
MBh, 8, 62, 54.1 tad asya karmātimanuṣyakarmaṇaḥ samīkṣya hṛṣṭāḥ kuravo 'bhyapūjayan /
MBh, 8, 64, 2.2 sarve 'ntarikṣe dadṛśur manuṣyāḥ khasthāṃś ca tān vismayanīyarūpān //
MBh, 8, 64, 19.1 tad adbhutaṃ devamanuṣyasākṣikaṃ samīkṣya bhūtāni visiṣmiyur nṛpa /
MBh, 8, 65, 26.1 sa bhīmasenaṃ ca janārdanaṃ ca kirīṭinaṃ cāpy amanuṣyakarmā /
MBh, 8, 67, 27.2 tad adbhutaṃ sarvamanuṣyayodhāḥ paśyanti rājan nihate sma karṇe //
MBh, 8, 68, 21.1 śarās tu karṇārjunabāhumuktā vidārya nāgāśvamanuṣyadehān /
MBh, 8, 68, 22.1 hatair manuṣyāśvagajaiś ca saṃkhye śarāvabhinnaiś ca rathair babhūva /
MBh, 8, 68, 25.2 manuṣyamātaṅgarathāśvarāśibhir drutaṃ vrajanto bahudhā vicūrṇitāḥ //
MBh, 8, 68, 52.1 sa devagandharvamanuṣyapūjitaṃ nihatya karṇaṃ ripum āhave 'rjunaḥ /
MBh, 8, 68, 63.1 sadevagandharvamanuṣyacāraṇair maharṣibhir yakṣamahoragair api /
MBh, 9, 7, 15.2 kṣayaṃ manuṣyadehānāṃ rathanāgāśvasaṃkṣayam /
MBh, 9, 10, 43.2 gajavājimanuṣyāṇāṃ prāṇāntakaraṇīm api //
MBh, 9, 10, 47.2 manuṣyaloke vikhyātāṃ giriśṛṅgavidāriṇīm //
MBh, 9, 22, 48.3 aśvān rājanmanuṣyāṃśca rajasā saṃvṛte sati //
MBh, 9, 22, 70.2 stanatāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ saṃnaddhānāṃ viśāṃ pate //
MBh, 9, 28, 73.2 yayur manuṣyāḥ saṃbhrāntā bhīmasenabhayārditāḥ //
MBh, 9, 29, 55.3 mānuṣasya manuṣyendra gadāhasto janādhipaḥ //
MBh, 9, 31, 15.1 dharmamūlā satāṃ kīrtir manuṣyāṇāṃ janādhipa /
MBh, 9, 44, 75.1 manuṣyameṣavaktrāśca sṛgālavadanāstathā /
MBh, 10, 1, 48.2 kartavyaṃ tanmanuṣyeṇa kṣatradharmeṇa vartatā //
MBh, 10, 2, 9.1 tābhyāṃ sarve hi kāryārthā manuṣyāṇāṃ nararṣabha /
MBh, 10, 2, 11.1 utthānaṃ tu manuṣyāṇāṃ dakṣāṇāṃ daivavarjitam /
MBh, 10, 2, 12.1 tatrālasā manuṣyāṇāṃ ye bhavantyamanasvinaḥ /
MBh, 10, 2, 30.1 muhyatā tu manuṣyeṇa praṣṭavyāḥ suhṛdo budhāḥ /
MBh, 10, 3, 7.1 tasyaiva tu manuṣyasya sā sā buddhistadā tadā /
MBh, 10, 3, 8.1 acintyatvāddhi cittānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ viśeṣataḥ /
MBh, 10, 8, 30.1 rākṣaso vā manuṣyo vā nainaṃ jānīmahe vayam /
MBh, 10, 8, 120.1 stanatāṃ ca manuṣyāṇām apareṣāṃ ca kūjatām /
MBh, 10, 12, 17.1 devadānavagandharvamanuṣyapatagoragāḥ /
MBh, 10, 12, 25.1 yaḥ sa devamanuṣyeṣu pramāṇaṃ paramaṃ gataḥ /
MBh, 10, 14, 16.3 naitad astraṃ manuṣyeṣu taiḥ prayuktaṃ kathaṃcana //
MBh, 11, 1, 28.1 ādāveva manuṣyeṇa vartitavyaṃ yathā kṣamam /
MBh, 11, 2, 18.2 manuṣyā mānasair duḥkhair yujyante ye 'lpabuddhayaḥ //
MBh, 11, 5, 19.1 tatraiva ca manuṣyasya jīvitāśā pratiṣṭhitā /
MBh, 12, 11, 4.2 suduṣkaraṃ manuṣyaiśca yat kṛtaṃ vighasāśibhiḥ //
MBh, 12, 11, 16.1 atha ye karma nindanto manuṣyāḥ kāpathaṃ gatāḥ /
MBh, 12, 15, 12.2 daṇḍasyaiva bhayād ete manuṣyā vartmani sthitāḥ //
MBh, 12, 15, 28.2 manuṣyāstanvate yajñāṃste svargaṃ prāpnuvanti ca //
MBh, 12, 15, 36.2 adyuḥ paśūnmanuṣyāṃśca yajñārthāni havīṃṣi ca //
MBh, 12, 15, 43.2 daṇḍe svargo manuṣyāṇāṃ loko 'yaṃ ca pratiṣṭhitaḥ //
MBh, 12, 22, 10.2 vijitātmā manuṣyendra yajñadānaparo bhava //
MBh, 12, 22, 13.2 yathaivendro manuṣyendra cirāya vigatajvaraḥ //
MBh, 12, 25, 33.1 vṛttaṃ yasya ślāghanīyaṃ manuṣyāḥ santo vidvāṃsaścārhayantyarhaṇīyāḥ /
MBh, 12, 26, 5.2 paryāyayogād vihitaṃ vidhātrā kālena sarvaṃ labhate manuṣyaḥ //
MBh, 12, 28, 34.2 evam eva manuṣyāṇāṃ sukhaduḥkhe nararṣabha //
MBh, 12, 29, 20.2 devānmanuṣyān gandharvān atyaricyanta dakṣiṇāḥ //
MBh, 12, 29, 32.2 devānmanuṣyān gandharvān atyaricyanta dakṣiṇāḥ //
MBh, 12, 29, 133.1 arogāḥ sarvasiddhārthā manuṣyā akutobhayāḥ /
MBh, 12, 33, 3.1 bahavaśca manuṣyendrā nānādeśasamāgatāḥ /
MBh, 12, 37, 27.1 devān pitṝnmanuṣyāṃśca munīn gṛhyāśca devatāḥ /
MBh, 12, 50, 28.1 manuṣyeṣu manuṣyendra na dṛṣṭo na ca me śrutaḥ /
MBh, 12, 50, 28.1 manuṣyeṣu manuṣyendra na dṛṣṭo na ca me śrutaḥ /
MBh, 12, 63, 26.1 alpāśrayān alpaphalān vadanti dharmān anyān dharmavido manuṣyāḥ /
MBh, 12, 65, 7.1 nirmaryāde nityam arthe vinaṣṭān āhustān vai paśubhūtānmanuṣyān /
MBh, 12, 67, 22.3 viśeṣato manuṣyeṣu mithyāvṛttiṣu nityadā //
MBh, 12, 67, 24.1 mukhyena śastrapatreṇa ye manuṣyāḥ pradhānataḥ /
MBh, 12, 68, 1.3 manuṣyāṇām adhipatiṃ tanme brūhi pitāmaha //
MBh, 12, 68, 30.2 manuṣyā rakṣitā rājñā samantād akutobhayāḥ //
MBh, 12, 68, 31.2 yadi rājā manuṣyeṣu trātā bhavati dhārmikaḥ //
MBh, 12, 68, 40.1 na hi jātvavamantavyo manuṣya iti bhūmipaḥ /
MBh, 12, 68, 58.1 rājā pragalbhaṃ puruṣaṃ karoti rājā kṛśaṃ bṛṃhayate manuṣyam /
MBh, 12, 70, 5.2 tasmād devamanuṣyāṇāṃ sukhaṃ viddhi samāhitam //
MBh, 12, 70, 22.1 hrasanti ca manuṣyāṇāṃ svaravarṇamanāṃsyuta /
MBh, 12, 73, 21.1 devā manuṣyāḥ pitaro gandharvoragarākṣasāḥ /
MBh, 12, 87, 5.2 manuṣyadurgam abdurgaṃ vanadurgaṃ ca tāni ṣaṭ //
MBh, 12, 90, 11.2 tasmāddhetor hi bhuñjīta manuṣyān eva mānavaḥ //
MBh, 12, 90, 24.2 manuṣyoragarakṣāṃsi vayāṃsi paśavastathā //
MBh, 12, 91, 10.2 manuṣyāṇāṃ mahārāja yadā pāpo na vāryate //
MBh, 12, 91, 15.2 akāryāṇāṃ manuṣyendra sa sīmāntakaraḥ smṛtaḥ //
MBh, 12, 91, 38.1 mamaitad iti naikasya manuṣyeṣvavatiṣṭhate /
MBh, 12, 92, 49.1 tyajanti dārān prāṇāṃśca manuṣyāḥ pratipūjitāḥ /
MBh, 12, 94, 2.2 avinītamanuṣyaṃ tat kṣipraṃ rāṣṭraṃ vinaśyati //
MBh, 12, 94, 27.2 asaṃtyaktamanuṣyaṃ ca taṃ janāḥ kurvate priyam //
MBh, 12, 94, 38.2 manuṣyavijaye yukto hanti śatrūn anuttamān //
MBh, 12, 95, 12.1 idaṃ vṛttaṃ manuṣyeṣu vartate yo mahīpatiḥ /
MBh, 12, 101, 34.1 manuṣyāpasadā hyete ye bhavanti parāṅmukhāḥ /
MBh, 12, 104, 40.2 āptair manuṣyair upacārayeta pureṣu rāṣṭreṣu ca samprayuktaḥ //
MBh, 12, 105, 34.1 śriyaṃ ca putrapautraṃ ca manuṣyā dharmacāriṇaḥ /
MBh, 12, 105, 46.2 paśya buddhyā manuṣyāṇāṃ rājann āpadam ātmanaḥ /
MBh, 12, 106, 23.2 nāgān aśvānmanuṣyāṃśca kṛtakair upaghātaya //
MBh, 12, 110, 22.1 cyutā devamanuṣyebhyo yathā pretāstathaiva te /
MBh, 12, 110, 26.1 yasmin yathā vartate yo manuṣyas tasmiṃstathā vartitavyaṃ sa dharmaḥ /
MBh, 12, 115, 16.1 manuṣyaśālāvṛkam apraśāntaṃ janāpavāde satataṃ niviṣṭam /
MBh, 12, 115, 17.2 arivrataṃ nityam abhūtikāmaṃ dhig astu taṃ pāpamatiṃ manuṣyam //
MBh, 12, 116, 22.1 saṃgṛhītamanuṣyaśca yo rājā rājadharmavit /
MBh, 12, 117, 10.2 manuṣyavad gato bhāvaḥ snehabaddho 'bhavad bhṛśam //
MBh, 12, 118, 23.2 yodhāścaiva manuṣyendra sarvair guṇaguṇair vṛtāḥ //
MBh, 12, 118, 28.2 saṃgṛhītamanuṣyeṇa kṛtsnā jetuṃ vasuṃdharā //
MBh, 12, 119, 13.1 evam etair manuṣyendra śūraiḥ prājñair bahuśrutaiḥ /
MBh, 12, 121, 55.3 samanuṣyoragavatāṃ kartā caiva sa bhūtakṛt //
MBh, 12, 128, 34.2 avṛttyāntyamanuṣyo 'pi yo vai veda śiber vacaḥ //
MBh, 12, 138, 61.1 vadhena ca manuṣyāṇāṃ mārgāṇāṃ dūṣaṇena ca /
MBh, 12, 149, 117.2 śrutvā manuṣyaḥ satatam iha pretya ca modate //
MBh, 12, 154, 11.1 pretya cāpi manuṣyendra paramaṃ vindate sukham /
MBh, 12, 155, 11.1 ṛṣayaḥ pitaro devā manuṣyā mṛgasattamāḥ /
MBh, 12, 159, 70.1 śvavarāhamanuṣyāṇāṃ kukkuṭasya kharasya ca /
MBh, 12, 163, 9.2 manuṣyavadanāstvanye bhāruṇḍā iti viśrutāḥ /
MBh, 12, 172, 36.1 tad aham anuniśāmya viprayātaṃ pṛthag abhipannam ihābudhair manuṣyaiḥ /
MBh, 12, 173, 8.1 manuṣyayonim icchanti sarvabhūtāni sarvaśaḥ /
MBh, 12, 173, 8.2 manuṣyatve ca vipratvaṃ sarva evābhinandati //
MBh, 12, 173, 9.1 manuṣyo brāhmaṇaścāsi śrotriyaścāsi kāśyapa /
MBh, 12, 173, 23.1 manuṣyā hyāḍhyatāṃ prāpya rājyam icchantyanantaram /
MBh, 12, 173, 32.2 manuṣyā mānuṣair eva dāsatvam upapāditāḥ //
MBh, 12, 173, 37.1 dṛṣṭvā kuṇīn pakṣahatānmanuṣyān āmayāvinaḥ /
MBh, 12, 174, 7.2 tadvidhāste manuṣyeṣu yeṣāṃ dharmo na kāraṇam //
MBh, 12, 178, 8.2 śarīreṣu manuṣyāṇāṃ vyāna ityupadiśyate //
MBh, 12, 186, 4.2 dharmam āhur manuṣyāṇām upaspṛśya nadīṃ taret //
MBh, 12, 186, 10.1 sāyaṃ prātar manuṣyāṇām aśanaṃ devanirmitam /
MBh, 12, 186, 26.2 nainaṃ manuṣyāḥ paśyanti paśyanti tridivaukasaḥ //
MBh, 12, 186, 32.1 devā yonir manuṣyāṇāṃ devānām amṛtaṃ divi /
MBh, 12, 194, 14.1 sarpān kuśāgrāṇi tathodapānaṃ jñātvā manuṣyāḥ parivarjayanti /
MBh, 12, 194, 24.2 paśyanti yad brahmavido manuṣyās tad akṣaraṃ na kṣaratīti viddhi //
MBh, 12, 195, 4.2 rūpāṇi cakṣur na ca tatparaṃ yad gṛhṇantyanadhyātmavido manuṣyāḥ //
MBh, 12, 195, 8.1 yathā ca kaścit sukṛtair manuṣyaḥ śubhāśubhaṃ prāpnute 'thāvirodhāt /
MBh, 12, 195, 18.1 yathā manuṣyaḥ parimucya kāyam adṛśyam anyad viśate śarīram /
MBh, 12, 199, 3.1 tadvad goṣu manuṣyeṣu tadvaddhastimṛgādiṣu /
MBh, 12, 200, 7.1 yāni cāhur manuṣyendra ye purāṇavido janāḥ /
MBh, 12, 203, 13.2 nāgāsuramanuṣyāṃśca sṛjate paramo 'vyayaḥ //
MBh, 12, 217, 29.1 devā manuṣyāḥ pitaro gandharvoragarākṣasāḥ /
MBh, 12, 218, 16.2 asti devamanuṣyeṣu sarvabhūteṣu vā pumān /
MBh, 12, 218, 21.1 bhūmir eva manuṣyeṣu dhāraṇī bhūtabhāvinī /
MBh, 12, 218, 23.2 āpa eva manuṣyeṣu dravantyaḥ paricārikāḥ /
MBh, 12, 218, 27.2 ye vai santo manuṣyeṣu brahmaṇyāḥ satyavādinaḥ /
MBh, 12, 221, 2.2 mana eva manuṣyasya pūrvarūpāṇi śaṃsati /
MBh, 12, 221, 24.2 nivasāmi manuṣyendre sadaiva balasūdana //
MBh, 12, 240, 3.1 buddhir ātmā manuṣyasya buddhir evātmano ''tmikā /
MBh, 12, 250, 37.1 mṛtyor ye te vyādhayaścāśrupātā manuṣyāṇāṃ rujyate yaiḥ śarīram /
MBh, 12, 259, 21.1 naiva dasyur manuṣyāṇāṃ na devānām iti śrutiḥ /
MBh, 12, 260, 24.1 paśavaśca manuṣyāśca drumāścauṣadhibhiḥ saha /
MBh, 12, 270, 2.2 prāpya jātiṃ manuṣyeṣu devair api pitāmaha //
MBh, 12, 271, 39.2 sa lohitaṃ varṇam upaiti nīlo manuṣyaloke parivartate ca //
MBh, 12, 271, 48.2 tasmād upāvṛtya manuṣyaloke tato mahānmānuṣatām upaiti //
MBh, 12, 271, 52.2 niḥśeṣāṇāṃ tat padaṃ yānti cānte sarvāpadā ye sadṛśā manuṣyāḥ //
MBh, 12, 275, 11.1 yasmai prajñāṃ kathayante manuṣyāḥ prajñāmūlo hīndriyāṇāṃ prasādaḥ /
MBh, 12, 276, 35.2 manuṣyeṣu vadānyeṣu svadharmanirateṣu ca //
MBh, 12, 280, 10.2 prayatnena manuṣyendra pāpam evaṃ nibodha me //
MBh, 12, 282, 15.2 ato 'nyathā manuṣyendra svadharmāt parihīyate //
MBh, 12, 283, 28.2 na tathānyeṣu bhūteṣu manuṣyarahiteṣviha //
MBh, 12, 284, 13.1 durlabho hi manuṣyendra naraḥ pratyavamarśavān /
MBh, 12, 288, 31.1 ācakṣe 'haṃ manuṣyebhyo devebhyaḥ pratisaṃcaran /
MBh, 12, 292, 36.2 manuṣyatvācca devatvaṃ devatvāt pauruṣaṃ punaḥ /
MBh, 12, 292, 36.3 manuṣyatvācca nirayaṃ paryāyeṇopagacchati //
MBh, 12, 292, 37.2 tena devamanuṣyeṣu niraye copapadyate //
MBh, 12, 292, 41.1 tiryagyonau manuṣyatve devaloke tathaiva ca /
MBh, 12, 293, 2.2 tiryagyonau manuṣyatve devaloke tathaiva ca //
MBh, 12, 300, 16.2 bhūtabhavyamanuṣyāṇāṃ sraṣṭāram anaghaṃ tathā //
MBh, 12, 302, 7.2 rajaḥsattvasamāyukto manuṣyeṣūpapadyate //
MBh, 12, 306, 83.2 ye cāpyanye mokṣakāmā manuṣyās teṣām etad darśanaṃ jñānadṛṣṭam //
MBh, 12, 309, 30.1 yo lubdhaḥ subhṛśaṃ priyānṛtaśca manuṣyaḥ satatanikṛtivañcanāratiḥ syāt /
MBh, 12, 309, 42.1 purā vṛkā bhayaṃkarā manuṣyadehagocarāḥ /
MBh, 12, 309, 53.1 manuṣyadehaśūnyakaṃ bhavatyamutra gacchataḥ /
MBh, 12, 317, 4.2 manuṣyā mānasair duḥkhair yujyante alpabuddhayaḥ //
MBh, 12, 318, 8.2 iṣṭāniṣṭānmanuṣyāṇām astaṃ gacchanti rātrayaḥ //
MBh, 12, 318, 29.1 nābhyutthāne manuṣyāṇāṃ yogāḥ syur nātra saṃśayaḥ /
MBh, 12, 329, 7.3 havir mantrāṇāṃ sampūjā vidyate devamanuṣyāṇām anena tvaṃ hoteti niyuktaḥ /
MBh, 12, 348, 4.2 manuṣyāṇāṃ viśeṣeṇa dhanādhyakṣā iti śrutiḥ //
MBh, 13, 5, 31.1 evam eva manuṣyendra bhaktimantaṃ samāśritaḥ /
MBh, 13, 8, 2.2 manuṣyaloke sarvasmin yad amutreha cāpyuta //
MBh, 13, 13, 1.2 kiṃ kartavyaṃ manuṣyeṇa lokayātrāhitārthinā /
MBh, 13, 16, 29.1 devāsuramanuṣyāṇāṃ yacca guhyaṃ sanātanam /
MBh, 13, 16, 38.2 devāsuramanuṣyāṇāṃ na prakāśo bhaved iti //
MBh, 13, 17, 156.1 tathaiva ca manuṣyeṣu ye manuṣyāḥ pradhānataḥ /
MBh, 13, 17, 156.1 tathaiva ca manuṣyeṣu ye manuṣyāḥ pradhānataḥ /
MBh, 13, 17, 159.2 etad deveṣu duṣprāpaṃ manuṣyeṣu na labhyate //
MBh, 13, 17, 162.2 manuṣyāṇāṃ mahādevād anyatrāpi tapobalāt //
MBh, 13, 24, 3.1 manuṣyāṇāṃ tu madhyāhne pradadyād upapattitaḥ /
MBh, 13, 27, 31.1 yāvad asthi manuṣyasya gaṅgātoyeṣu tiṣṭhati /
MBh, 13, 33, 14.1 pitṝṇāṃ devatānāṃ ca manuṣyoragarakṣasām /
MBh, 13, 38, 16.1 anarthitvānmanuṣyāṇāṃ bhayāt parijanasya ca /
MBh, 13, 41, 6.2 nigṛhītā manuṣyendra na śaśāka viceṣṭitum //
MBh, 13, 45, 19.1 yo manuṣyaḥ svakaṃ putraṃ vikrīya dhanam icchati /
MBh, 13, 45, 24.1 anyo 'pyatha na vikreyo manuṣyaḥ kiṃ punaḥ prajāḥ /
MBh, 13, 55, 32.1 yaḥ sa devamanuṣyāṇāṃ bhayam utpādayiṣyati /
MBh, 13, 62, 35.1 annadasya manuṣyasya balam ojo yaśaḥ sukham /
MBh, 13, 66, 15.1 annam eva manuṣyāṇāṃ prāṇān āhur manīṣiṇaḥ /
MBh, 13, 75, 23.1 santi loke śraddadhānā manuṣyāḥ santi kṣudrā rākṣasā mānuṣeṣu /
MBh, 13, 79, 11.2 pradāya tāṃ gāhati durvigāhyāṃ yāmyāṃ sabhāṃ vītabhayo manuṣyaḥ //
MBh, 13, 83, 18.1 sākṣānneha manuṣyasya pitaro 'ntarhitāḥ kvacit /
MBh, 13, 87, 4.1 devāsuramanuṣyāṇāṃ gandharvoragarakṣasām /
MBh, 13, 97, 21.1 tato 'nnaṃ jāyate vipra manuṣyāṇāṃ sukhāvaham /
MBh, 13, 99, 8.1 devā manuṣyā gandharvāḥ pitaroragarākṣasāḥ /
MBh, 13, 99, 17.2 mṛgapakṣimanuṣyāśca so 'śvamedhaphalaṃ labhet //
MBh, 13, 100, 1.3 ṛddhim āpnoti kiṃ kṛtvā manuṣya iha pārthiva //
MBh, 13, 100, 5.2 ṛṣayaḥ pitaro devā manuṣyāścaiva mādhava /
MBh, 13, 101, 41.2 phāṇitāsavasaṃyuktair manuṣyāṇāṃ vidhīyate //
MBh, 13, 105, 39.2 śatavarṣajīvī yaśca śūro manuṣyo vedādhyāyī yaśca yajvāpramattaḥ /
MBh, 13, 106, 7.1 na hi devā na gandharvā na manuṣyā bhagīratha /
MBh, 13, 107, 47.2 gurunindā dahatyāyur manuṣyāṇāṃ na saṃśayaḥ //
MBh, 13, 112, 15.2 dharma eko manuṣyāṇāṃ sahāyaḥ pāralaukikaḥ //
MBh, 13, 113, 8.1 prāṇā hyannaṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ tasmājjantuśca jāyate /
MBh, 13, 113, 22.1 sarvāvasthaṃ manuṣyeṇa nyāyenānnam upārjitam /
MBh, 13, 117, 9.2 ye bhavanti manuṣyāṇāṃ tānme nigadataḥ śṛṇu //
MBh, 13, 118, 18.1 aham āsaṃ manuṣyo vai śūdro bahudhanaḥ purā /
MBh, 13, 118, 23.2 śriyaṃ dṛṣṭvā manuṣyāṇām asūyāmi nirarthakam //
MBh, 13, 119, 4.2 dharmād api manuṣyeṣu kāmo 'rthaśca yathā guṇaiḥ //
MBh, 13, 119, 5.2 kiṃ hīyate manuṣyasya mandasyāpi hi jīvataḥ //
MBh, 13, 125, 27.1 nānābuddhirucīṃlloke manuṣyānnūnam icchasi /
MBh, 13, 133, 14.1 te cenmanuṣyatāṃ yānti yadā kālasya paryayāt /
MBh, 13, 133, 36.2 eṣa devi manuṣyeṣu boddhavyo jñātibandhuṣu //
MBh, 13, 133, 41.1 sa cet karmakṣayānmartyo manuṣyeṣūpajāyate /
MBh, 13, 133, 43.2 ime manuṣyā dṛśyante ūhāpohaviśāradāḥ /
MBh, 13, 144, 12.3 dīrghebhyaśca manuṣyebhyaḥ pramāṇād adhiko bhuvi //
MBh, 13, 144, 35.1 yāvad eva manuṣyāṇām anne bhāvo bhaviṣyati /
MBh, 13, 146, 9.2 śivam icchanmanuṣyāṇāṃ tasmād eṣa śivaḥ smṛtaḥ //
MBh, 13, 146, 27.1 sa dadāti manuṣyebhyaḥ sa evākṣipate punaḥ /
MBh, 13, 148, 5.1 manuṣyā yadi vā devāḥ śarīram upatāpya vai /
MBh, 13, 148, 14.1 sāyaṃ prātar manuṣyāṇām aśanaṃ devanirmitam /
MBh, 13, 148, 29.2 na māṃ manuṣyāḥ paśyanti na māṃ paśyanti devatāḥ /
MBh, 13, 154, 28.2 manuṣyatām anuprāpto nainaṃ śocitum arhasi //
MBh, 14, 9, 29.3 na durbale vai visṛjāmi vajraṃ ko me 'sukhāya praharenmanuṣyaḥ //
MBh, 14, 19, 53.1 na hyetacchrotum arho 'nyo manuṣyastvām ṛte 'nagha /
MBh, 14, 36, 21.2 manuṣyā bhinnamaryādāḥ sarve te tāmasā janāḥ //
MBh, 14, 43, 1.2 manuṣyāṇāṃ tu rājanyaḥ kṣatriyo madhyamo guṇaḥ /
MBh, 14, 43, 20.1 prakāśalakṣaṇā devā manuṣyāḥ karmalakṣaṇāḥ /
MBh, 14, 44, 6.2 gāvaścatuṣpadām ādir manuṣyāṇāṃ dvijātayaḥ //
MBh, 14, 50, 11.1 devā manuṣyā gandharvāḥ piśācāsurarākṣasāḥ /
MBh, 14, 50, 19.1 manuṣyāḥ pitaro devāḥ paśavo mṛgapakṣiṇaḥ /
MBh, 14, 72, 14.1 athāpare manuṣyendra puruṣā vākyam abruvan /
MBh, 14, 72, 16.1 evamādyā manuṣyāṇāṃ strīṇāṃ ca bharatarṣabha /
MBh, 15, 9, 23.1 vānarāḥ pakṣiṇaścaiva ye manuṣyānukāriṇaḥ /
MBh, 15, 32, 8.2 manuṣyaloke sakale samo 'sti yayor na rūpe na bale na śīle //
MBh, 15, 38, 22.1 manuṣyadharmo daivena dharmeṇa na hi yujyate /
Manusmṛti
ManuS, 1, 39.2 paśūn mṛgān manuṣyāṃś ca vyālāṃś cobhayatodataḥ //
ManuS, 1, 43.2 rakṣāṃsi ca piśācāś ca manuṣyāś ca jarāyujāḥ //
ManuS, 1, 81.2 nādharmeṇāgamaḥ kaścin manuṣyān prativartate //
ManuS, 3, 117.1 devān ṛṣīn manuṣyāṃś ca pitṝn gṛhyāś ca devatāḥ /
ManuS, 7, 8.1 bālo 'pi nāvamantavyo manuṣya iti bhūmipaḥ /
ManuS, 8, 286.1 manuṣyāṇāṃ paśūnāṃ ca duḥkhāya prahṛte sati /
ManuS, 8, 296.1 manuṣyamāraṇe kṣipraṃ cauravat kilbiṣaṃ bhavet /
ManuS, 9, 65.2 manuṣyāṇām api prokto vene rājyaṃ praśāsati //
ManuS, 10, 42.2 utkarṣaṃ cāpakarṣaṃ ca manuṣyeṣv iha janmataḥ //
ManuS, 11, 164.1 manuṣyāṇāṃ tu haraṇe strīṇāṃ kṣetragṛhasya ca /
ManuS, 12, 40.1 devatvaṃ sāttvikā yānti manuṣyatvaṃ ca rājasāḥ /
ManuS, 12, 94.1 pitṛdevamanuṣyāṇāṃ vedaś cakṣuḥ sanātanam /
Rāmāyaṇa
Rām, Bā, 2, 5.2 ramaṇīyaṃ prasannāmbu sanmanuṣyamano yathā //
Rām, Ay, 2, 23.2 devāsuramanuṣyāṇāṃ sarvāstreṣu viśāradaḥ //
Rām, Ay, 2, 28.1 vyasaneṣu manuṣyāṇāṃ bhṛśaṃ bhavati duḥkhitaḥ /
Rām, Ay, 4, 27.1 kiṃ tu cittaṃ manuṣyāṇām anityam iti me matiḥ /
Rām, Ay, 9, 25.3 saṃgṛhītamanuṣyaś ca suhṛdbhiḥ sārdham ātmavān //
Rām, Ay, 43, 4.1 śṛṇvan vāco manuṣyāṇāṃ grāmasaṃvāsavāsinām /
Rām, Ay, 43, 7.1 etā vāco manuṣyāṇāṃ grāmasaṃvāsavāsinām /
Rām, Ay, 53, 12.1 aprahṛṣṭamanuṣyā ca dīnanāgaturaṃgamā /
Rām, Ay, 58, 51.1 na te manuṣyā devās te ye cāruśubhakuṇḍalam /
Rām, Ay, 85, 7.1 vājimukhyā manuṣyāś ca mattāś ca varavāraṇāḥ /
Rām, Ay, 85, 74.1 vyasmayanta manuṣyās te svapnakalpaṃ tad adbhutam /
Rām, Ay, 94, 43.2 kaccid darśayase nityaṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ vibhūṣitam /
Rām, Ay, 95, 44.2 manuṣyair āvṛtā bhūmir ubhayaṃ prababhau tadā //
Rām, Ay, 98, 23.2 ātmano nāvabudhyante manuṣyā jīvitakṣayam //
Rām, Ay, 100, 6.1 evam eva manuṣyāṇāṃ pitā mātā gṛhaṃ vasu /
Rām, Ay, 110, 39.1 asaṃcālyaṃ manuṣyaiś ca yatnenāpi ca gauravāt /
Rām, Ār, 13, 29.1 manur manuṣyāñ janayat kaśyapasya mahātmanaḥ /
Rām, Ār, 43, 10.1 devi devamanuṣyeṣu gandharveṣu patatriṣu /
Rām, Ār, 60, 40.2 kiṃnarā vā manuṣyā vā sukhaṃ prāpsyanti lakṣmaṇa //
Rām, Ār, 60, 52.2 sadevagandharvamanuṣyapannagaṃ jagat saśailaṃ parivartayāmy aham //
Rām, Ki, 2, 21.1 arayaś ca manuṣyeṇa vijñeyāś channacāriṇaḥ /
Rām, Ki, 18, 6.2 mṛgapakṣimanuṣyāṇāṃ nigrahānugrahāv api //
Rām, Su, 18, 4.1 neha kecin manuṣyā vā rākṣasāḥ kāmarūpiṇaḥ /
Rām, Su, 20, 4.1 vāmaḥ kāmo manuṣyāṇāṃ yasmin kila nibadhyate /
Rām, Yu, 2, 13.2 yat tu kāryaṃ manuṣyeṇa śauṇḍīryam avalambatā /
Rām, Yu, 2, 14.1 śūrāṇāṃ hi manuṣyāṇāṃ tvadvidhānāṃ mahātmanām /
Rām, Yu, 19, 31.2 kāntā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ yasyāṃ lakṣmīḥ pratiṣṭhitā //
Rām, Yu, 52, 18.1 yasya nāsti manuṣyeṣu sadṛśo rākṣasottama /
Rām, Yu, 88, 14.2 dhvajaṃ manuṣyaśīrṣaṃ tu tasya cicheda naikadhā //
Rām, Yu, 103, 13.1 yat kartavyaṃ manuṣyeṇa dharṣaṇāṃ parimārjatā /
Rām, Yu, 104, 14.2 laghuneva manuṣyeṇa strītvam eva puraskṛtam //
Rām, Utt, 34, 2.1 rākṣasaṃ vā manuṣyaṃ vā śṛṇute yaṃ balādhikam /
Saundarānanda
SaundĀ, 4, 5.2 manuṣyaloke hi tadā babhūva sā sundarī strīṣu nareṣu nandaḥ //
SaundĀ, 10, 42.1 yathā manuṣyo malinaṃ hi vāsaḥ kṣāreṇa bhūyo malinīkaroti /
SaundĀ, 10, 44.2 manuṣyaloke dyutimaṅganānām antardadhātyapsarasāṃ tathā śrīḥ //
SaundĀ, 10, 62.1 kṣitau manuṣyo dhanurādibhiḥ śramaiḥ striyaḥ kadāciddhi labheta vā na vā /
SaundĀ, 13, 36.1 manuṣyahariṇān ghnanti kāmavyādheritā hṛdi /
SaundĀ, 15, 26.2 anyāyena manuṣyatvamupahanyādidaṃ tathā //
SaundĀ, 15, 28.2 manuṣyatvaṃ tathā prāpya pāpaṃ seveta no śubham //
Saṅghabhedavastu
SBhedaV, 1, 41.1 tadyathaitarhi manuṣyāḥ kiṃcid eva svādu subhojanaṃ bhuktvā tad eva purāṇam akṣarapadavyañjanam anusmaranta evam āhur aho rasa aho rasa iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 52.1 tadyathaitarhi manuṣyāḥ kenacid eva duḥkhadaurmanasyena spṛṣṭāḥ tāny eva purāṇāny akṣarapadavyañjanāny anuvyavaharanta evam āhur aho bata aho bateti //
SBhedaV, 1, 75.1 tadyathaitarhi manuṣyā vadhukāyām udvāhyamānāyāṃ cūrṇam api kṣipanti gandham api mālyam api vastrajālāny api kṣipanti //
SBhedaV, 1, 131.0 dharmeṇa prajā rañjayati śīlavṛttasamudācāreṇa prajñāvṛttasamudācāreṇeti rājā rājeti saṃjñodapādi mahāsammatasya gautamā rājño manuṣyāṇāṃ sattvā sattvā iti saṃjñābhūt //
SBhedaV, 1, 134.0 upoṣadhasya gautamā rājño manuṣyāṇāṃ stālajaṅghā stālajaṅghā iti saṃjñābhūt //
SBhedaV, 1, 141.0 yasmin samaye māndhātā rājā rājyaṃ kārayati tasmin samaye manuṣyāḥ cintakā abhūvan tulakā upaparīkṣakāḥ //
SBhedaV, 1, 180.0 tena khalu samayena kāśyapo nāma śāstā loke utpannaḥ tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān yasya antike bodhisattvo bhagavān āyatyāṃ bodhāya praṇidhāya brahmacaryaṃ caritvā tuṣite devanikāye upapannaḥ //
SBhedaV, 1, 201.1 tena khalu samayena kapilavastuni nagare siṃhahanur nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca devadṛśe nagare suprabuddho rājyaṃ rājā kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca suprabuddhasya rājño lumbinī nāmāgramahiṣī abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā janapadakalyāṇī devadṛśe 'nyatamo gṛhapatiḥ prativasaty āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo vistīrṇaviśālaparigraho vaiśravaṇadhanasamudito vaiśravaṇadhanapratispardhī tasyārāmaḥ puṣpasampannaḥ phalasampannaḥ śālisampanno nānāvihaganikūjitaḥ tasyābhirāmatayā rājā kālānukālaṃ tatra gatvā sārdham antaḥpureṇa ratikrīḍāṃ pratyanubhavati lumbinyās taṃ dṛṣṭvā spṛhā utpannā sā kathayati deva mamaitam ārāmam anuprayaccheti rājā kathayati gṛhapatisantako 'yam ārāmaḥ katham anuprayacchāmi yadi tvam ārāmeṇārthinī anyaṃ tavārthāya śobhanataraṃ kārayāmīti tato rājñā suprabuddhena lumbinyā arthāya tadviśiṣṭatara ārāmaḥ kāritaḥ tasya lumbinīvanaṃ lumbinīvanam iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā siṃhahanor dīrgharātram ayam āśāsakaḥ aho bata me kule cakravartī utpadyeta iti suprabuddhasyāpi rājño dīrgharātram ayam āśāsakaḥ aho bata me siṃhahanunā sārdhaṃ saṃbandhaḥ syād iti yāvat tasyāpareṇa samayena devyā sārdhaṃ krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntareṇa patnī āpannasattvā saṃvṛttā sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā dārikā jātā abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetā tasyā rūpaśobhayā suprabuddho rājā sāntaḥpuro devadṛśanivāsī janakāyaś ca paraṃ vismayam upagataḥ saṃdigdhamanāś ca saṃvṛttaḥ kim iyaṃ dārikā āhosvid viśvakarmanirmiteyaṃ māyeti tasyās trīṇi saptakāny ekaviṃśatidivasān vistareṇa jātāyā jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate kiṃ bhavatu dārikāyā nāmeti amātyāḥ kathayanti deva devadṛśanivāsijanakāyā rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu vipravadante kecit kathayanti dārikā evāsau pūrvakarmavipākābhiniṣpannā evaṃ varṇarūpaśobheti apare kathayanti nāsau dārikā kiṃ tarhi viśvakarmanirmitā sā māyeti tasmād bhavatu dārikāyā māyeti nāma tasyā māyeti nāma kṛtaṃ māyā dārikā aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyo 'nupradattā pūrvavad yāvan mahatī saṃvṛttā sā naimittikair vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyaty anekalakṣaṇasampannaṃ rājā bhaviṣyati balacakravartī bhūyo 'py asya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ duhitā jātā pratirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā paramayā varṇapuṣkalatayā samanvāgatā tasyā janmani sarvaṃ tan nagaram udāreṇāvabhāsenāvabhāsitaṃ na cāsyāḥ śakyate sarvathā rūpaśobhāṃ varṇayituṃ yathā māyāyās tasyā api vistareṇa jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate kiṃ bhavatu dārikānāmeti amātyāḥ kathayanti asyā rūpaśobhā yan māyāṃ vyatiricya vartate tasmād bhavatu mahāmāyeti sāpy unnītā vardhitā mahatī saṃvṛttā sā naimittikair vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti suprabuddhena rājñā siṃhahanor dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ dve duhitarau jāte māyā mahāmāyā ca tatraikā vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati lakṣaṇasampannaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati balacakravartīti dvitīyā vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti anayor yābhipretā śuddhodanasya kumārasyārthāyānayeti siṃhahanunā pratisandeśo dattaḥ dvābhyām api kumārasya prayojanaṃ kiṃtu na dve sadṛśe bhārye ekasyopasthāpayitavye iti yaivaṃ vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti eṣā tāvat pratīṣṭā dvitīyāyā arthāya gaṇam avalokayiṣyāmīti tena sā pañcaśataparivārā preṣitā tena khalu samayena śākyānāṃ pāṇḍavā nāma khaṣāḥ prativiruddhāḥ śākyāḥ sambhūya rājñaḥ siṃhahanoḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ deva pāṇḍavaiḥ khaṣair upadrutāḥ sma sāhāyyaṃ kalpayeti sa kathayati bhavanto vṛddho 'haṃ na śaknomi taiḥ sārdhaṃ saṃgrāmayituṃ deva śuddhodanaṃ kumāram anupreṣaya samayato 'nupreṣayāmi yadi kumārasya yathābhipretaṃ varaṃ prārthayato 'nuprayacchata te kathayanti deva evaṃ bhavatu prayacchāmaḥ rājñā caturaṅgaṃ balakāyaṃ dattvā śuddhodanaḥ kumāraḥ preṣitaḥ tena te khaṣāḥ hataprahatavidhvastāḥ kṛtāḥ tataḥ śākyāḥ parituṣṭāḥ siṃhahano rājñaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ deva kumāreṇa pāṇḍavāḥ khaṣāḥ hataprahatāḥ vidhvastāḥ kṛtāḥ parituṣṭā smaḥ vada kumārasya kaṃ varam anuprayacchāmaḥ bhavantaḥ śākyaiḥ kriyākāraḥ kṛtaḥ na kenacid dve sadṛśe bhārye upasthāpayitavye iti deva kiṃ mucyatāṃ kriyākāraḥ sa kathayati sutarāṃ baddhavyo na moktavyaḥ kiṃtu kumārasyaikaṃ varam anuprayacchatha dvitīyāṃ sadṛśīṃ bhāryām upasthāpayituṃ deva śobhanam evaṃ kriyatāṃ tataḥ siṃhahanunā suprabuddhasya lekho 'nupreṣitaḥ avalokito mayā gaṇaḥ dvitīyāṃ duhitaram anupreṣayeti tena sāpi pañcaśataparivārā preṣitā śuddhodanena kumāreṇa dve api pariṇīte //
SBhedaV, 1, 201.1 tena khalu samayena kapilavastuni nagare siṃhahanur nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca devadṛśe nagare suprabuddho rājyaṃ rājā kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca suprabuddhasya rājño lumbinī nāmāgramahiṣī abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā janapadakalyāṇī devadṛśe 'nyatamo gṛhapatiḥ prativasaty āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo vistīrṇaviśālaparigraho vaiśravaṇadhanasamudito vaiśravaṇadhanapratispardhī tasyārāmaḥ puṣpasampannaḥ phalasampannaḥ śālisampanno nānāvihaganikūjitaḥ tasyābhirāmatayā rājā kālānukālaṃ tatra gatvā sārdham antaḥpureṇa ratikrīḍāṃ pratyanubhavati lumbinyās taṃ dṛṣṭvā spṛhā utpannā sā kathayati deva mamaitam ārāmam anuprayaccheti rājā kathayati gṛhapatisantako 'yam ārāmaḥ katham anuprayacchāmi yadi tvam ārāmeṇārthinī anyaṃ tavārthāya śobhanataraṃ kārayāmīti tato rājñā suprabuddhena lumbinyā arthāya tadviśiṣṭatara ārāmaḥ kāritaḥ tasya lumbinīvanaṃ lumbinīvanam iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā siṃhahanor dīrgharātram ayam āśāsakaḥ aho bata me kule cakravartī utpadyeta iti suprabuddhasyāpi rājño dīrgharātram ayam āśāsakaḥ aho bata me siṃhahanunā sārdhaṃ saṃbandhaḥ syād iti yāvat tasyāpareṇa samayena devyā sārdhaṃ krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntareṇa patnī āpannasattvā saṃvṛttā sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā dārikā jātā abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetā tasyā rūpaśobhayā suprabuddho rājā sāntaḥpuro devadṛśanivāsī janakāyaś ca paraṃ vismayam upagataḥ saṃdigdhamanāś ca saṃvṛttaḥ kim iyaṃ dārikā āhosvid viśvakarmanirmiteyaṃ māyeti tasyās trīṇi saptakāny ekaviṃśatidivasān vistareṇa jātāyā jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate kiṃ bhavatu dārikāyā nāmeti amātyāḥ kathayanti deva devadṛśanivāsijanakāyā rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu vipravadante kecit kathayanti dārikā evāsau pūrvakarmavipākābhiniṣpannā evaṃ varṇarūpaśobheti apare kathayanti nāsau dārikā kiṃ tarhi viśvakarmanirmitā sā māyeti tasmād bhavatu dārikāyā māyeti nāma tasyā māyeti nāma kṛtaṃ māyā dārikā aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyo 'nupradattā pūrvavad yāvan mahatī saṃvṛttā sā naimittikair vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyaty anekalakṣaṇasampannaṃ rājā bhaviṣyati balacakravartī bhūyo 'py asya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ duhitā jātā pratirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā paramayā varṇapuṣkalatayā samanvāgatā tasyā janmani sarvaṃ tan nagaram udāreṇāvabhāsenāvabhāsitaṃ na cāsyāḥ śakyate sarvathā rūpaśobhāṃ varṇayituṃ yathā māyāyās tasyā api vistareṇa jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate kiṃ bhavatu dārikānāmeti amātyāḥ kathayanti asyā rūpaśobhā yan māyāṃ vyatiricya vartate tasmād bhavatu mahāmāyeti sāpy unnītā vardhitā mahatī saṃvṛttā sā naimittikair vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti suprabuddhena rājñā siṃhahanor dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ dve duhitarau jāte māyā mahāmāyā ca tatraikā vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati lakṣaṇasampannaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati balacakravartīti dvitīyā vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti anayor yābhipretā śuddhodanasya kumārasyārthāyānayeti siṃhahanunā pratisandeśo dattaḥ dvābhyām api kumārasya prayojanaṃ kiṃtu na dve sadṛśe bhārye ekasyopasthāpayitavye iti yaivaṃ vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti eṣā tāvat pratīṣṭā dvitīyāyā arthāya gaṇam avalokayiṣyāmīti tena sā pañcaśataparivārā preṣitā tena khalu samayena śākyānāṃ pāṇḍavā nāma khaṣāḥ prativiruddhāḥ śākyāḥ sambhūya rājñaḥ siṃhahanoḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ deva pāṇḍavaiḥ khaṣair upadrutāḥ sma sāhāyyaṃ kalpayeti sa kathayati bhavanto vṛddho 'haṃ na śaknomi taiḥ sārdhaṃ saṃgrāmayituṃ deva śuddhodanaṃ kumāram anupreṣaya samayato 'nupreṣayāmi yadi kumārasya yathābhipretaṃ varaṃ prārthayato 'nuprayacchata te kathayanti deva evaṃ bhavatu prayacchāmaḥ rājñā caturaṅgaṃ balakāyaṃ dattvā śuddhodanaḥ kumāraḥ preṣitaḥ tena te khaṣāḥ hataprahatavidhvastāḥ kṛtāḥ tataḥ śākyāḥ parituṣṭāḥ siṃhahano rājñaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ deva kumāreṇa pāṇḍavāḥ khaṣāḥ hataprahatāḥ vidhvastāḥ kṛtāḥ parituṣṭā smaḥ vada kumārasya kaṃ varam anuprayacchāmaḥ bhavantaḥ śākyaiḥ kriyākāraḥ kṛtaḥ na kenacid dve sadṛśe bhārye upasthāpayitavye iti deva kiṃ mucyatāṃ kriyākāraḥ sa kathayati sutarāṃ baddhavyo na moktavyaḥ kiṃtu kumārasyaikaṃ varam anuprayacchatha dvitīyāṃ sadṛśīṃ bhāryām upasthāpayituṃ deva śobhanam evaṃ kriyatāṃ tataḥ siṃhahanunā suprabuddhasya lekho 'nupreṣitaḥ avalokito mayā gaṇaḥ dvitīyāṃ duhitaram anupreṣayeti tena sāpi pañcaśataparivārā preṣitā śuddhodanena kumāreṇa dve api pariṇīte //
SBhedaV, 1, 202.1 yāvad apareṇa samayena siṃhahanū rājā kālagataḥ kapilavastuni śuddhodano rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca so 'pareṇa samayena mahāmāyādevyā sārdham upariprāsādatalagato niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍati ramate paricārayati dharmatā hy eṣā tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisattvaḥ pañcabhir avalokanair lokam avalokayati jātyavalokanena deśāvalokanena kālāvalokanena vaṃśāvalokanena stryavalokanena ca kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti tuṣitabhavanasthasya bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāṃ jātau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati brāhmaṇakule vā kṣatriyakule vā tatra kadācid brāhmaṇā uccakulasaṃmatā bhavanti kadācit kṣatriyāḥ idānīṃ tu kṣatriyāḥ uccakulasaṃmatāḥ yannvahaṃ kṣatriyakule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena garhaṇīyāyāṃ jātau pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśi deśe bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yo 'sau deśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ tasyaivaṃ bhavaty ayaṃ madhyadeśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ yannvahaṃ madhyadeśe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena pratyanteṣu janapadeṣu pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśe kāle bodhisatvā jaṃbūdvīpe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti utkarṣe vartamānāyāṃ prajāyām aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti apakarṣe śatavarṣāyuṣāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ prajāyām arvāk pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi manuṣyāṇām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣo hi manuṣyā durudvejyā bhavanti duḥsaṃvedyā jaḍā mṛdvindriyāḥ pramattāḥ sukhabahulāḥ satyānām abhājanabhūtāḥ apakarṣe 'py arvāg varṣaśatasya pañcakaṣāyā udriktā bhavanti tadyathā āyuḥkaṣāyaḥ kleśakaṣāyaḥ satvakaṣāyo dṛṣṭikaṣāyaḥ kalpakaṣāyaś ca mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pañcakaṣāyodrikte kāle bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena kulāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśe kule bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yat kulam uccasaṃmatam anupākruṣṭacāritraṃ yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyeti tasyaitad abhavad ayaṃ śākyavaṃśa uccakulasaṃmato yāvan mahāsaṃmatam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritraś ca yannvahaṃ rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya kule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pratyavare kule bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisattvā vaṃśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāḥ striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yā strī rūpavatī bhavati śīlavatī kulavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhasya mātā syām iti śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayati tasyaivaṃ bhavati iyaṃ mahāmāyā yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritrā rūpavatī śīlavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayitum tathā hi mahāmāyā pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtādhikārapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhamātā syām iti mā ca me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ alakṣaṇasampannāyā striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti atha bodhisattvaḥ pañca vyavalokanāni vyavalokya ṣaṭ kāmāvacarān devāṃs trir anuśrāvayati ito 'haṃ mārṣās tuṣitād devanikāyāccyutvā manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ grahīṣyāmi rājñaḥ śuddhodanasyāgramahiṣyāḥ kukṣau tasya putratvam adhigamya amṛtam adhigamiṣyāmi yo yuṣmākam amṛtenārthī sa manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇātu bhūyo madhyadeśa iti evam uktās tuṣitakāyikā devā bodhisatvam idam avocan yat khalu bodhisatva jānīyā etarhi kalikaluṣo lokaḥ krūrasantānaprajā ākulīkṛtaś ca jambūdvīpaḥ ṣaḍbhis tārkikaiḥ ṣaḍbhir ānuśravikaiḥ ṣaḍbhiḥ samāpattṛbhiḥ tatra ṣaṭ tārkikāḥ katame tadyathā pūraṇaḥ kāśyapaḥ maskarī gośāliputraḥ saṃjayī vairaṭṭīputraḥ ajitaḥ keśakambalaḥ kakudaḥ kātyāyano nirgrantho jñātiputraḥ ṣaḍ ānuśravikāḥ katame tadyathā kūṭatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ śroṇatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ cogī brāhmaṇaḥ brāhmāyur brāhmaṇaḥ puṣkarasārī brāhmaṇaḥ lohityaś ca brāhmaṇaḥ ṣaṭ pratipattāraḥ katame tadyathā udrako rāmaputraḥ arāḍaḥ kālāmaḥ subhadraḥ parivrājakaḥ saṃjayī māṇavaḥ asitariṣiḥ urubilvākāśyapaś ca jaṭilaḥ iha tu bodhisatvasya dvādaśayojanāni dharmaśravaṇārtham āsanaprajñaptiḥ prajñāpyate asmākaṃ caivaṃ bhavati yam asmākaṃ tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisatvo dharmaṃ deśayiṣyati taṃ vayaṃ dharmaṃ śrutvā tathā tathā pratipatsyāmahe yathāpi tad asmākaṃ bhaviṣyati dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāyeti evam ukto bodhisatvaḥ tuṣitakāyikān devān idam avocat tena hi mārṣāḥ sarvavādyāni prahaṇyantām iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 202.1 yāvad apareṇa samayena siṃhahanū rājā kālagataḥ kapilavastuni śuddhodano rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca so 'pareṇa samayena mahāmāyādevyā sārdham upariprāsādatalagato niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍati ramate paricārayati dharmatā hy eṣā tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisattvaḥ pañcabhir avalokanair lokam avalokayati jātyavalokanena deśāvalokanena kālāvalokanena vaṃśāvalokanena stryavalokanena ca kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti tuṣitabhavanasthasya bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāṃ jātau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati brāhmaṇakule vā kṣatriyakule vā tatra kadācid brāhmaṇā uccakulasaṃmatā bhavanti kadācit kṣatriyāḥ idānīṃ tu kṣatriyāḥ uccakulasaṃmatāḥ yannvahaṃ kṣatriyakule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena garhaṇīyāyāṃ jātau pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśi deśe bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yo 'sau deśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ tasyaivaṃ bhavaty ayaṃ madhyadeśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ yannvahaṃ madhyadeśe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena pratyanteṣu janapadeṣu pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśe kāle bodhisatvā jaṃbūdvīpe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti utkarṣe vartamānāyāṃ prajāyām aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti apakarṣe śatavarṣāyuṣāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ prajāyām arvāk pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi manuṣyāṇām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣo hi manuṣyā durudvejyā bhavanti duḥsaṃvedyā jaḍā mṛdvindriyāḥ pramattāḥ sukhabahulāḥ satyānām abhājanabhūtāḥ apakarṣe 'py arvāg varṣaśatasya pañcakaṣāyā udriktā bhavanti tadyathā āyuḥkaṣāyaḥ kleśakaṣāyaḥ satvakaṣāyo dṛṣṭikaṣāyaḥ kalpakaṣāyaś ca mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pañcakaṣāyodrikte kāle bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena kulāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśe kule bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yat kulam uccasaṃmatam anupākruṣṭacāritraṃ yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyeti tasyaitad abhavad ayaṃ śākyavaṃśa uccakulasaṃmato yāvan mahāsaṃmatam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritraś ca yannvahaṃ rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya kule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pratyavare kule bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisattvā vaṃśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāḥ striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yā strī rūpavatī bhavati śīlavatī kulavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhasya mātā syām iti śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayati tasyaivaṃ bhavati iyaṃ mahāmāyā yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritrā rūpavatī śīlavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayitum tathā hi mahāmāyā pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtādhikārapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhamātā syām iti mā ca me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ alakṣaṇasampannāyā striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti atha bodhisattvaḥ pañca vyavalokanāni vyavalokya ṣaṭ kāmāvacarān devāṃs trir anuśrāvayati ito 'haṃ mārṣās tuṣitād devanikāyāccyutvā manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ grahīṣyāmi rājñaḥ śuddhodanasyāgramahiṣyāḥ kukṣau tasya putratvam adhigamya amṛtam adhigamiṣyāmi yo yuṣmākam amṛtenārthī sa manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇātu bhūyo madhyadeśa iti evam uktās tuṣitakāyikā devā bodhisatvam idam avocan yat khalu bodhisatva jānīyā etarhi kalikaluṣo lokaḥ krūrasantānaprajā ākulīkṛtaś ca jambūdvīpaḥ ṣaḍbhis tārkikaiḥ ṣaḍbhir ānuśravikaiḥ ṣaḍbhiḥ samāpattṛbhiḥ tatra ṣaṭ tārkikāḥ katame tadyathā pūraṇaḥ kāśyapaḥ maskarī gośāliputraḥ saṃjayī vairaṭṭīputraḥ ajitaḥ keśakambalaḥ kakudaḥ kātyāyano nirgrantho jñātiputraḥ ṣaḍ ānuśravikāḥ katame tadyathā kūṭatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ śroṇatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ cogī brāhmaṇaḥ brāhmāyur brāhmaṇaḥ puṣkarasārī brāhmaṇaḥ lohityaś ca brāhmaṇaḥ ṣaṭ pratipattāraḥ katame tadyathā udrako rāmaputraḥ arāḍaḥ kālāmaḥ subhadraḥ parivrājakaḥ saṃjayī māṇavaḥ asitariṣiḥ urubilvākāśyapaś ca jaṭilaḥ iha tu bodhisatvasya dvādaśayojanāni dharmaśravaṇārtham āsanaprajñaptiḥ prajñāpyate asmākaṃ caivaṃ bhavati yam asmākaṃ tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisatvo dharmaṃ deśayiṣyati taṃ vayaṃ dharmaṃ śrutvā tathā tathā pratipatsyāmahe yathāpi tad asmākaṃ bhaviṣyati dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāyeti evam ukto bodhisatvaḥ tuṣitakāyikān devān idam avocat tena hi mārṣāḥ sarvavādyāni prahaṇyantām iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 202.1 yāvad apareṇa samayena siṃhahanū rājā kālagataḥ kapilavastuni śuddhodano rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca so 'pareṇa samayena mahāmāyādevyā sārdham upariprāsādatalagato niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍati ramate paricārayati dharmatā hy eṣā tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisattvaḥ pañcabhir avalokanair lokam avalokayati jātyavalokanena deśāvalokanena kālāvalokanena vaṃśāvalokanena stryavalokanena ca kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti tuṣitabhavanasthasya bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāṃ jātau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati brāhmaṇakule vā kṣatriyakule vā tatra kadācid brāhmaṇā uccakulasaṃmatā bhavanti kadācit kṣatriyāḥ idānīṃ tu kṣatriyāḥ uccakulasaṃmatāḥ yannvahaṃ kṣatriyakule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena garhaṇīyāyāṃ jātau pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśi deśe bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yo 'sau deśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ tasyaivaṃ bhavaty ayaṃ madhyadeśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ yannvahaṃ madhyadeśe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena pratyanteṣu janapadeṣu pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśe kāle bodhisatvā jaṃbūdvīpe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti utkarṣe vartamānāyāṃ prajāyām aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti apakarṣe śatavarṣāyuṣāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ prajāyām arvāk pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi manuṣyāṇām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣo hi manuṣyā durudvejyā bhavanti duḥsaṃvedyā jaḍā mṛdvindriyāḥ pramattāḥ sukhabahulāḥ satyānām abhājanabhūtāḥ apakarṣe 'py arvāg varṣaśatasya pañcakaṣāyā udriktā bhavanti tadyathā āyuḥkaṣāyaḥ kleśakaṣāyaḥ satvakaṣāyo dṛṣṭikaṣāyaḥ kalpakaṣāyaś ca mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pañcakaṣāyodrikte kāle bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena kulāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśe kule bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yat kulam uccasaṃmatam anupākruṣṭacāritraṃ yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyeti tasyaitad abhavad ayaṃ śākyavaṃśa uccakulasaṃmato yāvan mahāsaṃmatam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritraś ca yannvahaṃ rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya kule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pratyavare kule bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisattvā vaṃśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāḥ striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yā strī rūpavatī bhavati śīlavatī kulavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhasya mātā syām iti śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayati tasyaivaṃ bhavati iyaṃ mahāmāyā yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritrā rūpavatī śīlavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayitum tathā hi mahāmāyā pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtādhikārapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhamātā syām iti mā ca me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ alakṣaṇasampannāyā striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti atha bodhisattvaḥ pañca vyavalokanāni vyavalokya ṣaṭ kāmāvacarān devāṃs trir anuśrāvayati ito 'haṃ mārṣās tuṣitād devanikāyāccyutvā manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ grahīṣyāmi rājñaḥ śuddhodanasyāgramahiṣyāḥ kukṣau tasya putratvam adhigamya amṛtam adhigamiṣyāmi yo yuṣmākam amṛtenārthī sa manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇātu bhūyo madhyadeśa iti evam uktās tuṣitakāyikā devā bodhisatvam idam avocan yat khalu bodhisatva jānīyā etarhi kalikaluṣo lokaḥ krūrasantānaprajā ākulīkṛtaś ca jambūdvīpaḥ ṣaḍbhis tārkikaiḥ ṣaḍbhir ānuśravikaiḥ ṣaḍbhiḥ samāpattṛbhiḥ tatra ṣaṭ tārkikāḥ katame tadyathā pūraṇaḥ kāśyapaḥ maskarī gośāliputraḥ saṃjayī vairaṭṭīputraḥ ajitaḥ keśakambalaḥ kakudaḥ kātyāyano nirgrantho jñātiputraḥ ṣaḍ ānuśravikāḥ katame tadyathā kūṭatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ śroṇatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ cogī brāhmaṇaḥ brāhmāyur brāhmaṇaḥ puṣkarasārī brāhmaṇaḥ lohityaś ca brāhmaṇaḥ ṣaṭ pratipattāraḥ katame tadyathā udrako rāmaputraḥ arāḍaḥ kālāmaḥ subhadraḥ parivrājakaḥ saṃjayī māṇavaḥ asitariṣiḥ urubilvākāśyapaś ca jaṭilaḥ iha tu bodhisatvasya dvādaśayojanāni dharmaśravaṇārtham āsanaprajñaptiḥ prajñāpyate asmākaṃ caivaṃ bhavati yam asmākaṃ tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisatvo dharmaṃ deśayiṣyati taṃ vayaṃ dharmaṃ śrutvā tathā tathā pratipatsyāmahe yathāpi tad asmākaṃ bhaviṣyati dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāyeti evam ukto bodhisatvaḥ tuṣitakāyikān devān idam avocat tena hi mārṣāḥ sarvavādyāni prahaṇyantām iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 202.1 yāvad apareṇa samayena siṃhahanū rājā kālagataḥ kapilavastuni śuddhodano rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca so 'pareṇa samayena mahāmāyādevyā sārdham upariprāsādatalagato niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍati ramate paricārayati dharmatā hy eṣā tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisattvaḥ pañcabhir avalokanair lokam avalokayati jātyavalokanena deśāvalokanena kālāvalokanena vaṃśāvalokanena stryavalokanena ca kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti tuṣitabhavanasthasya bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāṃ jātau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati brāhmaṇakule vā kṣatriyakule vā tatra kadācid brāhmaṇā uccakulasaṃmatā bhavanti kadācit kṣatriyāḥ idānīṃ tu kṣatriyāḥ uccakulasaṃmatāḥ yannvahaṃ kṣatriyakule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena garhaṇīyāyāṃ jātau pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśi deśe bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yo 'sau deśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ tasyaivaṃ bhavaty ayaṃ madhyadeśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ yannvahaṃ madhyadeśe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena pratyanteṣu janapadeṣu pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśe kāle bodhisatvā jaṃbūdvīpe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti utkarṣe vartamānāyāṃ prajāyām aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti apakarṣe śatavarṣāyuṣāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ prajāyām arvāk pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi manuṣyāṇām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣo hi manuṣyā durudvejyā bhavanti duḥsaṃvedyā jaḍā mṛdvindriyāḥ pramattāḥ sukhabahulāḥ satyānām abhājanabhūtāḥ apakarṣe 'py arvāg varṣaśatasya pañcakaṣāyā udriktā bhavanti tadyathā āyuḥkaṣāyaḥ kleśakaṣāyaḥ satvakaṣāyo dṛṣṭikaṣāyaḥ kalpakaṣāyaś ca mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pañcakaṣāyodrikte kāle bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena kulāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśe kule bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yat kulam uccasaṃmatam anupākruṣṭacāritraṃ yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyeti tasyaitad abhavad ayaṃ śākyavaṃśa uccakulasaṃmato yāvan mahāsaṃmatam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritraś ca yannvahaṃ rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya kule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pratyavare kule bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisattvā vaṃśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāḥ striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yā strī rūpavatī bhavati śīlavatī kulavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhasya mātā syām iti śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayati tasyaivaṃ bhavati iyaṃ mahāmāyā yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritrā rūpavatī śīlavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayitum tathā hi mahāmāyā pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtādhikārapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhamātā syām iti mā ca me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ alakṣaṇasampannāyā striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti atha bodhisattvaḥ pañca vyavalokanāni vyavalokya ṣaṭ kāmāvacarān devāṃs trir anuśrāvayati ito 'haṃ mārṣās tuṣitād devanikāyāccyutvā manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ grahīṣyāmi rājñaḥ śuddhodanasyāgramahiṣyāḥ kukṣau tasya putratvam adhigamya amṛtam adhigamiṣyāmi yo yuṣmākam amṛtenārthī sa manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇātu bhūyo madhyadeśa iti evam uktās tuṣitakāyikā devā bodhisatvam idam avocan yat khalu bodhisatva jānīyā etarhi kalikaluṣo lokaḥ krūrasantānaprajā ākulīkṛtaś ca jambūdvīpaḥ ṣaḍbhis tārkikaiḥ ṣaḍbhir ānuśravikaiḥ ṣaḍbhiḥ samāpattṛbhiḥ tatra ṣaṭ tārkikāḥ katame tadyathā pūraṇaḥ kāśyapaḥ maskarī gośāliputraḥ saṃjayī vairaṭṭīputraḥ ajitaḥ keśakambalaḥ kakudaḥ kātyāyano nirgrantho jñātiputraḥ ṣaḍ ānuśravikāḥ katame tadyathā kūṭatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ śroṇatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ cogī brāhmaṇaḥ brāhmāyur brāhmaṇaḥ puṣkarasārī brāhmaṇaḥ lohityaś ca brāhmaṇaḥ ṣaṭ pratipattāraḥ katame tadyathā udrako rāmaputraḥ arāḍaḥ kālāmaḥ subhadraḥ parivrājakaḥ saṃjayī māṇavaḥ asitariṣiḥ urubilvākāśyapaś ca jaṭilaḥ iha tu bodhisatvasya dvādaśayojanāni dharmaśravaṇārtham āsanaprajñaptiḥ prajñāpyate asmākaṃ caivaṃ bhavati yam asmākaṃ tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisatvo dharmaṃ deśayiṣyati taṃ vayaṃ dharmaṃ śrutvā tathā tathā pratipatsyāmahe yathāpi tad asmākaṃ bhaviṣyati dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāyeti evam ukto bodhisatvaḥ tuṣitakāyikān devān idam avocat tena hi mārṣāḥ sarvavādyāni prahaṇyantām iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 202.1 yāvad apareṇa samayena siṃhahanū rājā kālagataḥ kapilavastuni śuddhodano rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca so 'pareṇa samayena mahāmāyādevyā sārdham upariprāsādatalagato niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍati ramate paricārayati dharmatā hy eṣā tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisattvaḥ pañcabhir avalokanair lokam avalokayati jātyavalokanena deśāvalokanena kālāvalokanena vaṃśāvalokanena stryavalokanena ca kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti tuṣitabhavanasthasya bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāṃ jātau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati brāhmaṇakule vā kṣatriyakule vā tatra kadācid brāhmaṇā uccakulasaṃmatā bhavanti kadācit kṣatriyāḥ idānīṃ tu kṣatriyāḥ uccakulasaṃmatāḥ yannvahaṃ kṣatriyakule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena garhaṇīyāyāṃ jātau pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśi deśe bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yo 'sau deśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ tasyaivaṃ bhavaty ayaṃ madhyadeśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ yannvahaṃ madhyadeśe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena pratyanteṣu janapadeṣu pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśe kāle bodhisatvā jaṃbūdvīpe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti utkarṣe vartamānāyāṃ prajāyām aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti apakarṣe śatavarṣāyuṣāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ prajāyām arvāk pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi manuṣyāṇām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣo hi manuṣyā durudvejyā bhavanti duḥsaṃvedyā jaḍā mṛdvindriyāḥ pramattāḥ sukhabahulāḥ satyānām abhājanabhūtāḥ apakarṣe 'py arvāg varṣaśatasya pañcakaṣāyā udriktā bhavanti tadyathā āyuḥkaṣāyaḥ kleśakaṣāyaḥ satvakaṣāyo dṛṣṭikaṣāyaḥ kalpakaṣāyaś ca mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pañcakaṣāyodrikte kāle bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena kulāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśe kule bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yat kulam uccasaṃmatam anupākruṣṭacāritraṃ yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyeti tasyaitad abhavad ayaṃ śākyavaṃśa uccakulasaṃmato yāvan mahāsaṃmatam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritraś ca yannvahaṃ rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya kule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pratyavare kule bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisattvā vaṃśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāḥ striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yā strī rūpavatī bhavati śīlavatī kulavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhasya mātā syām iti śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayati tasyaivaṃ bhavati iyaṃ mahāmāyā yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritrā rūpavatī śīlavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayitum tathā hi mahāmāyā pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtādhikārapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhamātā syām iti mā ca me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ alakṣaṇasampannāyā striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti atha bodhisattvaḥ pañca vyavalokanāni vyavalokya ṣaṭ kāmāvacarān devāṃs trir anuśrāvayati ito 'haṃ mārṣās tuṣitād devanikāyāccyutvā manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ grahīṣyāmi rājñaḥ śuddhodanasyāgramahiṣyāḥ kukṣau tasya putratvam adhigamya amṛtam adhigamiṣyāmi yo yuṣmākam amṛtenārthī sa manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇātu bhūyo madhyadeśa iti evam uktās tuṣitakāyikā devā bodhisatvam idam avocan yat khalu bodhisatva jānīyā etarhi kalikaluṣo lokaḥ krūrasantānaprajā ākulīkṛtaś ca jambūdvīpaḥ ṣaḍbhis tārkikaiḥ ṣaḍbhir ānuśravikaiḥ ṣaḍbhiḥ samāpattṛbhiḥ tatra ṣaṭ tārkikāḥ katame tadyathā pūraṇaḥ kāśyapaḥ maskarī gośāliputraḥ saṃjayī vairaṭṭīputraḥ ajitaḥ keśakambalaḥ kakudaḥ kātyāyano nirgrantho jñātiputraḥ ṣaḍ ānuśravikāḥ katame tadyathā kūṭatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ śroṇatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ cogī brāhmaṇaḥ brāhmāyur brāhmaṇaḥ puṣkarasārī brāhmaṇaḥ lohityaś ca brāhmaṇaḥ ṣaṭ pratipattāraḥ katame tadyathā udrako rāmaputraḥ arāḍaḥ kālāmaḥ subhadraḥ parivrājakaḥ saṃjayī māṇavaḥ asitariṣiḥ urubilvākāśyapaś ca jaṭilaḥ iha tu bodhisatvasya dvādaśayojanāni dharmaśravaṇārtham āsanaprajñaptiḥ prajñāpyate asmākaṃ caivaṃ bhavati yam asmākaṃ tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisatvo dharmaṃ deśayiṣyati taṃ vayaṃ dharmaṃ śrutvā tathā tathā pratipatsyāmahe yathāpi tad asmākaṃ bhaviṣyati dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāyeti evam ukto bodhisatvaḥ tuṣitakāyikān devān idam avocat tena hi mārṣāḥ sarvavādyāni prahaṇyantām iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 202.1 yāvad apareṇa samayena siṃhahanū rājā kālagataḥ kapilavastuni śuddhodano rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca so 'pareṇa samayena mahāmāyādevyā sārdham upariprāsādatalagato niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍati ramate paricārayati dharmatā hy eṣā tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisattvaḥ pañcabhir avalokanair lokam avalokayati jātyavalokanena deśāvalokanena kālāvalokanena vaṃśāvalokanena stryavalokanena ca kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti tuṣitabhavanasthasya bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāṃ jātau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati brāhmaṇakule vā kṣatriyakule vā tatra kadācid brāhmaṇā uccakulasaṃmatā bhavanti kadācit kṣatriyāḥ idānīṃ tu kṣatriyāḥ uccakulasaṃmatāḥ yannvahaṃ kṣatriyakule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena garhaṇīyāyāṃ jātau pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśi deśe bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yo 'sau deśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ tasyaivaṃ bhavaty ayaṃ madhyadeśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ yannvahaṃ madhyadeśe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena pratyanteṣu janapadeṣu pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśe kāle bodhisatvā jaṃbūdvīpe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti utkarṣe vartamānāyāṃ prajāyām aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti apakarṣe śatavarṣāyuṣāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ prajāyām arvāk pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi manuṣyāṇām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣo hi manuṣyā durudvejyā bhavanti duḥsaṃvedyā jaḍā mṛdvindriyāḥ pramattāḥ sukhabahulāḥ satyānām abhājanabhūtāḥ apakarṣe 'py arvāg varṣaśatasya pañcakaṣāyā udriktā bhavanti tadyathā āyuḥkaṣāyaḥ kleśakaṣāyaḥ satvakaṣāyo dṛṣṭikaṣāyaḥ kalpakaṣāyaś ca mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pañcakaṣāyodrikte kāle bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena kulāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśe kule bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yat kulam uccasaṃmatam anupākruṣṭacāritraṃ yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyeti tasyaitad abhavad ayaṃ śākyavaṃśa uccakulasaṃmato yāvan mahāsaṃmatam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritraś ca yannvahaṃ rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya kule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pratyavare kule bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisattvā vaṃśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāḥ striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yā strī rūpavatī bhavati śīlavatī kulavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhasya mātā syām iti śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayati tasyaivaṃ bhavati iyaṃ mahāmāyā yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritrā rūpavatī śīlavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayitum tathā hi mahāmāyā pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtādhikārapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhamātā syām iti mā ca me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ alakṣaṇasampannāyā striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti atha bodhisattvaḥ pañca vyavalokanāni vyavalokya ṣaṭ kāmāvacarān devāṃs trir anuśrāvayati ito 'haṃ mārṣās tuṣitād devanikāyāccyutvā manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ grahīṣyāmi rājñaḥ śuddhodanasyāgramahiṣyāḥ kukṣau tasya putratvam adhigamya amṛtam adhigamiṣyāmi yo yuṣmākam amṛtenārthī sa manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇātu bhūyo madhyadeśa iti evam uktās tuṣitakāyikā devā bodhisatvam idam avocan yat khalu bodhisatva jānīyā etarhi kalikaluṣo lokaḥ krūrasantānaprajā ākulīkṛtaś ca jambūdvīpaḥ ṣaḍbhis tārkikaiḥ ṣaḍbhir ānuśravikaiḥ ṣaḍbhiḥ samāpattṛbhiḥ tatra ṣaṭ tārkikāḥ katame tadyathā pūraṇaḥ kāśyapaḥ maskarī gośāliputraḥ saṃjayī vairaṭṭīputraḥ ajitaḥ keśakambalaḥ kakudaḥ kātyāyano nirgrantho jñātiputraḥ ṣaḍ ānuśravikāḥ katame tadyathā kūṭatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ śroṇatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ cogī brāhmaṇaḥ brāhmāyur brāhmaṇaḥ puṣkarasārī brāhmaṇaḥ lohityaś ca brāhmaṇaḥ ṣaṭ pratipattāraḥ katame tadyathā udrako rāmaputraḥ arāḍaḥ kālāmaḥ subhadraḥ parivrājakaḥ saṃjayī māṇavaḥ asitariṣiḥ urubilvākāśyapaś ca jaṭilaḥ iha tu bodhisatvasya dvādaśayojanāni dharmaśravaṇārtham āsanaprajñaptiḥ prajñāpyate asmākaṃ caivaṃ bhavati yam asmākaṃ tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisatvo dharmaṃ deśayiṣyati taṃ vayaṃ dharmaṃ śrutvā tathā tathā pratipatsyāmahe yathāpi tad asmākaṃ bhaviṣyati dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāyeti evam ukto bodhisatvaḥ tuṣitakāyikān devān idam avocat tena hi mārṣāḥ sarvavādyāni prahaṇyantām iti //
Abhidharmakośabhāṣya
AbhidhKoBh zu AbhidhKo, 1, 43.2, 2.0 dūrācchabdaṃ śṛṇoti sati ca prāptaviṣayatve divyaṃ cakṣuḥśrotramiha manuṣyeṣu dhyāyināṃ nopajāyeta ghrāṇādivat //
Agnipurāṇa
AgniPur, 18, 41.1 manuṣyāścopajīvanti śilpaṃ vai bhūṣaṇādikaṃ /
Amarakośa
AKośa, 2, 265.1 manuṣyā mānuṣā martyā manujā mānavā narāḥ /
Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā
AHS, Śār., 3, 85.1 prāyo 'ta eva pavanādhyuṣitā manuṣyā doṣātmakāḥ sphuṭitadhūsarakeśagātrāḥ /
AHS, Śār., 6, 7.1 vaidye dūtā manuṣyāṇām āgacchanti mumūrṣatām /
AHS, Cikitsitasthāna, 11, 48.1 sahāśrayamanuṣyeṇa baddhasyāśvāsitasya ca /
AHS, Utt., 3, 1.4 manuṣyavigrahāḥ pañca sapta strīvigrahā grahāḥ //
AHS, Utt., 13, 98.1 cakṣūrakṣāyāṃ sarvakālaṃ manuṣyair yatnaḥ kartavyo jīvite yāvad icchā /
AHS, Utt., 39, 160.2 ye 'dyur mayūrā iva te manuṣyā ramyaṃ parīṇāmam avāpnuvanti //
Aṣṭāṅgasaṃgraha
ASaṃ, 1, 23, 2.3 tasmiṃśca deśe manuṣyāṇāmidamāhārajātamidaṃ vihārajātametāvadbalam evaṃvidhaṃ sattvamevaṃvidhaṃ sātmyamiyaṃ bhaktirime vyādhayo hitamidamahitamidamiti /
Bodhicaryāvatāra
BoCA, 4, 30.1 sarve devā manuṣyāśca yadi syur mama śatravaḥ /
BoCA, 5, 66.2 karmopakaraṇaṃ tv etanmanuṣyāṇāṃ śarīrakam //
BoCA, 6, 72.2 manuṣyaduḥkhairnarakānmuktaścetkim abhadrakam //
Bṛhatkathāślokasaṃgraha
BKŚS, 3, 52.2 kṣiptā mayi manuṣyeṣu caṇḍālaḥ sa bhavatv iti //
BKŚS, 5, 34.2 udyamyāha manuṣyendra svāgataṃ sthīyatām iti //
BKŚS, 9, 24.1 anyeṣāṃ ca manuṣyāṇām upapattyā niyujyate /
BKŚS, 14, 98.1 doṣān api manuṣyāṇāṃ gṛhṇāmi sma yathā yathā /
BKŚS, 17, 94.2 madhye mahāmanuṣyāṇām evam uddāmayen mukham //
BKŚS, 17, 97.2 ko jānāti manuṣyāṇāṃ caritaṃ gūḍhacāriṇām //
BKŚS, 19, 83.1 citranyastatanuṃ yas tvāṃ manuṣyo 'bhibhaviṣyati /
BKŚS, 20, 305.2 vidyādharo manuṣyeṇa satā saṃmānyatām iti //
BKŚS, 23, 13.1 mahāmanuṣyacaritaḥ puruṣo 'yaṃ vibhāvyate /
BKŚS, 23, 73.2 dṛṣṭāḥ kena manuṣyeṣu yādṛśo bhavatām iti //
Divyāvadāna
Divyāv, 1, 156.0 sa kathayati ke yūyaṃ bhavantaḥ kena vā karmaṇā ihopapannāḥ śroṇa duṣkuhakā jāmbūdvīpakā manuṣyāḥ //
Divyāv, 1, 177.0 sa cāha ke yūyaṃ bhavantaḥ kena vā karmaṇā ihopapannāḥ ta ūcuḥ śroṇa duṣkuhakā jāmbudvīpakā manuṣyāḥ //
Divyāv, 1, 204.0 sa teṣāṃ sakāśamupasaṃkramya kathayati ke yūyam kena ca karmaṇā ihopapannāḥ te procuḥ śroṇa duṣkuhakā jāmbudvīpakā manuṣyāḥ //
Divyāv, 1, 227.0 bhoḥ puruṣa tvamevaṃ kathayasi duṣkuhakā jāmbudvīpakā manuṣyā iti //
Divyāv, 1, 250.0 sa tamupasaṃkramya pṛcchati ko bhavān kena karmaṇā ihopapannaḥ sa evamāha śroṇa duṣkuhakā jāmbūdvīpakā manuṣyāḥ nābhiśraddadhāsyasi //
Divyāv, 1, 268.0 bhoḥ puruṣa tvamevaṃ kathayasi duṣkuhakā jāmbudvīpakā manuṣyā iti //
Divyāv, 1, 292.0 sa āha ke yūyam kena vā karmaṇā ihopapannāḥ tayoktam śroṇa duṣkuhakā jāmbudvīpakā manuṣyā iti nābhiśraddadhāsyasi //
Divyāv, 1, 321.0 bhagini tvameva kathayasi duṣkuhakā jāmbudvīpakā manuṣyāḥ nābhiśraddadhāsyanti //
Divyāv, 1, 448.0 udakastabdhikā manuṣyāḥ snātopavicārāḥ //
Divyāv, 2, 376.0 caṇḍāḥ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntikā manuṣyā rabhasāḥ karkaśā ākrośakā roṣakāḥ paribhāṣakāḥ //
Divyāv, 2, 377.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ saṃmukhaṃ pāpikayā asatyayā paruṣayā vācā ākrokṣyanti roṣayiṣyanti paribhāṣiṣyante tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ saṃmukhaṃ pāpikayā asatyayā paruṣayā vācā ākrokṣyanti roṣayiṣyanti paribhāṣiṣyante tasya mamaivaṃ bhaviṣyati bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ snigdhakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ ye māṃ saṃmukhaṃ pāpikayā asatyayā paruṣayā vācā ākrośanti roṣayanti paribhāṣante //
Divyāv, 2, 377.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ saṃmukhaṃ pāpikayā asatyayā paruṣayā vācā ākrokṣyanti roṣayiṣyanti paribhāṣiṣyante tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ saṃmukhaṃ pāpikayā asatyayā paruṣayā vācā ākrokṣyanti roṣayiṣyanti paribhāṣiṣyante tasya mamaivaṃ bhaviṣyati bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ snigdhakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ ye māṃ saṃmukhaṃ pāpikayā asatyayā paruṣayā vācā ākrośanti roṣayanti paribhāṣante //
Divyāv, 2, 377.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ saṃmukhaṃ pāpikayā asatyayā paruṣayā vācā ākrokṣyanti roṣayiṣyanti paribhāṣiṣyante tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ saṃmukhaṃ pāpikayā asatyayā paruṣayā vācā ākrokṣyanti roṣayiṣyanti paribhāṣiṣyante tasya mamaivaṃ bhaviṣyati bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ snigdhakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ ye māṃ saṃmukhaṃ pāpikayā asatyayā paruṣayā vācā ākrośanti roṣayanti paribhāṣante //
Divyāv, 2, 377.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ saṃmukhaṃ pāpikayā asatyayā paruṣayā vācā ākrokṣyanti roṣayiṣyanti paribhāṣiṣyante tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ saṃmukhaṃ pāpikayā asatyayā paruṣayā vācā ākrokṣyanti roṣayiṣyanti paribhāṣiṣyante tasya mamaivaṃ bhaviṣyati bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ snigdhakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ ye māṃ saṃmukhaṃ pāpikayā asatyayā paruṣayā vācā ākrośanti roṣayanti paribhāṣante //
Divyāv, 2, 379.0 caṇḍāḥ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ pūrvavat yāvat paribhāṣakāḥ //
Divyāv, 2, 380.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ pāṇinā vā loṣṭena vā prahariṣyanti tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ pāṇinā vā loṣṭena vā prahariṣyanti tasya mamaivaṃ bhaviṣyati bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ snehakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ ye māṃ pāṇinā vā loṣṭena vā praharanti no tu daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā praharantīti //
Divyāv, 2, 380.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ pāṇinā vā loṣṭena vā prahariṣyanti tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ pāṇinā vā loṣṭena vā prahariṣyanti tasya mamaivaṃ bhaviṣyati bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ snehakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ ye māṃ pāṇinā vā loṣṭena vā praharanti no tu daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā praharantīti //
Divyāv, 2, 380.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ pāṇinā vā loṣṭena vā prahariṣyanti tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ pāṇinā vā loṣṭena vā prahariṣyanti tasya mamaivaṃ bhaviṣyati bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ snehakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ ye māṃ pāṇinā vā loṣṭena vā praharanti no tu daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā praharantīti //
Divyāv, 2, 380.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ pāṇinā vā loṣṭena vā prahariṣyanti tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ pāṇinā vā loṣṭena vā prahariṣyanti tasya mamaivaṃ bhaviṣyati bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ snehakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ ye māṃ pāṇinā vā loṣṭena vā praharanti no tu daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā praharantīti //
Divyāv, 2, 381.0 caṇḍāḥ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ pūrvavad yāvat paribhāṣakāḥ //
Divyāv, 2, 382.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyā daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā prahariṣyanti tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyā daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā prahariṣyanti tasya mamaivaṃ bhaviṣyati bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ snehakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ ye māṃ daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā praharanti no tu sarveṇa sarvaṃ jīvitād vyaparopayanti //
Divyāv, 2, 382.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyā daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā prahariṣyanti tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyā daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā prahariṣyanti tasya mamaivaṃ bhaviṣyati bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ snehakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ ye māṃ daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā praharanti no tu sarveṇa sarvaṃ jīvitād vyaparopayanti //
Divyāv, 2, 382.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyā daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā prahariṣyanti tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyā daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā prahariṣyanti tasya mamaivaṃ bhaviṣyati bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ snehakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ ye māṃ daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā praharanti no tu sarveṇa sarvaṃ jīvitād vyaparopayanti //
Divyāv, 2, 382.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyā daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā prahariṣyanti tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyā daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā prahariṣyanti tasya mamaivaṃ bhaviṣyati bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ snehakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ ye māṃ daṇḍena vā śastreṇa vā praharanti no tu sarveṇa sarvaṃ jīvitād vyaparopayanti //
Divyāv, 2, 383.0 caṇḍāḥ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyā yāvat paribhāṣakāḥ //
Divyāv, 2, 384.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ sarveṇa sarvaṃ jīvitād vyaparopayiṣyanti tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ sarveṇa sarvaṃ jīvitād vyaparopayiṣyanti tasya me evaṃ bhaviṣyati santi bhagavataḥ śrāvakā ye anena pūtikāyenārdīyamānā jehrīyante vijugupsamānāḥ śastramapi ādhārayanti viṣamapi bhikṣayanti rajjvā baddhā api mriyante prapātādapi prapatantyapi //
Divyāv, 2, 384.0 sacet tvāṃ pūrṇa śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ sarveṇa sarvaṃ jīvitād vyaparopayiṣyanti tasya te kathaṃ bhaviṣyati sacenmāṃ bhadanta śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ sarveṇa sarvaṃ jīvitād vyaparopayiṣyanti tasya me evaṃ bhaviṣyati santi bhagavataḥ śrāvakā ye anena pūtikāyenārdīyamānā jehrīyante vijugupsamānāḥ śastramapi ādhārayanti viṣamapi bhikṣayanti rajjvā baddhā api mriyante prapātādapi prapatantyapi //
Divyāv, 2, 385.0 bhadrakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyakāḥ snehakā bata śroṇāparāntakā manuṣyāḥ ye māmasmāt pūtikalevarādalpakṛcchreṇa parimocayantīti //
Divyāv, 2, 546.0 ucchoṣitā rudhirāśrusamudrāḥ laṅghitā asthiparvatāḥ pihitānyapāyadvārāṇi pratiṣṭhāpitā vayaṃ devamanuṣyeṣu atikrāntātikrāntāḥ //
Divyāv, 2, 649.0 sā dṛṣṭasatyā trirudānamudānayati pūrvavat yāvat pratiṣṭhāpitā devamanuṣyeṣu //
Divyāv, 2, 676.0 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'sminneva bhadrakalpe viṃśativarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyāṃ kāśyapo nāma samyaksambuddho loka udapādi vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ ca //
Divyāv, 3, 96.0 kutra bhadantāsau yūpo vilayaṃ gamiṣyati bhaviṣyanti bhikṣavo 'nāgate 'dhvani aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣo manuṣyāḥ //
Divyāv, 3, 97.0 aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ śaṅkho nāma rājā bhaviṣyati saṃyamanī cakravartī caturantavijetā dhārmiko dharmarājā saptaratnasamanvāgataḥ //
Divyāv, 3, 131.0 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani madhyadeśe vāsavo nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca //
Divyāv, 3, 135.0 uttarāpathe dhanasaṃmato nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca //
Divyāv, 3, 145.0 so 'mātyānāmantrayate bhavantaḥ kasyacidanyasyāpi rājño rājyamevamṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca //
Divyāv, 4, 17.0 te nirmite cittamabhiprasādya tannarakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā devamanuṣyeṣu pratisaṃdhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti //
Divyāv, 4, 28.0 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunorantardhīyante //
Divyāv, 4, 46.0 kiṃ tarhi devāṃśca manuṣyāṃśca saṃvācya saṃsṛtya paścime bhave paścime nikete paścime samucchraye paścima ātmabhāvapratilambhe supraṇihito nāma pratyekabuddho bhaviṣyati //
Divyāv, 5, 18.0 kiṃtu devāṃśca manuṣyāṃśca gatvā saṃsṛtya paścime nikete paścime samucchraye paścime ātmabhāvapratilambhe stavārho nāma pratyekabuddho bhaviṣyati //
Divyāv, 5, 22.0 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca //
Divyāv, 7, 51.0 sa narakān vyavalokayitumārabdho na paśyati tiryak ca pretaṃ ca manuṣyāṃścāturmahārājikān devāṃstrāyastriṃśān yāvanna paśyati //
Divyāv, 7, 59.0 atha śakrasya devānāmindrasyaitadabhavat ime ca tāvanmanuṣyāḥ puṇyāpuṇyānām apratyakṣadarśino dānāni dadati puṇyāni kurvanti //
Divyāv, 7, 75.0 ārya mahākāśyapa kiṃ duḥkhitajanasyāntarāyaṃ karomi ime tāvat manuṣyāḥ puṇyānām apratyakṣadarśino dānāni dadati puṇyāni kurvanti //
Divyāv, 7, 146.0 sā ruṣitā kathayati na tāvacchramaṇabrāhmaṇebhyo dadāmi jñātīnāṃ vā tāvat preṣyamanuṣyāya dadāmi adya tāvat tiṣṭhatu śvo dviguṇaṃ dāsyāmīti //
Divyāv, 8, 21.0 katame 'ṣṭādaśa nāgnibhayaṃ nodakabhayaṃ na siṃhabhayaṃ na vyāghrabhayaṃ na dvīpitarakṣuparacakrabhayaṃ na caurabhayaṃ na gulmatarapaṇyātiyātrābhayaṃ na manuṣyāmanuṣyabhayam //
Divyāv, 8, 86.0 uddhṛto narakatiryakpretebhyaḥ pādaḥ pratiṣṭhāpito devamanuṣyeṣu paryantīkṛtaḥ saṃsāraḥ ucchoṣitā rudhirāśrusamudrāḥ uttīrṇā aśrusāgarāḥ laṅghitā asthiparvatāḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 94.0 tato mayā anekairduṣkaraśatasahasrairdevamanuṣyaduṣprāpyāṃ śakrabrahmādyairapi duradhigamāṃ badaradvīpayātrāṃ varṣaśatena sādhayitvā etadeva caurasahasramārabhya kṛtsno jāmbudvīpaḥ suvarṇarajatavaiḍūryasphaṭikādyai ratnaviśeṣairmanorathepsitaiścopakaraṇaviśeṣaiḥ saṃtarpayitvā daśabhiḥ kuśalaiḥ karmapathaiḥ pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 95.0 tacchṛṇuta bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani asminneva jambudvīpe vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati sma ṛddhaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca praśāntakalikalahaḍimbaḍamarataskaradurbhikṣarogāpagatam //
Divyāv, 8, 166.0 asti khalu mahāsārthavāha asminneva jambudvīpe badaradvīpo nāma mahāpattano 'manuṣyāvacarito maheśākhyamanuṣyādhiṣṭhitaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 169.0 iyaṃ hi mahāpratijñā śakrabrahmādīnāmapi dustarā prāgeva manuṣyabhūtasya //
Divyāv, 8, 177.0 anulomapratilome mahāsamudre manuṣyānavacarite anulomapratilomā vāyavo vānti //
Divyāv, 8, 183.0 anulomapratilome mahāparvate 'manuṣyāvacarite 'nulomapratilomā nāma vāyavo vānti yaiḥ puruṣastimirīkṛtanetro naṣṭasaṃjñaḥ saṃtiṣṭhate //
Divyāv, 8, 195.0 āvartaṃ mahāsamudramabhiniṣkramya āvarto nāma parvato 'manuṣyāvacaritaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 227.0 vairambhe mahāsamudre vairambhā nāma vāyavo vānti yaistadudakaṃ kṣobhyate yatrāgatir makarakacchapavallakaśiśumārādīnāṃ pretapiśācakumbhāṇḍakaṭapūtanādīnāṃ kaḥ punarvādo manuṣyāṇām //
Divyāv, 8, 292.0 rohitakāñ janapadān ṛddhāṃśca kṣemāṃśca subhikṣāṃśca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyāṃśca //
Divyāv, 8, 299.0 iyaṃ ca mahāpratijñā śakrabrahmādīnāmapi duṣkarā prāgeva manuṣyabhūtānām //
Divyāv, 8, 303.0 atha sādhyamānā dṛṣṭāḥ paramaduṣkarakārakāste manuṣyāḥ yairanekairduṣkaraśatasahasrairbadaradvīpayātrā sādhitā //
Divyāv, 8, 307.0 te 'pi manuṣyāḥ yairanekairduṣkaraśatasahasrairbadaradvīpayātrā sādhitapūrvā //
Divyāv, 8, 308.0 ahamapi manuṣyaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 325.0 atha magho mahāsārthavāhaḥ pratilabdhasaṃjñaḥ supriyaṃ mahāsārthavāhamidamavocat kuto bhavāñ jñānavijñānasampanno 'bhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ paṇḍito vyakto medhāvī paṭupracāraḥ sarvaśāstrajñaḥ sarvaśāstraviśāradaḥ sarvakalābhijñaḥ sarvabhūtarutajña iṅgitajñaḥ kiṃ jātyā bhavān kiṃgotraḥ kena vā kāraṇena amanuṣyāvacaritaṃ deśamabhyāgataḥ evamuktaḥ supriyaḥ sārthavāhaḥ kathayati sādhu sādhu mahāsārthavāha //
Divyāv, 8, 330.0 āścaryamamānuṣaparākramaṃ te paśyāmi yo nāma bhavāñ jambudvīpādamanuṣyāvacaritaṃ parvatasamudranadyottaraṇaṃ kṛtvā ihāgataḥ yatrāmanuṣyāḥ pralayaṃ gacchanti prāgeva manuṣyāḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 330.0 āścaryamamānuṣaparākramaṃ te paśyāmi yo nāma bhavāñ jambudvīpādamanuṣyāvacaritaṃ parvatasamudranadyottaraṇaṃ kṛtvā ihāgataḥ yatrāmanuṣyāḥ pralayaṃ gacchanti prāgeva manuṣyāḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 331.0 devaṃ tadbhavantaṃ paśyāmi devānyatamaṃ vā manuṣyaveṣadhāriṇam //
Divyāv, 8, 346.0 yatraikaviṃśatidhātugotrāṇi yaṃ paktvā suvarṇarūpyavaiḍūryānyabhinirvartante yadeke jāmbudvīpakā manuṣyā ratnānyādāya pratinivartante //
Divyāv, 8, 353.0 atrāpyanekāni dhātugotrāṇi yaṃ paktvā suvarṇarūpyavaidūryasphaṭikānyabhinirvartante yadeke jāmbudvīpakā manuṣyā ratnānyādāya pratinivartante //
Divyāv, 8, 362.0 atrāpyanekāni dhātugotrāṇi yaṃ paktvā suvarṇarūpyavaidūryasphaṭikānyabhinirvartante yatraike jāmbudvīpakā manuṣyā ratnānyādāya pratinivartante //
Divyāv, 8, 386.0 bhūyaḥ samprasthito 'drākṣīt supriyo mahāsārthavāhaḥ sphaṭikaparvataṃ ślakṣṇaṃ nirālambamagamyaṃ manuṣyamātrasya //
Divyāv, 8, 407.0 atha sā pūrvadevatā supriyaṃ mahāsārthavāhaṃ durmanasaṃ viditvā rātryāḥ pratyūṣasamaya upasaṃkramya samāśvāsya utkarṣayati sādhu sādhu mahāsārthavāha nistīrṇāni te mahāsamudraparvatanadīkāntārāṇi manuṣyāmanuṣyāgamyāni //
Divyāv, 8, 407.0 atha sā pūrvadevatā supriyaṃ mahāsārthavāhaṃ durmanasaṃ viditvā rātryāḥ pratyūṣasamaya upasaṃkramya samāśvāsya utkarṣayati sādhu sādhu mahāsārthavāha nistīrṇāni te mahāsamudraparvatanadīkāntārāṇi manuṣyāmanuṣyāgamyāni //
Divyāv, 8, 408.0 samprāpto 'si badaradvīpamahāpattanaṃ manuṣyāmanuṣyānavacaritaṃ maheśākhyapuruṣādhyuṣitam //
Divyāv, 8, 408.0 samprāpto 'si badaradvīpamahāpattanaṃ manuṣyāmanuṣyānavacaritaṃ maheśākhyapuruṣādhyuṣitam //
Divyāv, 8, 478.0 tataḥ supriyo mahāsārthavāhaḥ kathayati asya ratnasya ko 'nubhāva iti tāḥ kathayanti yatkhalu mahāsārthavāha jānīyāḥ idaṃ maṇiratnaṃ tadeva poṣadhoṣito dhvajāgre baddhvā āropya kṛtsne jambudvīpe ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ karaṇīyam śṛṇvantu bhavanto jambudvīpanivāsinaḥ strīmanuṣyāḥ yuṣmākam yo yenārthī upakaraṇaviśeṣeṇa hiraṇyena vā suvarṇena vā ratnena vā annena vā pānena vā vastreṇa vā bhojanena vā alaṃkāraviśeṣeṇa vā dvipadena vā catuṣpadena vā vāhanena vā yānena vā dhanena vā dhānyena vā sa cittamutpādayatu vacanaṃ ca niścārayatu //
Divyāv, 8, 480.0 ayaṃ tu prativiśeṣaḥ yāni cāsya lokasya bhavanti mahābhayāni tadyathā rājato vā caurato vā agnito vā udakato vā manuṣyato vā amanuṣyato vā siṃhato vā vyāghrato vā dvipatarakṣuto vā yakṣarākṣasapretapiśācakumbhāṇḍapūtanakaṭapūtanato vā ītayopadravo vā upasargo vā anāvṛṣṭirvā durbhikṣabhayāni vā asminnucchrite ratnaviśeṣe ima ītayopadravā na bhaviṣyanti //
Divyāv, 8, 487.0 api tu yena tvaṃ pathenāgataḥ amanuṣyāstāvat pralayaṃ gaccheyuḥ prāgeva manuṣyāḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 491.0 sa ca parvato 'manuṣyāvacaritaḥ kṛṣṇamandhakāraṃ savisphuliṅgaṃ vāyuṃ mokṣayati //
Divyāv, 8, 535.0 evaṃ triyojanasahasrasāmantakenopakaraṇaiḥ strīmanuṣyāḥ saṃtarpitāḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 536.0 tato 'nupūrveṇa jambudvīpaiśvaryabhūtena supriyeṇa mahārājñā tadeva poṣadhe pañcadaśyāṃ śiraḥsnātenopoṣadhoṣitena kṛtsne jambudvīpe ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kṛtvā upakaraṇotpannābhilāṣiṇāṃ strīmanuṣyāṇāṃ jambudvīpanivāsinām yanmaṇiratnaṃ badaradvīpamahāpattanasarvasvabhūtam yathepsitam sarvopakaraṇavarṣiṇaṃ dhvajāgre āropayāmāsa //
Divyāv, 8, 554.0 anekāni ca devamanuṣyaśatasahasrāṇi yakṣarākṣasapretapiśācakumbhāṇḍapūtanakaṭapūtanakoṭiśatasahasrāṇi śaraṇagamanaśikṣāpadeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāni //
Divyāv, 9, 31.0 yadā bhagavatā śrāvastyāṃ mahāprātihāryaṃ vidarśitam nirbhartsitā ānanditā devamanuṣyāḥ toṣitāni sajjanahṛdayāni tadā bhagnaprabhāvāstīrthyāḥ pratyantān saṃśritāḥ //
Divyāv, 10, 4.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca praśāntakalikalahaḍimbaḍamarataskararogāpagataṃ śālīkṣugomahiṣīsampannamakhilamakaṇṭakam //
Divyāv, 10, 8.1 tatra cañcu ucyate samudgake tasmin manuṣyā bījāni prakṣipya anāgate sattvāpekṣayā sthāpayanti mṛtānām anena te bījakāyaṃ kariṣyantīti //
Divyāv, 10, 10.1 śvetāsthi nāma durbhikṣam tasmin kāle manuṣyā asthīnyupasaṃhṛtya tāvat kvāthayanti yāvat tānyasthīni śvetāni saṃvṛttānīti //
Divyāv, 10, 13.0 śalākāvṛttir nāma tasmin kāle manuṣyāḥ khalu bilebhyo dhānyaguḍakāni śalākayā ākṛṣya bahūdakasthālyāṃ kvāthayitvā pibanti //
Divyāv, 11, 3.1 tena khalu samayena vaiśālikā licchavaya idamevaṃrūpaṃ kriyākāramakārṣuḥ pañcadaśyāṃ bhavantaḥ pakṣasya aṣṭamyāṃ caturdaśyāṃ ca prāṇino hantavyā yatkāraṇameyurmanuṣyā māṃsamanveṣanta iti //
Divyāv, 11, 40.1 te nirmite cittamabhiprasādya tannarakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā devamanuṣyeṣu pratisaṃdhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti //
Divyāv, 11, 52.1 manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunorantardhīyante //
Divyāv, 11, 82.1 tataḥ kāmāvacareṣu deveṣu divyaṃ sukhamanubhūya paścime bhave paścime nikete samucchraye paścime ātmabhāvapratilambhe manuṣyatvaṃ pratilabhya rājā bhaviṣyati aśokavarṇo nāma cakravartī caturarṇavāntavijetā dhārmiko dharmarājaḥ saptaratnasamanvāgataḥ //
Divyāv, 11, 91.1 bhūtapūrvamānanda atīte 'dhvani ekanavate kalpe vipaśyī nāma samyaksambuddho loka udapādi vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān //
Divyāv, 12, 9.1 arhati jñānavādī jñānavādinā sārdhamuttare manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitum //
Divyāv, 12, 10.1 yadyekaṃ śramaṇo gautamo 'nuttare manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati vayaṃ dve //
Divyāv, 12, 14.1 ṣoḍaśa śramaṇo gautamaḥ vayaṃ dvātriṃśaditi yāvacchramaṇo gautama uttare manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati vayaṃ taddviguṇaṃ tattriguṇaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 16.1 tatrāsmākaṃ bhavatu śramaṇena gautamena sārdhamuttare manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryam //
Divyāv, 12, 20.1 arhati jñānavādī jñānavādinā sārdhamuttare manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitum //
Divyāv, 12, 21.1 yadyekaṃ śramaṇo gautama uttare manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati ahaṃ dve //
Divyāv, 12, 25.1 ṣoḍaśa śramaṇo gautamaḥ ahaṃ dvātriṃśaditi yāvacchramaṇo gautama uttare manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati vayaṃ taddviguṇamuttaraṃ manuṣyadharmam ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 25.1 ṣoḍaśa śramaṇo gautamaḥ ahaṃ dvātriṃśaditi yāvacchramaṇo gautama uttare manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati vayaṃ taddviguṇamuttaraṃ manuṣyadharmam ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 27.1 tatrāsmākaṃ bhavatu śramaṇena gautamena sārdhamuttare manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryam //
Divyāv, 12, 31.1 arhati jñānavādī jñānavādinā sārdhamuttare manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitum //
Divyāv, 12, 32.1 yadyekaṃ śramaṇo gautama uttare manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati ahaṃ dve //
Divyāv, 12, 36.1 ṣoḍaśa śramaṇo gautamaḥ ahaṃ dvātriṃśaditi yāvacchramaṇo gautama uttare manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati ahaṃ taddviguṇamuttaraṃ manuṣyadharmaprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmi //
Divyāv, 12, 36.1 ṣoḍaśa śramaṇo gautamaḥ ahaṃ dvātriṃśaditi yāvacchramaṇo gautama uttare manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati ahaṃ taddviguṇamuttaraṃ manuṣyadharmaprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmi //
Divyāv, 12, 38.1 tatra me bhavatu śramaṇena gautamena sārdhamuttare manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryam //
Divyāv, 12, 44.1 arhati jñānavādī jñānavādinā sārdhamuttare manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitum //
Divyāv, 12, 45.1 yadyekaṃ śramaṇo gautama uttare manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati vayaṃ dve //
Divyāv, 12, 49.1 ṣoḍaśa śramaṇo gautamaḥ vayaṃ dvātriṃśaditi yāvacchramaṇo gautama uttare manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati vayaṃ taddviguṇaṃ tattriguṇam ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 51.1 tatrāsmākaṃ bhavatu śramaṇena gautamena sārdhamuttare manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitum //
Divyāv, 12, 54.1 arhati jñānavādī jñānavādinā sārdhamuttare manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitum //
Divyāv, 12, 55.1 yāvat tatrāsmākaṃ bhavatu śramaṇena gautamena sārdhamuttare manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitum //
Divyāv, 12, 59.1 yadā śramaṇo gautamaḥ śrāvastīṃ gamiṣyati tatra vayaṃ gatvā śramaṇaṃ gautamamuttare manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihārye āhvayiṣyāmaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 87.1 arhati jñānavādī jñānavādinā sārdhamuttare manuṣyadharma ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitum //
Divyāv, 12, 88.1 yadyekaṃ śramaṇo gautama uttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati vayaṃ dve //
Divyāv, 12, 92.1 ṣoḍaśa śramaṇo gautamaḥ vayaṃ dvātriṃśaditi yāvacchramaṇo gautama uttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati vayaṃ taddviguṇaṃ tattriguṇamuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 92.1 ṣoḍaśa śramaṇo gautamaḥ vayaṃ dvātriṃśaditi yāvacchramaṇo gautama uttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati vayaṃ taddviguṇaṃ tattriguṇamuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 94.1 tatrāsmākaṃ bhavatu śramaṇena gautamena sārdhamuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryam //
Divyāv, 12, 104.1 ekānte niṣaṇṇo rājā prasenajit kauśalo bhagavantamidamavocat ime bhadanta tīrthyā bhagavantamuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryeṇāhvayante //
Divyāv, 12, 105.1 vidarśayatu bhagavānuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ hitāya prāṇinām //
Divyāv, 12, 107.1 nandayatu devamanuṣyān //
Divyāv, 12, 109.1 evamukte bhagavān rājānaṃ prasenajitaṃ kauśalamidamavocat nāhaṃ mahārāja evaṃ śrāvakāṇāṃ dharmaṃ deśayāmi evam yūyaṃ bhikṣava āgatāgatānāṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatīnāmuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayateti //
Divyāv, 12, 111.1 dvirapi trirapi rājā prasenajit kauśalo bhagavantamidamavocat vidarśayatu bhagavānuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ hitāya prāṇinām //
Divyāv, 12, 113.1 nandayatu bhagavān devamanuṣyān //
Divyāv, 12, 118.1 itaḥ saptame divase tathāgato mahājanapratyakṣamuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati hitāya prāṇinām //
Divyāv, 12, 125.1 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalastīrthyānidamavocat yatkhalu bhavanto jānīran itaḥ saptame divase bhagavānuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyati //
Divyāv, 12, 131.1 sa kathayati itaḥ saptame divase uttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmīti //
Divyāv, 12, 137.1 sa kathayati itaḥ saptame divase uttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmīti //
Divyāv, 12, 145.1 sa kathayati itaḥ saptame divase uttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmīti //
Divyāv, 12, 154.1 sa kathayati itaḥ saptame divase uttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmīti //
Divyāv, 12, 167.1 yasya tāvadvayaṃ śiṣyapratiśiṣyakayāpi na tulyāḥ sa yuṣmābhiruttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryeṇāhūtaḥ //
Divyāv, 12, 236.1 dṛṣṭvā ca punastīrthyānidamavocat vidarśitaṃ bhagavatottare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryam //
Divyāv, 12, 243.1 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalastīrthyānidamavocat vidarśitaṃ bhagavatottare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryam //
Divyāv, 12, 248.1 dṛṣṭvā ca punastīrthyānāmantrayate vidarśitaṃ bhagavatottare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryam //
Divyāv, 12, 254.1 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalastīrthyānidamavocat vidarśitaṃ bhagavatottare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryam //
Divyāv, 12, 292.1 ahaṃ tīrthyaiḥ sārdhamuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmi //
Divyāv, 12, 294.1 saha dharmeṇa nandayiṣyāmi devamanuṣyān //
Divyāv, 12, 297.1 ahamuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmi //
Divyāv, 12, 298.1 sthānametadvidyate yattīrthyā evaṃ vadeyuḥ nāsti śramaṇasya gautamasyottare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryam //
Divyāv, 12, 304.1 ahaṃ tīrthyaiḥ sārdhamuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmi //
Divyāv, 12, 306.1 saha dharmeṇa nandayiṣyāmi devamanuṣyān //
Divyāv, 12, 310.1 ahameṣāmuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayiṣyāmi hitāya prāṇinām //
Divyāv, 12, 312.1 nandayiṣyāmi devamanuṣyān //
Divyāv, 12, 316.1 tatra bhagavān rājānaṃ prasenajitaṃ kauśalamāmantrayate ko mahārāja tathāgatamadhyeṣate uttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ hitāya prāṇinām atha rājā prasenajit kauśala utthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantametadavocat ahaṃ bhadanta bhagavantamadhyeṣe uttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitum //
Divyāv, 12, 316.1 tatra bhagavān rājānaṃ prasenajitaṃ kauśalamāmantrayate ko mahārāja tathāgatamadhyeṣate uttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ hitāya prāṇinām atha rājā prasenajit kauśala utthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantametadavocat ahaṃ bhadanta bhagavantamadhyeṣe uttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitum //
Divyāv, 12, 317.1 bhagavānuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryam vidarśayatu hitāya prāṇinām //
Divyāv, 12, 319.1 nandayatu devamanuṣyān //
Divyāv, 12, 328.1 tatra bhagavān dvirapi rājānaṃ prasenajitaṃ kauśalamāmantrayate ko mahārāja tathāgatamadhyeṣate 'sādhāraṇāyām ṛddhyāmuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ hitāya prāṇinām atha rājā prasenajit kauśala utthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantamidamavocat ahaṃ bhadanta bhagavantamadhyeṣe 'sādhāraṇāyām ṛddhyāmuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ hitāya prāṇinām //
Divyāv, 12, 328.1 tatra bhagavān dvirapi rājānaṃ prasenajitaṃ kauśalamāmantrayate ko mahārāja tathāgatamadhyeṣate 'sādhāraṇāyām ṛddhyāmuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ hitāya prāṇinām atha rājā prasenajit kauśala utthāyāsanād ekāṃsamuttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantamidamavocat ahaṃ bhadanta bhagavantamadhyeṣe 'sādhāraṇāyām ṛddhyāmuttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ hitāya prāṇinām //
Divyāv, 12, 330.1 nandayatu devamanuṣyān //
Divyāv, 12, 354.1 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalastīrthyānidamavocat vidarśitaṃ bhagavatā uttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryam //
Divyāv, 12, 357.1 dvirapi prasenajit kauśalastīrthyānidamavocat vidarśitaṃ bhagavatā uttare manuṣyadharme ṛddhiprātihāryam //
Divyāv, 12, 372.3 ārāmāṃścaityavṛkṣāṃśca manuṣyā bhayavarjitāḥ //
Divyāv, 14, 15.1 manuṣyāṇāṃ sabhāgatāyāmupapanna iti paśyati //
Divyāv, 15, 4.0 tena khalu samayena buddho bhagavān pratisaṃlīno 'bhūt athānyatamo bhikṣuḥ sāyāhnasamaye keśanakhastūpe sarvāṅgaiḥ praṇipatya tathāgatamākārataḥ samanusmaraṃścittamabhiprasādayati ityapi sa bhagavāṃstathāgato 'rhan samyaksambuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavāniti //
Divyāv, 16, 33.0 tatastāvat ṣaṭsu kāmāvacareṣu deveṣu sattvā vyapasaṃsṛtya paścime bhave paścime nikete paścime ātmabhāvapratilambhe manuṣyapratilābhaṃ labdhvā pratyekāṃ bodhimabhisaṃbhotsyete dharmaśca sudharmaśca pratyekabuddhau bhaviṣyataḥ //
Divyāv, 17, 7.1 citro jambudvīpaḥ madhuraṃ jīvitaṃ manuṣyāṇām //
Divyāv, 17, 13.1 citro jambudvīpaḥ madhuraṃ jīvitaṃ manuṣyāṇām //
Divyāv, 17, 28.1 vaistārikaṃ ca te brahmacaryaṃ cariṣyanti bāhujanyaṃ pṛthubhūtam yāvaddevamanuṣyebhyaḥ samyaksaṃprakāśitam //
Divyāv, 17, 30.1 vaistārikaṃ ca te brahmacaryaṃ bāhujanyaṃ pṛthubhūtam yāvaddevamanuṣyebhyaḥ samyaksaṃprakāśitam //
Divyāv, 17, 109.1 etarhi vā me 'tyayādye te dharmā dṛṣṭadharmahitāya saṃvartante dṛṣṭadharmasukhāya saṃparāyahitāya saṃparāyasukhāya te bhikṣubhirudgṛhya paryavāpya tathā tathā dhārayitavyā vācayitavyā grāhayitavyā yathaiva tatra brahmacaryaṃ cirasthitikaṃ syādbahujanyaṃ pṛthubhūtam yāvaddevamanuṣyebhyaḥ samyaksaṃprakāśitam //
Divyāv, 17, 110.1 etarhi bhikṣavo dharmā dṛṣṭadharmahitāya saṃvartante dṛṣṭadharmasukhāya saṃparāyahitāya saṃparāyasukhāya ye bhikṣubhirudgṛhya paryavāpya tathā tathā dhārayitavyā grāhayitavyā vācayitavyā yathaitadbrahmacaryaṃ cirasthitikaṃ syādbahujanyaṃ pṛthubhūtam yāvaddevamanuṣyebhyaḥ samyaksaṃprakāśitam //
Divyāv, 17, 112.1 ime te bhikṣavo dharmā dṛṣṭadharmahitāya saṃvartante dṛṣṭadharmasukhāya saṃparāyahitāya saṃparāyasukhāya bhikṣubhirudgṛhya paryavāpya tathā tathā dhārayitavyā grāhayitavyā vācayitavyā yathaitadbrahmacaryaṃ cirasthitikaṃ syādbahujanyaṃ pṛthubhūtam yāvaddevamanuṣyebhyaḥ samyaksaṃprakāśitam //
Divyāv, 17, 186.1 sa kathayati mama manuṣyāḥ paṭṭaṃ bandhiṣyanti yadi dharmeṇa rājyaṃ prāpsyate amanuṣyāḥ paṭṭaṃ bandhantu //
Divyāv, 17, 213.1 yato rājñā abhihitaṃ kimete manuṣyāḥ kurvanti tatastairamātyai rājā abhihita ete deva manuṣyāḥ sasyādīni kṛṣanti tata oṣadhayo bhaviṣyanti //
Divyāv, 17, 213.1 yato rājñā abhihitaṃ kimete manuṣyāḥ kurvanti tatastairamātyai rājā abhihita ete deva manuṣyāḥ sasyādīni kṛṣanti tata oṣadhayo bhaviṣyanti //
Divyāv, 17, 214.1 yataśca sa rājā kathayati mama rājye manuṣyāḥ kṛṣiṣyanti tatastenoktam saptāviṃśatibījajātīnāṃ devo varṣatu //
Divyāv, 17, 217.1 yataste manuṣyāḥ karpāsavāṭānārabdhā māpayitum bhūyo 'pi ca rājñā mūrdhātena janapadānanusaṃsārya tena pṛṣṭāḥ //
Divyāv, 17, 218.1 tato rājñā abhihitam kimete manuṣyāḥ kurvanti tairamātyairabhihitam deva manuṣyāḥ karpāsavāṭān māpayanti //
Divyāv, 17, 218.1 tato rājñā abhihitam kimete manuṣyāḥ kurvanti tairamātyairabhihitam deva manuṣyāḥ karpāsavāṭān māpayanti //
Divyāv, 17, 220.1 tato rājñā tenoktam mama rājye manuṣyāḥ karpāsavāṭān māpayiṣyantīti karpāsameva devo varṣatu //
Divyāv, 17, 225.1 sa rājā kathayati kimete manuṣyāḥ kurvanti tairamātyairabhihitaṃ deva sūtreṇa prayojanam //
Divyāv, 17, 226.1 tato rājñā abhihitam mama rājye manuṣyāḥ kartiṣyanti sūtrameva devo varṣatu //
Divyāv, 17, 230.1 sa rājā kathayati kimete manuṣyāḥ kurvanti tairamātyairabhihitam deva vastrāṇi vāpayanti vastraiḥ prayojanam //
Divyāv, 17, 231.1 yato rājā saṃlakṣayati mama rājye manuṣyā vastrāṇi vāpayiṣyante vastrāṇyeva devo varṣatu //
Divyāv, 17, 234.1 yataḥ sa rājā saṃlakṣayati manuṣyā mama puṇyānāṃ prabhāvaṃ na jānanti //
Divyāv, 17, 236.1 asti me jambudvīpa ṛddhaśca sphītaśca kṣemaśca subhikṣaśca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaśca //
Divyāv, 17, 247.1 sa rājñā mūrdhātenokto 'sti kiṃcidanyadvīpe nājñāpitam yadvayamājñāpayema yataḥ paścāddivaukasenābhihito 'sti deva pūrvavideho nāma dvīpaḥ ṛddhaśca sphītaśca kṣemaśca subhikṣaśca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaḥ //
Divyāv, 17, 249.1 atha rājño mūrdhātasyaitadabhavat asti me jambudvīpa ṛddhaśca sphītaśca kṣemaśca subhikṣaśca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaśca //
Divyāv, 17, 260.1 bhūyaḥ sa rājā divaukasam yakṣamāmantrayati asti divaukasa kiṃcidanyadvīpo nājñāpitam divaukasa āha asti deva aparagodānīyaṃ nāma dvīpam ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca //
Divyāv, 17, 262.1 atha rājño mūrdhātasyaitadabhavat asti me jambudvīpa ṛddhaśca sphītaśca kṣemaśca subhikṣaśca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaśca //
Divyāv, 17, 266.1 śrūyate aparagodānīyaṃ nāma dvīpam ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca //
Divyāv, 17, 274.1 kiṃcāpi te manuṣyā amamā aparigrahāḥ //
Divyāv, 17, 276.1 atha rājño māndhātasyaitadabhavat asti me jambudvīpam ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca //
Divyāv, 17, 281.1 kiṃcāpi te manuṣyā amamā aparigrahāḥ //
Divyāv, 17, 286.1 ete devottarakauravāṇāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ kalpadūṣyavṛkṣāḥ yata uttarakauravā manuṣyāḥ kalpadūṣyāṇi prāvṛṇvanti //
Divyāv, 17, 286.1 ete devottarakauravāṇāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ kalpadūṣyavṛkṣāḥ yata uttarakauravā manuṣyāḥ kalpadūṣyāṇi prāvṛṇvanti //
Divyāv, 17, 289.1 ete grāmaṇya uttarakauravāṇāṃ mānuṣyāṇāṃ kalpadūṣyavṛkṣā yata uttarakauravā manuṣyāḥ kalpadūṣyāṇi prāvaranti //
Divyāv, 17, 291.1 adrākṣīdrājā māndhātā sumerupārśvenānuyāyañ śvetaśvetaṃ pṛthivīpradeśaṃ dṛṣṭvā ca punar divaukasaṃ yakṣaṃ āmantrayate kimetaddivaukasa śvetaśvetaṃ pṛthivīpradeśam etaddeva uttarakauravakāṇāṃ manuṣyāṇām akṛṣṭoptaṃ taṇḍulaphalaśālim yata uttarakauravakā manuṣyā akṛṣṭoptaṃ taṇḍulaphalaśāliṃ paribhuñjanti //
Divyāv, 17, 291.1 adrākṣīdrājā māndhātā sumerupārśvenānuyāyañ śvetaśvetaṃ pṛthivīpradeśaṃ dṛṣṭvā ca punar divaukasaṃ yakṣaṃ āmantrayate kimetaddivaukasa śvetaśvetaṃ pṛthivīpradeśam etaddeva uttarakauravakāṇāṃ manuṣyāṇām akṛṣṭoptaṃ taṇḍulaphalaśālim yata uttarakauravakā manuṣyā akṛṣṭoptaṃ taṇḍulaphalaśāliṃ paribhuñjanti //
Divyāv, 17, 300.1 atha rājño mūrdhātasyaitadabhavat asti me jambudvīpam ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca //
Divyāv, 17, 354.1 mālādhārairdevaiste pṛṣṭāḥ kiṃ bhavanto dhāvatas te kathayanti eṣa manuṣyarājā āgacchati //
Divyāv, 17, 361.1 sadāmattairdevaiḥ pṛṣṭāḥ kiṃ bhavanto dhāvatas tair nāgaiḥ karoṭapāṇyādibhiśca devairabhihitā eṣa manuṣyarājā āgacchati //
Divyāv, 17, 368.1 tairuktaṃ kimetadbhavanto dhāvato yato nāgādibhirdevairagrato 'nuyāyibhirabhihitā eṣa manuṣyarājā āgacchati //
Divyāv, 17, 372.1 tatastaiścaturbhirmahārājais trāyastriṃśānāmārocitam eṣa bhavanto manuṣyarājā mūrdhāta āgacchati //
Divyāv, 17, 384.1 dṛṣṭvā ca punardivaukasam yakṣamāmantrayate kimetaddivaukasa śvetaśvetamabhrakūṭamivonnatam eṣā deva devānāṃ trāyastriṃśānāṃ sudharmā nāma devasabhā yatra devāstrāyastriṃśāścatvāraśca mahārājānaḥ saṃniṣaṇṇāḥ saṃnipatitā devānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ cārthaṃ ca dharmaṃ ca cintayanti tulayanti upaparīkṣyanti //
Divyāv, 17, 387.1 eṣā trāyastriṃśānāṃ sudharmā nāma devasabhā yatra devāstrāyastriṃśāścatvāraśca mahārājānaḥ saṃniṣaṇṇāḥ saṃnipatitā devānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ cārthaṃ ca dharmaṃ ca cintayanti tulayanti upaparīkṣyanti //
Divyāv, 17, 448.1 paścāt te 'surāḥ kathayanti ka eṣo 'smākamuparivihāyasamabhyudgato yatastaiḥ śrutaṃ manuṣyarājā eṣa mūrdhāto nāma //
Divyāv, 17, 454.1 aho batāhaṃ śakraṃ devānāmindramasmāt sthānāccyāvayitvā svayameva devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca rājyaiśvaryādhipatyaṃ kārayeyam //
Divyāv, 17, 468.1 śakrasya bhikṣavo devānāmindrasyāyuṣaḥ pramāṇam yanmanuṣyāṇāṃ varṣamekaṃ devānāṃ trāyastriṃśānāmekarātriṃdivasam //
Divyāv, 17, 472.1 yasmin khalvānanda samaye rājño mūrdhātasyaivaṃvidhaṃ cittamutpannam yannvahaṃ śakraṃ devānāmindramasmāt sthānāccyāvayitvā svayameva devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca rājyaiśvaryādhipatyaṃ kārayeyaṃ kāśyapaḥ samyaksambuddhastena kālena tena samayena śakro devānāmindro babhūva //
Divyāv, 17, 482.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani sarvābhibhūr nāma tathāgato 'rhaṃl loka utpanno vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān //
Divyāv, 17, 511.1 sacedbhikṣavaḥ sa mudgaḥ pātre patito 'bhaviṣyanna bhūmau sthānametadvidyate yaddeveṣu ca manuṣyeṣu ca rājyaiśvaryādhipatyaṃ kāritamabhaviṣyat //
Divyāv, 18, 7.1 yato karṇadhāra udghoṣayituṃ pravṛttaḥ śṛṇvantu bhavanto jambudvīpakā manuṣyāḥ santyasmin mahāsamudre evaṃvidhāni ratnāni tadyathā maṇayo muktā vaiḍūryaśaṅkhaśilā pravālo rajataṃ jātarūpamaśmagarbho musāragalvo lohitikā dakṣiṇāvartāḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 10.1 yatastadvahanam atiprabhūtairmanuṣyairatibhāreṇa ca ākrāntatvāt tatraivāvasīdati //
Divyāv, 18, 14.1 tataḥ sa udghoṣayituṃ pravṛttaḥ śṛṇvantu bhavanto jambudvīpakā manuṣyāḥ santyasmin mahāsamudre imāni evaṃrūpāṇi mahānti mahābhayāni tadyathā timibhayaṃ timiṃgilabhayamūrmibhayaṃ kūrmabhayaṃ sthale utsīdanabhayaṃ jale saṃsīdanabhayamantarjalagatānāṃ parvatānāmāghaṭṭanabhayaṃ kālikāvātabhayam //
Divyāv, 18, 203.1 yatastena saṃlakṣitaṃ nāyaṃ manuṣyo manuṣyavikāraḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 203.1 yatastena saṃlakṣitaṃ nāyaṃ manuṣyo manuṣyavikāraḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 223.1 kiṃ bhagavan manuṣyo 'thavāmanuṣyo bhagavatābhihitaṃ gṛhapate bhikṣuḥ sa dharmarucir nāmnā //
Divyāv, 18, 223.1 kiṃ bhagavan manuṣyo 'thavāmanuṣyo bhagavatābhihitaṃ gṛhapate bhikṣuḥ sa dharmarucir nāmnā //
Divyāv, 18, 274.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'tīte 'dhvani prathame 'saṃkhyeye kṣemaṃkaro nāma tathāgato loka utpanno vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
Divyāv, 18, 358.1 dvitīye dīpaṃkaro nāma samyaksambuddho loka utpanno vidyācaraṇasamyaksambuddhaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
Divyāv, 18, 360.1 dīpāvatyāṃ rājadhānyāṃ dīpo nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca //
Divyāv, 18, 501.1 tasmādapyarvāk tṛtīye 'saṃkhyeye krakucchando nāma samyaksambuddho loka utpanno vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān //
Divyāv, 18, 518.1 kleśairatīva bādhye priyatāṃ mamotpādya manuṣyānveṣaṇaṃ kuru yo 'bhyantara eva syānna ca śaṅkanīyo janasya //
Divyāv, 18, 519.1 vṛddhā kathayati neha gṛhe tathāvidho manuṣyaḥ saṃvidyate nāpi praṇayavān kaścit praviśati yo janasyāśaṅkanīyo bhavet //
Divyāv, 18, 520.1 katamaḥ sa manuṣyo bhaviṣyati yasyāhaṃ vakṣyāmi tataḥ sā vaṇikpatnī tasyā vṛddhāyāḥ kathayati yadyanyo manuṣya evaṃvidhopakramayukto nāsty eṣa eva me putro bhavati naiṣa lokasya śaṅkanīyo bhaviṣyati //
Divyāv, 18, 520.1 katamaḥ sa manuṣyo bhaviṣyati yasyāhaṃ vakṣyāmi tataḥ sā vaṇikpatnī tasyā vṛddhāyāḥ kathayati yadyanyo manuṣya evaṃvidhopakramayukto nāsty eṣa eva me putro bhavati naiṣa lokasya śaṅkanīyo bhaviṣyati //
Divyāv, 18, 521.1 tasyāstayā vṛddhayā abhihitaṃ kathaṃ nu putreṇa sārdhaṃ ratikrīḍāṃ gamiṣyasi yuktaṃ syādanyena manuṣyeṇa sārdhaṃ ratikrīḍāmanubhavitum //
Divyāv, 18, 522.1 tataḥ sā vaṇikpatnī kathayati yadyanyo 'bhyantaro manuṣyo na saṃvidyate bhavatu eṣa eva me putraḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 580.1 tataḥ sa dārakastena lekhavāhikamanuṣyeṇa sārdhaṃ tān maṇḍilakān gṛhya gataḥ pitṛsakāśam //
Divyāv, 19, 30.1 gehapate asti kaścit tvayā dṛṣṭo manuṣyabhūto divyamānuṣīṃ śriyaṃ pratyanubhavan yatkathayati mama śāsane pravrajiṣyatīti idaṃ satyam //
Divyāv, 19, 70.1 te nirmite cittamabhiprasādya tannarakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā devamanuṣyeṣu pratisaṃdhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti //
Divyāv, 19, 453.1 bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣava ekanavatikalpe vipaśyī nāma śāstā loka udapādi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksambuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān //
Divyāv, 19, 455.1 tena khalu samayena bandhumatyāṃ rājadhānyāṃ bandhumān nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca praśāntakalikalahaḍimbaḍamaraṃ taskararogāpagataṃ śālīkṣugomahiṣīsampannam //
Divyāv, 20, 6.1 bhagavataścāyamevaṃrūpo digvidikṣu udārakalyāṇakīrtiśabdaśloko 'bhyudgata ityapi sa bhagavāṃstathāgato 'rhan samyaksambuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān //
Divyāv, 20, 18.1 ṛddhā ca sphītā ca kṣemā ca subhikṣā ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyā ca ramaṇīyā ca //
Divyāv, 20, 20.1 aṣṭādaśa kulakoṭī ṛddhāni sphītāni kṣemāṇi subhikṣāṇyākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyāṇi //
Divyāv, 20, 21.1 saptapañcāśadgrāmakoṭya ṛddhāḥ sphītāḥ kṣemāḥ subhikṣā ramaṇīyā mahājanākīrṇamanuṣyāḥ //
Divyāv, 20, 22.1 ṣaṣṭiḥ karvaṭasahasrāṇyabhūvann ṛddhāni sphītāni kṣemāṇi subhikṣāṇyākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyāṇi //
Divyāv, 20, 28.1 sarvajāmbudvīpakān manuṣyān akārānagulmān muñceyamiti //
Divyāv, 20, 29.1 atha rājā kanakavarṇo gaṇakamahāmātrāmātyadauvārikapāriṣadyān āmantrayate adyāgreṇa vo grāmaṇyaḥ sarvavaṇijo 'śulkān muñcāmi sarvajāmbudvīpakān manuṣyān akārānaśulkān muñcāmi //
Divyāv, 20, 33.1 atha rājā kanakavarṇa idamevaṃrūpaṃ nirghoṣaṃ śrutvā aśrūṇi pravartayati aho bata me jāmbudvīpakā manuṣyāḥ aho bata me jambudvīpa ṛddhaḥ sphītaḥ kṣemaḥ subhikṣo ramaṇīyo bahujanākīrṇamanuṣyo nacirādeva śūnyo bhaviṣyati rahitamanuṣyaḥ //
Divyāv, 20, 33.1 atha rājā kanakavarṇa idamevaṃrūpaṃ nirghoṣaṃ śrutvā aśrūṇi pravartayati aho bata me jāmbudvīpakā manuṣyāḥ aho bata me jambudvīpa ṛddhaḥ sphītaḥ kṣemaḥ subhikṣo ramaṇīyo bahujanākīrṇamanuṣyo nacirādeva śūnyo bhaviṣyati rahitamanuṣyaḥ //
Divyāv, 20, 33.1 atha rājā kanakavarṇa idamevaṃrūpaṃ nirghoṣaṃ śrutvā aśrūṇi pravartayati aho bata me jāmbudvīpakā manuṣyāḥ aho bata me jambudvīpa ṛddhaḥ sphītaḥ kṣemaḥ subhikṣo ramaṇīyo bahujanākīrṇamanuṣyo nacirādeva śūnyo bhaviṣyati rahitamanuṣyaḥ //
Divyāv, 20, 37.1 ekaṃ koṣṭhāgāraṃ kārayitvā sarvajāmbudvīpakānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ samaṃ bhaktaṃ pratyarpayeyamiti //
Divyāv, 20, 42.1 atha rājā kanakavarṇaḥ saṃkhyāgaṇakalipikapauruṣeyānāmantrayitvā etadavocad gacchata yūyaṃ grāmaṇyaḥ sarvajāmbudvīpakān manuṣyān gaṇayata gaṇayitvā grāmaṇyaḥ sarvajāmbudvīpakānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ samaṃ bhaktaṃ prayacchata //
Divyāv, 20, 42.1 atha rājā kanakavarṇaḥ saṃkhyāgaṇakalipikapauruṣeyānāmantrayitvā etadavocad gacchata yūyaṃ grāmaṇyaḥ sarvajāmbudvīpakān manuṣyān gaṇayata gaṇayitvā grāmaṇyaḥ sarvajāmbudvīpakānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ samaṃ bhaktaṃ prayacchata //
Divyāv, 20, 43.1 paraṃ deveti saṃkhyāgaṇakalipikapauruṣeyā rājñaḥ kanakavarṇasya pratiśrutya sarvajāmbudvīpakān manuṣyān gaṇayanti saṃgaṇya rājānaṃ kanakavarṇamādau kṛtvā sarvajāmbudvīpakānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ samaṃ bhaktaṃ prajñapayanti //
Divyāv, 20, 43.1 paraṃ deveti saṃkhyāgaṇakalipikapauruṣeyā rājñaḥ kanakavarṇasya pratiśrutya sarvajāmbudvīpakān manuṣyān gaṇayanti saṃgaṇya rājānaṃ kanakavarṇamādau kṛtvā sarvajāmbudvīpakānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ samaṃ bhaktaṃ prajñapayanti //
Divyāv, 20, 85.1 anena kuśalamūlena sarvajāmbudvīpakānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ dāridryasamucchedaḥ syāt //
Harivaṃśa
HV, 24, 17.1 manuṣyaloke kṛtsne 'pi rūpe nāsti samo bhuvi /
HV, 27, 13.2 babhruḥ śreṣṭho manuṣyāṇāṃ devair devāvṛdhaḥ samaḥ //
Kirātārjunīya
Kir, 3, 40.1 yaśo 'dhigantuṃ sukhalipsayā vā manuṣyasaṃkhyām ativartituṃ vā /
Kir, 14, 41.2 manuṣyabhāve puruṣaṃ purātanaṃ sthitaṃ jalādarśa ivāṃśumālinam //
Kāmasūtra
KāSū, 5, 3, 6.1 manuṣyajāteścittānityatvāt //
Kātyāyanasmṛti
KātySmṛ, 1, 94.1 manuṣyamāraṇe steye paradārābhimarśane /
KātySmṛ, 1, 782.1 manuṣyāṇāṃ paśūnāṃ ca duḥkhāya prahate sati /
Kūrmapurāṇa
KūPur, 1, 7, 10.2 duḥkhotkaṭāḥ sattvayutā manuṣyāḥ parikīrtitāḥ //
KūPur, 1, 7, 38.1 tato devāsurapitṝn manuṣyāṃśca catuṣṭayam /
KūPur, 1, 7, 47.2 tato 'sya jajñire putrā manuṣyā rajasāvṛtāḥ //
KūPur, 1, 40, 24.2 pitṛdevamanuṣyādīn sa sadāpyāyayed raviḥ //
KūPur, 1, 41, 15.1 samaṃ bibharti tābhiḥ sa manuṣyapitṛdevatāḥ /
KūPur, 1, 41, 15.2 manuṣyānauṣadheneha svadhayā ca pitṝnapi /
KūPur, 2, 17, 15.1 duṣkṛtaṃ hi manuṣyasya sarvamanne vyavasthitam /
KūPur, 2, 17, 28.2 manuṣyairapyavaghrātaṃ kuṣṭhinā spṛṣṭameva ca //
KūPur, 2, 33, 1.2 manuṣyāṇāṃ tu haraṇaṃ kṛtvā strīṇāṃ gṛhasya ca /
Laṅkāvatārasūtra
LAS, 1, 1.7 tanme syāddīrgharātramarthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca /
LAS, 1, 44.47 atha khalu laṅkādhipatirbhagavatā kṛtāvakāśa utthāya tasmād raśmivimalaprabhād ratnapadmasadṛśād ratnaśikharāt sāpsarogaṇaparivṛto vividhairanekavidhairnānāprakāraiḥ puṣpamālyagandhadhūpavilepanachattradhvajapatākāhārārdhahārakirīṭamukuṭair anyaiśca adṛṣṭaśrutapūrvairābharaṇaviśeṣair viśiṣṭais tūryatālāvacarair devanāgayakṣarākṣasagandharvakiṃnaramahoragamanuṣyātikrāntaiḥ sarvakāmadhātuparyāpannān vādyabhāṇḍānabhinirmāya ye cānyeṣu buddhakṣetreṣu tūryaviśeṣā dṛṣṭāḥ tānabhinirmāya bhagavantaṃ bodhisattvāṃśca ratnajālenāvaṣṭabhya nānāvastrocchritapatākaṃ kṛtvā sapta tālān gagane'bhyudgamya mahāpūjāmeghānabhipravṛṣya tūryatālāvacarāṇi nirnādya tasmādgaganādavatīrya sūryavidyutprabhe dvitīye mahāratnapadmālaṃkṛtau ratnaśikhare niṣasāda /
LAS, 2, 152.4 bahujanahitāya tvaṃ mahāmate pratipanno bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca /
Liṅgapurāṇa
LiPur, 1, 59, 28.2 somo bibharti tābhistu manuṣyapitṛdevatāḥ //
LiPur, 1, 59, 29.1 manuṣyānauṣadheneha svadhayā ca pitṝnapi /
LiPur, 1, 61, 61.1 gatāgataṃ manuṣyeṇa jyotiṣāṃ māṃsacakṣuṣā /
LiPur, 1, 63, 44.1 tato manuṣyādhipatiṃ cakre vaivasvataṃ manum /
LiPur, 1, 69, 7.1 babhruḥ śreṣṭho manuṣyāṇāṃ devairdevāvṛdhaḥ samaḥ /
LiPur, 1, 70, 155.1 saṃvṛtā bahirantaś ca manuṣyāḥ sādhakāś ca te //
LiPur, 1, 70, 157.1 siddhātmāno manuṣyāste gandharvasahadharmiṇaḥ /
LiPur, 1, 70, 159.2 siddhātmāno manuṣyāstu ṛṣideveṣu kṛtsnaśaḥ //
LiPur, 1, 85, 147.2 staṃbhadīpamanuṣyāṇāmanyeṣāṃ prāṇināṃ tathā //
LiPur, 1, 85, 152.2 aśrīkaraṃ manuṣyāṇām aśuddhaṃ saṃspṛśedyadi //
LiPur, 1, 88, 69.2 ityevaṃ hi manuṣyādiḥ saṃsāraḥ sthāvarāntikaḥ //
LiPur, 1, 89, 26.2 yathā dvipa ivāraṇye manuṣyāṇāṃ vidhīyate //
LiPur, 2, 10, 41.2 manuṣyāśca pravartante devadevasya dhīmataḥ //
Matsyapurāṇa
MPur, 4, 55.3 devāsuramanuṣyādi tābhyaḥ sarvamabhūjjagat //
MPur, 17, 10.1 pānīyamapyatra tilairvimiśraṃ dadyātpitṛbhyaḥ prayato manuṣyaḥ /
MPur, 19, 9.2 manuṣyatve 'nnapānāni nānābhogarasaṃ bhavet //
MPur, 24, 37.1 devāsuramanuṣyāṇāmabhūtsa vijayī tadā /
MPur, 36, 9.1 aruntudaṃ puruṣaṃ tīvravācaṃ vākkaṇṭakair vitudantaṃ manuṣyān /
MPur, 37, 2.2 nāhaṃ devamanuṣyeṣu na gandharvamaharṣiṣu /
MPur, 39, 2.3 tathā svarge kṣīṇapuṇyaṃ manuṣyaṃ tyajanti sadyaḥ khecarā devasaṃghāḥ //
MPur, 39, 15.1 sa jāyamāno'tha gṛhītamātraḥ saṃjñāmadhiṣṭhāya tato manuṣyaḥ /
MPur, 43, 29.1 eṣa nāgaṃ manuṣyeṣu māhiṣmatyāṃ mahādyutiḥ /
MPur, 44, 58.2 babhruḥ śreṣṭho manuṣyāṇāṃ devairdevāvṛdhaḥ samaḥ //
MPur, 47, 27.1 ihotpannā manuṣyeṣu bādhante sarvamānavān /
MPur, 47, 33.2 punaḥ punarmanuṣyeṣu tannaḥ prabrūhi pṛcchatām //
MPur, 47, 51.1 hatā devamanuṣye sve pitṛbhiścaiva sarvaśaḥ /
MPur, 47, 235.2 manuṣyavadhyāste sarve brahmeti vyāharatprabhuḥ //
MPur, 52, 13.1 devatānāṃ pitṝṇāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca sarvadā /
MPur, 61, 6.1 tataḥ prabhṛti te devānmanuṣyānsaha jaṅgamān /
MPur, 92, 18.3 yathecchārūpadhārī ca manuṣyo'pyaparājitaḥ //
MPur, 92, 34.1 paśyedapīmānadhano'tibhaktyā spṛśenmanuṣyairapi dīyamānān /
MPur, 92, 35.1 duḥsvapnaṃ praśamamupaiti paṭhyamānaiḥ śailendrairbhavabhayabhedanairmanuṣyaiḥ /
MPur, 102, 17.1 manuṣyāṃstarpayedbhaktyā brahmaputrānṛṣīṃstathā /
MPur, 109, 17.1 ko hi devatvamāsādya manuṣyatvaṃ cikīrṣati /
MPur, 113, 5.2 teṣāṃ manuṣyatarkeṇa pramāṇāni pracakṣate //
MPur, 116, 24.1 yā hi sutāniva pāti manuṣyānyā ca yutā satataṃ himasaṃghaiḥ /
MPur, 126, 39.2 annena jīvantyaniśaṃ manuṣyāḥ sūryaḥ śritaṃ taddhi bibharti gobhiḥ //
MPur, 128, 22.2 saṃbibhrati hi tāḥ sarvā manuṣyāndevatāḥ pitṝn //
MPur, 128, 23.1 manuṣyānoṣadhībhiśca svadhayā ca pitṝnapi /
MPur, 141, 65.2 ete manuṣyāḥ pitaro māsaśrāddhabhujastu vai //
MPur, 141, 80.1 ete tu pitaro devā manuṣyāḥ pitaraśca ye /
MPur, 145, 4.1 manuṣyāṇāṃ paśūnāṃ ca pakṣiṇāṃ sthāvaraiḥ saha /
MPur, 145, 6.2 devāsuramanuṣyāśca yakṣagandharvarākṣasāḥ //
MPur, 145, 9.1 manuṣyā vartamānāstu yugasaṃdhyāṃśakeṣviha /
MPur, 154, 151.2 mānuṣācca sarīsṛpyāṃ manuṣyatvena jāyate //
MPur, 154, 169.1 manuṣyadevajātīnāṃ śubhāśubhanivedakam /
Nāradasmṛti
NāSmṛ, 1, 1, 2.1 naṣṭe dharme manuṣyeṣu vyavahāraḥ pravartate /
NāSmṛ, 1, 1, 20.2 kriyābhedān manuṣyāṇāṃ śataśākho nigadyate //
NāSmṛ, 1, 1, 59.2 manuṣyacittavaicitryāt parīkṣyā sādhvasādhutā //
NāSmṛ, 2, 1, 58.2 manuṣyaviṣaśastrāmbulavaṇāpūpavīrudhaḥ //
NāSmṛ, 2, 1, 168.1 manuṣyaviṣaśastrāmbulavaṇāpūpavīrudhām /
NāSmṛ, 2, 1, 196.1 satyaṃ devāḥ samāsena manuṣyās tv anṛtaṃ smṛtam /
NāSmṛ, 2, 1, 204.1 satyam ātmā manuṣyasya satye sarvaṃ pratiṣṭhitam /
NāSmṛ, 2, 12, 18.1 anyasyām yo manuṣyaḥ syād amanuṣyaḥ svayoṣiti /
NāSmṛ, 2, 15/16, 15.1 malā hy ete manuṣyeṣu dhanam eṣāṃ malātmakam /
NāSmṛ, 2, 20, 23.1 pracchannāni manuṣyāṇāṃ pāpāni sukṛtāni ca /
NāSmṛ, 2, 20, 29.1 toyamadhye manuṣyasya gṛhītvorū susaṃyataḥ //
Nāṭyaśāstra
NāṭŚ, 6, 64.1 atha raudro nāma krodhasthāyibhāvātmako rakṣodānavoddhatamanuṣyaprakṛtiḥ saṃgrāmahetukaḥ /
Pañcārthabhāṣya
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 1, 1, 39.1 tathā śiṣṭaprāmāṇyāt kāmitvād ajātatvāc ca manuṣyarūpī bhagavān brāhmaṇakāyam āsthāya kāyāvataraṇe avatīrṇa iti //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 1, 9, 196.0 iha manuṣyaloke deśo'yaṃ nāma mātāpitṛhetukaḥ aupacayikaḥ kāryapiṇḍaḥ śarīrākhyaḥ //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 1, 12, 10.0 yad etan nijaṃ buddhīndriyaṃ cakṣur anena cakṣuṣā anayā buddhyā manuṣyādīnāṃ mūtrapurīṣaṃ na draṣṭavyam //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 1, 21, 23.0 devamanuṣyatiryagyonīnāṃ dharmārthakāmamokṣacittānāṃ mantā bhavatīty arthaḥ //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 1, 26, 11.0 āha kiṃ parakṛteṣv api devamanuṣyatiryagyonirūpeṣv asya siddhasya prabhutvaṃ vibhutvaṃ cāsti neti //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 1, 42, 5.0 yasmād devamanuṣyatiryaktvena bhāvayati ca tānīśvaraḥ //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 2, 5, 26.0 tathā vyāpakāni bhūmyudakarasalakṣaṇāni kāraṇāni vyāpyaṃ devamanuṣyatiryagyoni tṛṇauṣadhivṛkṣagulmalatāvanaspatyādikāryam anekavidham ato nāparicchedadoṣaḥ //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 2, 11, 8.0 tatra devā iti ṛbhuṣu brahmādipiśācānteṣu manuṣyatiryagyonivarjaṃ sāmānyasaṃjñā //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 2, 13, 8.3 tuṣyanti ca pṛthak sarve te manuṣyāstathā tathā //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 2, 26, 6.0 devamanuṣyādīnāṃ sthānaśarīrendriyaviṣayādiṣu yā ratiḥ rañjanādhivāsanā tatsarvam antaradṛṣṭyā sarvamīśvarakṛtameva draṣṭavyamityetad bhagavatyabhyadhikatvaṃ śeṣeṣu ca puruṣeṣu nyūnatvaṃ jñātvā yuktaṃ vaktuṃ sarvabhūtadamanāya namaḥ //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 4, 3, 8.2 vāgeva hi manuṣyasya śrutamākhyāti bhāṣitā /
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 4, 10, 10.0 kutastarhi yuṣmadādibhir manuṣyamātraiḥ //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 5, 12, 10.0 manuṣyagaṇanayā triṃśaddivaso māsaḥ //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 5, 46, 26.0 devā manuṣyās tiryañcaḥ //
Suśrutasaṃhitā
Su, Sū., 1, 30.2 tatra paśumanuṣyavyālādayo jarāyujāḥ khagasarpasarīsṛpaprabhṛtayo 'ṇḍajāḥ kṛmikīṭapipīlikāprabhṛtayaḥ svedajāḥ indragopamaṇḍūkaprabhṛtaya udbhijjāḥ //
Su, Sū., 6, 3.1 kālo hi nāma bhagavān svayambhur anādimadhyanidhano 'tra rasavyāpatsampattī jīvitamaraṇe ca manuṣyāṇām āyatte /
Su, Sū., 32, 4.1 svebhyaḥ sthānebhyaḥ śarīraikadeśānām avasrastotkṣiptabhrāntāvakṣiptapatitavimuktanirgatāntargatagurulaghutvāni pravālavarṇavyaṅgaprādurbhāvo vāpyakasmāt sirāṇāṃ ca darśanaṃ lalāṭe nāsāvaṃśe vā piḍakotpattiḥ lalāṭe prabhātakāle svedaḥ netrarogādvinā vāśrupravṛttiḥ gomayacūrṇaprakāśasya vā rajaso darśanamuttamāṅge nilayanaṃ vā kapotakaṅkakākaprabhṛtīnāṃ mūtrapurīṣavṛddhir abhuñjānānāṃ tatpraṇāśo bhuñjānānāṃ vā stanamūlahṛdayoraḥsu ca śūlotpattayaḥ madhye śūnatvamanteṣu parimlāyitvaṃ viparyayo vā tathārdhāṅge śvayathuḥ śoṣo 'ṅgapakṣayor vā naṣṭahīnavikalavikṛtasvaratā vā vivarṇapuṣpaprādurbhāvo vā dantamukhanakhaśarīreṣu yasya vāpsu kaphapurīṣaretāṃsi nimajjanti yasya vā dṛṣṭimaṇḍale bhinnavikṛtāni rūpāṇyālokyante snehābhyaktakeśāṅga iva yo bhāti yaś ca durbalo bhaktadveṣātisārābhyāṃ pīḍyate kāsamānaś ca tṛṣṇābhibhūtaḥ kṣīṇaś chardibhaktadveṣayuktaḥ saphenapūyarudhirodvāmī hatasvaraḥ śūlābhipannaś ca manuṣyaḥ śūnakaracaraṇavadanaḥ kṣīṇo 'nnadveṣī srastapiṇḍikāṃsapāṇipādo jvarakāsābhibhūtaḥ yastu pūrvāhṇe bhuktam aparāhṇe chardayatyavidagdhamatisāryate vā jvarakāsābhibhūtaḥ sa śvāsānmriyate bastavadvilapan yaś ca bhūmau patati srastamuṣkaḥ stabdhameḍhro bhagnagrīvaḥ pranaṣṭamehanaś ca manuṣyaḥ prāgviśuṣyamāṇahṛdaya ārdraśarīraḥ yaś ca loṣṭaṃ loṣṭenābhihanti kāṣṭhaṃ kāṣṭhena tṛṇāni vā chinatti adharoṣṭhaṃ daśati uttaroṣṭhaṃ vā leḍhi āluñcati vā karṇau keśāṃś ca devadvijagurusuhṛdvaidyāṃś ca dveṣṭi yasya vakrānuvakragā grahā garhitasthānagatāḥ pīḍayanti janmarkṣaṃ vā yasyolkāśanibhyāmabhihanyate horā vā gṛhadāraśayanāsanayānavāhanamaṇiratnopakaraṇagarhitalakṣaṇanimittaprādurbhāvo veti //
Su, Sū., 32, 4.1 svebhyaḥ sthānebhyaḥ śarīraikadeśānām avasrastotkṣiptabhrāntāvakṣiptapatitavimuktanirgatāntargatagurulaghutvāni pravālavarṇavyaṅgaprādurbhāvo vāpyakasmāt sirāṇāṃ ca darśanaṃ lalāṭe nāsāvaṃśe vā piḍakotpattiḥ lalāṭe prabhātakāle svedaḥ netrarogādvinā vāśrupravṛttiḥ gomayacūrṇaprakāśasya vā rajaso darśanamuttamāṅge nilayanaṃ vā kapotakaṅkakākaprabhṛtīnāṃ mūtrapurīṣavṛddhir abhuñjānānāṃ tatpraṇāśo bhuñjānānāṃ vā stanamūlahṛdayoraḥsu ca śūlotpattayaḥ madhye śūnatvamanteṣu parimlāyitvaṃ viparyayo vā tathārdhāṅge śvayathuḥ śoṣo 'ṅgapakṣayor vā naṣṭahīnavikalavikṛtasvaratā vā vivarṇapuṣpaprādurbhāvo vā dantamukhanakhaśarīreṣu yasya vāpsu kaphapurīṣaretāṃsi nimajjanti yasya vā dṛṣṭimaṇḍale bhinnavikṛtāni rūpāṇyālokyante snehābhyaktakeśāṅga iva yo bhāti yaś ca durbalo bhaktadveṣātisārābhyāṃ pīḍyate kāsamānaś ca tṛṣṇābhibhūtaḥ kṣīṇaś chardibhaktadveṣayuktaḥ saphenapūyarudhirodvāmī hatasvaraḥ śūlābhipannaś ca manuṣyaḥ śūnakaracaraṇavadanaḥ kṣīṇo 'nnadveṣī srastapiṇḍikāṃsapāṇipādo jvarakāsābhibhūtaḥ yastu pūrvāhṇe bhuktam aparāhṇe chardayatyavidagdhamatisāryate vā jvarakāsābhibhūtaḥ sa śvāsānmriyate bastavadvilapan yaś ca bhūmau patati srastamuṣkaḥ stabdhameḍhro bhagnagrīvaḥ pranaṣṭamehanaś ca manuṣyaḥ prāgviśuṣyamāṇahṛdaya ārdraśarīraḥ yaś ca loṣṭaṃ loṣṭenābhihanti kāṣṭhaṃ kāṣṭhena tṛṇāni vā chinatti adharoṣṭhaṃ daśati uttaroṣṭhaṃ vā leḍhi āluñcati vā karṇau keśāṃś ca devadvijagurusuhṛdvaidyāṃś ca dveṣṭi yasya vakrānuvakragā grahā garhitasthānagatāḥ pīḍayanti janmarkṣaṃ vā yasyolkāśanibhyāmabhihanyate horā vā gṛhadāraśayanāsanayānavāhanamaṇiratnopakaraṇagarhitalakṣaṇanimittaprādurbhāvo veti //
Su, Sū., 35, 42.2 tatra bahūdakanimnonnatanadīvarṣagahano mṛduśītānilo bahumahāparvatavṛkṣo mṛdusukumāropacitaśarīramanuṣyaprāyaḥ kaphavātarogabhūyiṣṭhaś cānūpaḥ ākāśasamaḥ praviralālpakaṇṭakivṛkṣaprāyo 'lpavarṣaprasravaṇodapānodakaprāya uṣṇadāruṇavātaḥ praviralālpaśailaḥ sthirakṛśaśarīramanuṣyaprāyo vātapittarogabhūyiṣṭhaś ca jāṅgalaḥ ubhayadeśalakṣaṇaḥ sādhāraṇa iti //
Su, Sū., 35, 42.2 tatra bahūdakanimnonnatanadīvarṣagahano mṛduśītānilo bahumahāparvatavṛkṣo mṛdusukumāropacitaśarīramanuṣyaprāyaḥ kaphavātarogabhūyiṣṭhaś cānūpaḥ ākāśasamaḥ praviralālpakaṇṭakivṛkṣaprāyo 'lpavarṣaprasravaṇodapānodakaprāya uṣṇadāruṇavātaḥ praviralālpaśailaḥ sthirakṛśaśarīramanuṣyaprāyo vātapittarogabhūyiṣṭhaś ca jāṅgalaḥ ubhayadeśalakṣaṇaḥ sādhāraṇa iti //
Su, Sū., 46, 419.2 amlena kecidvihatā manuṣyā mādhuryayoge praṇayībhavanti /
Su, Śār., 4, 66.2 kiṃcideva vilapatyanibaddhaṃ mārutaprakṛtireṣa manuṣyaḥ //
Su, Śār., 4, 74.2 kleśakṣamo mānayitā gurūṇāṃ jñeyo balāsaprakṛtirmanuṣyaḥ //
Su, Śār., 6, 31.2 prāpyāmitavyasanamugramato manuṣyāḥ saṃchinnaśākhataruvannidhanaṃ na yānti //
Su, Cik., 3, 41.2 taruṇasya manuṣyasya śītair ālepayedbahiḥ //
Su, Cik., 3, 43.1 jīrṇasya tu manuṣyasya varjayeccalitān dvijān /
Su, Cik., 27, 3.1 pūrve vayasi madhye vā manuṣyasya rasāyanam /
Su, Cik., 28, 26.2 kuryurnāgabalaṃ cāpi manuṣyam amaropamam //
Su, Ka., 1, 18.2 iṅgitajño manuṣyāṇāṃ vākceṣṭāmukhavaikṛtaiḥ //
Su, Ka., 6, 24.2 anenāgadamukhyena manuṣyaṃ punarāharet //
Su, Ka., 6, 32.2 prasannavarṇendriyacittaceṣṭaṃ vaidyo 'vagacchedaviṣaṃ manuṣyam //
Su, Utt., 37, 14.2 devā manuṣyān prīṇanti tairyagyonīṃstathaiva ca //
Su, Utt., 39, 11.1 ṛte devamanuṣyebhyo nānyo viṣahate tu tam /
Su, Utt., 40, 18.2 lāghavaṃ ca manuṣyasya tasya pakvaṃ vinirdiśet //
Su, Utt., 42, 62.1 ūrdhvavātaṃ manuṣyaṃ ca gulminaṃ na nirūhayet /
Su, Utt., 46, 21.1 saṃnyastasaṃjño bhṛśaduścikitsyo jñeyastadā buddhimatā manuṣyaḥ /
Su, Utt., 48, 31.1 yā snehapītasya bhavecca tṛṣṇā tatroṣṇamambhaḥ prapibenmanuṣyaḥ /
Su, Utt., 60, 10.2 nṛtyan vai prahasati cāru cālpaśabdaṃ gandharvagrahaparipīḍito manuṣyaḥ //
Su, Utt., 60, 11.2 tejasvī vadati ca kiṃ dadāmi kasmai yo yakṣagrahaparipīḍito manuṣyaḥ //
Su, Utt., 60, 21.1 na te manuṣyaiḥ saha saṃviśanti na vā manuṣyān kvacidāviśanti /
Su, Utt., 60, 21.1 na te manuṣyaiḥ saha saṃviśanti na vā manuṣyān kvacidāviśanti /
Sāṃkhyakārikābhāṣya
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 1.2, 3.7 ādhibhautikaṃ caturvidhabhūtagrāmanimittaṃ manuṣyapaśumṛgapakṣisarīsṛpadaṃśamaśakayūkāmatkuṇamatsyamakaragrāhasthāvarebhyo jarāyujāṇḍajasvedajodbhijjebhyaḥ sakāśād upajāyate /
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 16.2, 1.11 devāḥ sukhena yuktā manuṣyā duḥkhena tiryañco mohena /
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 16.2, 1.19 manuṣyeṣu raja utkaṭaṃ bhavati sattvatamasī udāsīne tena te 'tyantaduḥkhinaḥ /
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 37.2, 1.3 devamanuṣyatiryagbuddhīndriyakarmendriyadvāreṇa sāntaḥkaraṇā buddhiḥ sādhayati sampādayati yasmāt tasmāt saiva ca viśinaṣṭi pradhānapuruṣayor viṣayavibhāgaṃ karoti pradhānapuruṣāntaraṃ nānātvam ityarthaḥ /
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 54.2, 1.8 tasmād duḥkhaprāyā manuṣyāḥ /
SKBh zu SāṃKār, 56.2, 1.6 devamanuṣyatiryagbhāvaṃ gatānāṃ vimokṣārtham ārambhaḥ /
Tantrākhyāyikā
TAkhy, 2, 156.1 daridrasya manuṣyasya prājñasya madhurasya ca /
TAkhy, 2, 277.2 bhāgyāni ṣaṭpada iva sthiracañcalāni nityaṃ manuṣyakusumeṣu paribhramanti //
TAkhy, 2, 325.1 priyakajātīyo 'haṃ manuṣyapriyaś cireṇākṣiṇī nimīlayāmi //
TAkhy, 2, 382.1 tat deva manuṣyasamparkāt priyakajātivaśāc ca mānuṣīṃ vācaṃ dadātīti saṃmānitaḥ //
Tattvavaiśāradī
Tattvavaiśāradī zu YS, 4, 1.1, 7.1 svargopabhogabhāgīyāt karmaṇo manuṣyajātīyācaritāt kutaścin nimittāl labdhaparipākāt kvacid devanikāye jātamātrasyaiva divyadehāntaritā siddhiraṇimādyā bhavatīti //
Tattvavaiśāradī zu YS, 4, 1.1, 9.1 manuṣyo hi kutaścinnimittād asurabhavanam upasaṃprāptaḥ kamanīyābhir asurakanyābhir upanītaṃ rasāyanam upayujyājarāmaraṇatvam anyāśca siddhīr āsādayati //
Vaikhānasadharmasūtra
VaikhDhS, 1, 4.4 dayāsatyaśaucācārayutaḥ svādhyāyatarpaṇābhyām ṛṣīn yajñabalihomajalapuṣpādyair devān śrāddhaiḥ putraiś ca pitṝn balinā bhūtān annādyair manuṣyāṃś ca nityam arcayet /
VaikhDhS, 1, 7.3 audumbaro 'kṛṣṭaphalāvāpyauṣadhibhojī mūlaphalāśī vāṇahiṅgulaśunamadhumatsyamāṃsapūtyannadhānyāmlaparasparśanaparapākavarjī devarṣipitṛmanuṣyapūjī vanacaro grāmabahiṣkṛtaḥ sāyaṃ prātar agnihotraṃ hutvā śrāmaṇakāgnihomaṃ vaiśvadevahomaṃ kurvaṃs tapaḥ samācarati /
VaikhDhS, 1, 11.18 purā prajāpatir upadeśagūhanārthaṃ visaragapakṣaṃ dṛṣṭavān taṃ dṛṣṭvā munayo 'pi mohaṃ jagmuḥ kiṃ punar manuṣyāḥ /
Vaiśeṣikasūtravṛtti
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 2, 2, 20, 1.0 tu prāpto manuṣya ityukte kimimaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ paśyeyamadṛṣṭamiti śravaṇamātrādeva saṃśayaḥ //
Viṣṇupurāṇa
ViPur, 1, 5, 1.3 manuṣyatiryagvṛkṣādīn bhūvyomasalilaukasaḥ //
ViPur, 1, 5, 18.2 prakāśā bahir antaś ca manuṣyāḥ sādhakās tu te //
ViPur, 1, 5, 30.1 tato devāsurapitṝn manuṣyāṃś ca catuṣṭayam /
ViPur, 1, 5, 37.2 rajomātrotkaṭā jātā manuṣyā dvijasattama //
ViPur, 1, 5, 39.1 jyotsnāgame tu balino manuṣyāḥ pitaras tathā /
ViPur, 1, 5, 57.2 devāsurapitṝn sṛṣṭvā manuṣyāṃś ca prajāpatiḥ //
ViPur, 1, 8, 34.1 devatiryaṅmanuṣyeṣu puṃnāmni bhagavān hariḥ /
ViPur, 1, 9, 142.1 devatve devadeheyaṃ manuṣyatve ca mānuṣī /
ViPur, 1, 15, 120.3 manuṣyāś copajīvanti yasya śilpaṃ mahātmanaḥ //
ViPur, 1, 17, 87.2 na manuṣyair na paśubhir doṣair naivātmasaṃbhavaiḥ //
ViPur, 1, 19, 47.1 devā manuṣyāḥ paśavaḥ pakṣivṛkṣasarīsṛpāḥ /
ViPur, 1, 19, 67.2 piśācā rākṣasāś caiva manuṣyāḥ paśavas tathā //
ViPur, 1, 22, 17.2 manuṣyāṇāṃ ca sarpāṇāṃ nāgānāṃ cādhipās tu ye //
ViPur, 1, 22, 57.1 tato manuṣyāḥ paśavo mṛgapakṣisarīsṛpāḥ /
ViPur, 2, 3, 26.2 prāpsyāma dhanyāḥ khalu te manuṣyā ye bhārate nendriyaviprahīnāḥ //
ViPur, 2, 11, 21.1 pitṛdevamanuṣyādīnsa sadāpyāyayan prabhuḥ /
ViPur, 2, 11, 25.2 pitṛdevamanuṣyādīn evam āpyāyayatyasau //
ViPur, 2, 12, 15.1 vīrudhauṣadhiniṣpattyā manuṣyapaśukīṭakān /
ViPur, 3, 3, 6.1 vīryaṃ tejo balaṃ cālpaṃ manuṣyāṇāmavekṣya ca /
ViPur, 3, 7, 21.2 manasi kṛtajanārdanaṃ manuṣyaṃ satatamavaihi hareratīva bhaktam //
ViPur, 3, 8, 15.2 yo manuṣyo manuṣyendra toṣyate tena keśavaḥ //
ViPur, 3, 8, 15.2 yo manuṣyo manuṣyendra toṣyate tena keśavaḥ //
ViPur, 3, 11, 24.2 dhane yato manuṣyāṇāṃ yatetāto dhanārjane //
ViPur, 3, 11, 38.2 yaddattvā prīṇayedetanmanuṣyaḥ sakalaṃ jagat /
ViPur, 3, 11, 51.1 devā manuṣyāḥ paśavo vayāṃsi siddhāḥ sayakṣoragadaityasaṅghāḥ /
ViPur, 3, 14, 14.1 pānīyam apyatra tilairvimiśraṃ dadyātpitṛbhyaḥ prayato manuṣyaḥ /
ViPur, 3, 14, 16.2 dattaṃ jalānnaṃ pradadāti tṛptiṃ varṣāyutaṃ tatkulajairmanuṣyaiḥ //
ViPur, 3, 17, 30.1 tiryaṅmanuṣyadevādivyomaśabdādikaṃ ca yat /
ViPur, 4, 11, 2.0 yatrāśeṣalokanivāso manuṣyasiddhagandharvayakṣarākṣasaguhyakakiṃpuruṣāpsaroragavihagadaityadānavādityarudravasvaśvimaruddevarṣibhir mumukṣibhir dharmārthakāmamokṣārthibhiś ca tattatphalalābhāya sadābhiṣṭuto 'paricchedyamāhātmyāṃśena bhagavān anādinidhano viṣṇur avatatāra //
ViPur, 4, 13, 5.2 babhruḥ śreṣṭho manuṣyāṇāṃ devair devāvṛdhaḥ samaḥ //
ViPur, 4, 15, 47.2 te cotpannā manuṣyeṣu janopadravakāriṇaḥ //
ViPur, 4, 24, 100.1 teṣāṃ ca bījabhūtānām aśeṣamanuṣyāṇāṃ pariṇatānām api tatkālakṛtāpatyaprasūtir bhaviṣyati //
ViPur, 5, 2, 17.1 manuṣyāḥ paśavaścānye ye ca jīvā yaśasvini /
ViPur, 5, 7, 39.1 manuṣyalīlāṃ bhagavanbhajatā bhavatā surāḥ /
ViPur, 5, 9, 7.1 manuṣyadharmābhiratau mānayantau manuṣyatām /
ViPur, 5, 9, 7.1 manuṣyadharmābhiratau mānayantau manuṣyatām /
ViPur, 5, 17, 11.2 kartuṃ manuṣyatāṃ prāptaḥ svecchādehadhṛgavyayaḥ //
ViPur, 5, 18, 45.2 rāmakṛṣṇau yathāpūrvaṃ manuṣyavapuṣānvitau //
ViPur, 5, 20, 89.2 sa koṣṭhotsaṅgaśayano manuṣyājjāyate katham //
ViPur, 5, 22, 14.1 manuṣyadharmaśīlasya līlā sā jagataḥ pateḥ /
ViPur, 5, 22, 16.1 tathāpi ye manuṣyāṇāṃ dharmāstadanuvartanam /
ViPur, 5, 22, 18.1 manuṣyadehināṃ ceṣṭāmityevamanuvartataḥ /
ViPur, 5, 23, 34.2 siddhāścāpsarasastvatto manuṣyāḥ paśavaḥ khagāḥ //
ViPur, 5, 29, 3.1 tvayā nāthena devānāṃ manuṣyatve 'pi tiṣṭhatā /
ViPur, 5, 30, 17.1 brahmādyāḥ sakalā devā manuṣyāḥ paśavastathā /
ViPur, 5, 32, 20.3 manuṣyāṃścābhilikhyāsyai citralekhā vyadarśayat //
ViPur, 5, 32, 21.2 manuṣyeṣu dadau dṛṣṭiṃ teṣvapyandhakavṛṣṇiṣu //
ViPur, 5, 33, 42.1 devatiryaṅmanuṣyeṣu śarīragrahaṇātmikā /
ViPur, 5, 35, 25.1 dhiṅ manuṣyaśatocchiṣṭe tuṣṭireṣāṃ nṛpāsane /
ViPur, 5, 37, 24.1 manuṣyadehamutsṛjya saṃkarṣaṇasahāyavān /
ViPur, 5, 38, 56.2 devā manuṣyāḥ paśavas taravaḥ sasarīsṛpāḥ //
ViPur, 6, 1, 41.2 navāṣṭadaśavarṣāṇāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ tathā kalau //
ViPur, 6, 5, 7.1 mṛgapakṣimanuṣyādyaiḥ piśācoragarākṣasaiḥ /
ViPur, 6, 7, 28.1 mana eva manuṣyāṇāṃ kāraṇaṃ bandhamokṣayoḥ /
ViPur, 6, 7, 57.2 manuṣyāḥ paśavaḥ śailāḥ samudrāḥ sarito drumāḥ //
ViPur, 6, 7, 71.2 devatiryaṅmanuṣyādiceṣṭāvanti svalīlayā //
ViPur, 6, 8, 24.2 brāhmaṇādyair manuṣyaiś ca tathaiva paśubhir mṛgaiḥ //
ViPur, 6, 8, 52.1 pitṛyakṣamanuṣyebhyaḥ samastāmarasaṃstutiḥ /
Viṣṇusmṛti
ViSmṛ, 44, 9.1 kṛtamalinīkaraṇakarmaṇāṃ manuṣyeṣv aspṛśyayonayaḥ //
ViSmṛ, 52, 6.1 manuṣyastrīkūpakṣetravāpīnām apahāre cāndrāyaṇam //
ViSmṛ, 67, 42.1 devān pitṝn manuṣyāṃśca bhṛtyān gṛhyāśca devatāḥ /
Yogasūtrabhāṣya
YSBhā zu YS, 2, 12.1, 4.1 yathā tīvrakleśena bhītavyādhitakṛpaṇeṣu viśvāsopagateṣu vā mahānubhāveṣu vā tapasviṣu kṛtaḥ punaḥ punar apakāraḥ sa cāpi pāpakarmāśayaḥ sadya eva paripacyate yathā nandīśvaraḥ kumāro manuṣyapariṇāmaṃ hitvā devatvena pariṇataḥ tathā nahuṣo 'pi devānām indraḥ svakaṃ pariṇāmaṃ hitvā tiryaktvena pariṇata iti //
YSBhā zu YS, 3, 44.1, 10.1 ubhaye devamanuṣyāḥ samūhasya devā eko bhāgo manuṣyā dvitīyo bhāgaḥ //
YSBhā zu YS, 3, 44.1, 10.1 ubhaye devamanuṣyāḥ samūhasya devā eko bhāgo manuṣyā dvitīyo bhāgaḥ //
YSBhā zu YS, 4, 8.1, 4.1 na hi daivaṃ karma vipacyamānaṃ nārakatiryaṅmanuṣyavāsanābhivyaktinimittaṃ sambhavati //
YSBhā zu YS, 4, 8.1, 6.1 nārakatiryaṅmanuṣyeṣu caivaṃ samānaścarcaḥ //
Yājñavalkyasmṛti
YāSmṛ, 1, 102.2 bhūtapitramarabrahmamanuṣyāṇāṃ mahāmakhāḥ //
YāSmṛ, 1, 104.1 annaṃ pitṛmanuṣyebhyo deyam apy anvahaṃ jalam /
YāSmṛ, 1, 269.2 prīṇayanti manuṣyāṇāṃ pitṝn śrāddhena tarpitāḥ //
YāSmṛ, 3, 36.1 phalopalakṣaumasomamanuṣyāpūpavīrudhaḥ /
YāSmṛ, 3, 138.2 sa rājaso manuṣyeṣu mṛto janmādhigacchati //
YāSmṛ, 3, 230.1 aśvaratnamanuṣyastrībhūdhenuharaṇaṃ tathā /
Śatakatraya
ŚTr, 1, 13.2 te martyaloke bhuvi bhārabhūtā manuṣyarūpeṇa mṛgāś caranti //
ŚTr, 1, 86.1 ālasyaṃ hi manuṣyāṇāṃ śarīrastho mahān ripuḥ /
ŚTr, 2, 75.2 kintu bravīmi balināṃ purataḥ prasahya kandarpadarpadalane viralā manuṣyāḥ //
ŚTr, 3, 25.2 sthānāni kiṃ himavataḥ pralayaṃ gatāni yat sāvamānaparapiṇḍaratā manuṣyāḥ //
ŚTr, 3, 38.2 vāmākṣīṇām avajñāvihasitavasatir vṛddhabhāvo 'nyasādhuḥ saṃsāre re manuṣyā vadata yadi sukhaṃ svalpam apyasti kiṃcit //
Śikṣāsamuccaya
ŚiSam, 1, 11.1 durlabhāṣṭākṣaṇanirvṛttir durlabho manuṣyapratilambho durlabhā kṣaṇasaṃpadviśuddhir durlabho buddhotpādo durlabhāvikalendriyatā /
ŚiSam, 1, 11.6 durlabhaḥ saddharme tadanukūlaḥ prayatno manuṣyaloke iti //
ŚiSam, 1, 42.1 aśrāddhasya manuṣyasya śuklo dharmo na rohati /
Bhāgavatapurāṇa
BhāgPur, 2, 3, 1.3 nṛṇāṃ yan mriyamāṇānāṃ manuṣyeṣu manīṣiṇām //
BhāgPur, 2, 6, 29.2 pitaro vibudhā daityā manuṣyāḥ kratubhirvibhum //
BhāgPur, 3, 9, 19.1 tiryaṅmanuṣyavibudhādiṣu jīvayoniṣv ātmecchayātmakṛtasetuparīpsayā yaḥ /
BhāgPur, 3, 11, 17.2 pitṛdevamanuṣyāṇām āyuḥ param idaṃ smṛtam /
BhāgPur, 4, 4, 19.2 yathā gatir devamanuṣyayoḥ pṛthak sva eva dharme na paraṃ kṣipet sthitaḥ //
BhāgPur, 4, 23, 39.2 bhagavati bhavasindhupotapāde sa ca nipuṇāṃ labhate ratiṃ manuṣyaḥ //
BhāgPur, 8, 6, 12.2 yogairmanuṣyā adhiyanti hi tvāṃ guṇeṣu buddhyā kavayo vadanti //
BhāgPur, 10, 1, 7.2 prayacchato mṛtyumutāmṛtaṃ ca māyāmanuṣyasya vadasva vidvan //
BhāgPur, 10, 2, 10.1 arciṣyanti manuṣyāstvāṃ sarvakāmavareśvarīm /
BhāgPur, 11, 3, 29.1 evaṃ kṛṣṇātmanātheṣu manuṣyeṣu ca sauhṛdam /
BhāgPur, 11, 5, 22.1 manuṣyās tu tadā śāntā nirvairāḥ suhṛdaḥ samāḥ /
BhāgPur, 11, 5, 49.2 māyāmanuṣyabhāvena gūḍhaiśvarye pare 'vyaye //
BhāgPur, 11, 6, 24.1 yāni te caritānīśa manuṣyāḥ sādhavaḥ kalau /
BhāgPur, 11, 12, 4.1 vidyādharā manuṣyeṣu vaiśyāḥ śūdrāḥ striyo 'ntyajāḥ /
BhāgPur, 11, 14, 5.2 manuṣyāḥ siddhagandharvāḥ savidyādharacāraṇāḥ //
BhāgPur, 11, 16, 17.2 tapatāṃ dyumatāṃ sūryaṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ ca bhūpatim //
BhāgPur, 11, 19, 24.1 evaṃ dharmair manuṣyāṇām uddhavātmanivedinām /
BhāgPur, 11, 20, 4.1 pitṛdevamanuṣyānāṃ vedaś cakṣus taveśvara /
Bhāratamañjarī
BhāMañj, 1, 219.2 tasminsarge manuṣyeṣu sambhūtā devadānavāḥ //
BhāMañj, 1, 426.2 yo hartā dyaurastu ciraṃ manuṣyo 'yaṃ bhaviṣyati //
BhāMañj, 1, 689.2 karṇe manuṣyaśaṅkāpi kasya nāmāśayaṃ spṛśet //
BhāMañj, 1, 964.2 bhaviṣyasi manuṣyādas trāsādityākulāśayaḥ //
BhāMañj, 6, 182.1 dhigdhiṅnṛpaṃ kṛpaṇaceṣṭa manuṣyasaṃjñaṃ bhīruṃ yudhiṣṭhiramalīkakṛtābhidhānam /
BhāMañj, 13, 764.1 dhanyā manuṣyāḥ saṃsāre yaiḥ svahastena bhujyate /
BhāMañj, 13, 768.1 manuṣyaḥ paripūrṇāṅgo vyādhivyasanavarjitaḥ /
BhāMañj, 13, 1022.1 janmanyante vivāhe ca manuṣyeṣu jvaraṃ tathā /
BhāMañj, 13, 1430.1 kathaṃ prāpyaṃ manuṣyeṇa brāhmaṇyamiti bhūbhujā /
BhāMañj, 14, 191.1 sa manuṣyagirā prāha janayañjanakautukam /
Devīkālottarāgama
DevīĀgama, 1, 56.1 brahmādibhirdevamanuṣyanāgair gandharvayakṣāpsarasāṃ gaṇaiśca /
Garuḍapurāṇa
GarPur, 1, 4, 26.2 rajomātrāṃ tanuṃ gṛhya manuṣyāstvabhavaṃstataḥ //
GarPur, 1, 5, 38.3 dhruvasyānvayasambhūto manuṣyastvaṃ bhaviṣyasi //
GarPur, 1, 50, 70.2 kṛtvā manuṣyayajñaṃ vai tataḥ svādhyāyamācaret //
GarPur, 1, 88, 7.2 avāpto 'si manuṣyarṣe bhūtebhyaśca dine dine //
GarPur, 1, 96, 13.1 bhūtapitramarabrahmamanuṣyāṇāṃ mahāmakhāḥ /
GarPur, 1, 96, 14.2 annaṃ pitṛmanuṣyebhyo deyamapyanvahaṃ jalam //
GarPur, 1, 109, 48.2 te śocanīyā iha jīvaloke manuṣyarūpeṇa mṛgāścaranti //
GarPur, 1, 110, 20.1 śatrorapatyāni priyaṃvadāni nopekṣitavyāni budhairmanuṣyaiḥ /
GarPur, 1, 111, 11.1 niḥśaṅkaṃ kiṃ manuṣyāḥ kuruta parahitaṃ yuktamagre hitaṃ yanmodadhvaṃ kāminībhirmadanaśarahatā mandamandātidṛṣṭyā /
GarPur, 1, 113, 32.1 prāptavyamarthaṃ labhate manuṣyo devo 'pi taṃ vārayituṃ na śaktaḥ /
GarPur, 1, 113, 43.1 daridrasya manuṣyasya prājñasya madhurasya ca /
GarPur, 1, 113, 62.2 sukhaṃ duḥkhaṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ cakravatparivartate //
GarPur, 1, 115, 33.1 yajjīvyate kṣaṇamapi prathitaṃ manuṣyairvijñānavikramayaśobhirabhagnamānaiḥ /
GarPur, 1, 115, 35.2 kiṃ tasya jīvitaphalena manuṣyaloke kāko 'pi jīvati ciraṃ ca baliṃ ca bhuṅkte //
GarPur, 1, 115, 53.1 brāhmaṇo 'pi manuṣyāṇāmādityaścaiva tejasām /
GarPur, 1, 115, 65.1 anarthitvānmanuṣyāṇāṃ bhiyā parijanasya ca /
Hitopadeśa
Hitop, 1, 170.3 karanihatakandukasamāḥ pātotpātā manuṣyāṇām //
Hitop, 2, 39.2 manuṣyajātau tulyāyāṃ bhṛtyatvam atigarhitam /
Hitop, 2, 43.2 yaj jīvyate kṣaṇam api prathitaṃ manuṣyair vijñānavikramayaśobhir abhajyamānam /
Hitop, 2, 44.3 kiṃ tasya jīvitaphalena manuṣyaloke kāko 'pi jīvati cirāya baliṃ ca bhuṅkte //
Hitop, 2, 58.2 āsannam eva nṛpatir bhajate manuṣyaṃ vidyāvihīnam akulīnam asaṃstutaṃ vā /
Hitop, 2, 82.2 bālo 'pi nāvamantavyo manuṣya iti bhūmipaḥ /
Hitop, 2, 90.8 tato nagarajanaiḥ sa manuṣyaḥ khādito dṛṣṭaḥ pratikṣaṇaṃ ghaṇṭāravaś ca śrūyate /
Hitop, 2, 90.9 anantaraṃ ghaṇṭākarṇaḥ kupito manuṣyān khādati ghaṇṭāṃ ca vādayatīty uktvā sarve janā nagarāt palāyitāḥ /
Hitop, 3, 53.3 adurgo 'nāśrayo rājā potacyutamanuṣyavat //
Hitop, 4, 87.1 saṃcintya saṃcintya tam ugradaṇḍaṃ mṛtyuṃ manuṣyasya vicakṣaṇasya /
Kathāsaritsāgara
KSS, 1, 1, 47.1 ekāntasukhino devā manuṣyā nityaduḥkhitāḥ /
KSS, 1, 6, 148.2 bhāṣātrayamidaṃ tyaktaṃ yanmanuṣyeṣu sambhavet //
KSS, 1, 7, 11.1 tacchrutvaiva manuṣyatvasulabhācāpalādbata /
KSS, 1, 7, 90.2 manuṣyavācā śyeno 'tha sa taṃ rājānamabravīt //
KSS, 1, 7, 113.1 so 'haṃ gataḥ punarihādya manuṣyabhāvaṃ śāpena śailaduhiturbata kāṇabhūte /
KSS, 3, 1, 84.1 asahaṃ tu manuṣyāṇāṃ tathā ca śrūyatāṃ kathā /
KSS, 3, 3, 120.2 divyā strī tu manuṣyeṇa kathamicchati saṃgamam //
KSS, 5, 3, 28.2 manuṣyavācā saṃlāpaṃ pattraughaiśchādito 'śṛṇot //
Kṛṣiparāśara
KṛṣiPar, 1, 6.2 devāsuramanuṣyāśca sarve cānnopajīvinaḥ //
Kṛṣṇāmṛtamahārṇava
KAM, 1, 84.1 re re manuṣyāḥ puruṣottamasya karau na kasmān mukulīkurudhve /
Mukundamālā
MukMā, 1, 31.1 āścaryametaddhi manuṣyaloke sudhāṃ parityajya viṣaṃ pibanti /
Narmamālā
KṣNarm, 1, 28.1 devanāgamanuṣyāṇāṃ nityanaimittikacchidaḥ /
Nāṭyaśāstravivṛti
NŚVi zu NāṭŚ, 6, 66.2, 12.0 atra vyācakṣate yuddhahetuka uddhatamanuṣyeṣu bhīmasenādiṣu rudhirapānādilakṣaṇaḥ //
NŚVi zu NāṭŚ, 6, 66.2, 20.0 tadanusāriṇi naṭe raudra āsvādyata iti manuṣyaprakṛtiḥ //
NŚVi zu NāṭŚ, 6, 66.2, 45.0 ayaṃ cātrāśayaḥ rakṣodānavoddhatamanuṣyā uddīpanahetubhir vināpi ceṣṭitamātraṃ yadapi kurvate narmagoṣṭhyādyapi ca tatra tāḍanādi pradhānam //
Parāśarasmṛtiṭīkā
Parāśarasmṛtiṭīkā zu ParDhSmṛti, 2, 7.2, 12.2 annena cānnasya manuṣyāṇāṃ ca manuṣyaiḥ rasānāṃ ca rasaiḥ gandhānāṃ ca gandhairvidyayā ca vidyānām //
Parāśarasmṛtiṭīkā zu ParDhSmṛti, 2, 7.2, 12.2 annena cānnasya manuṣyāṇāṃ ca manuṣyaiḥ rasānāṃ ca rasaiḥ gandhānāṃ ca gandhairvidyayā ca vidyānām //
Parāśarasmṛtiṭīkā zu ParDhSmṛti, 2, 15.2, 21.5 pañcānāṃ yajñānāmanuṣṭhānaṃ devapitṛmanuṣyabhūtabrahmaṇām eteṣām ca /
Parāśarasmṛtiṭīkā zu ParDhSmṛti, 2, 15.2, 674.3 nānuṣṭheyaṃ manuṣyaistaduktaṃ karma samācaret //
Rasamañjarī
RMañj, 10, 29.2 vṛddhiṃ naraḥ kāmapi yanna dṛṣṭvā jīvenmanuṣyaḥ sa hi saptamāsān //
Rasaprakāśasudhākara
RPSudh, 7, 19.2 dāhe kṛcchre dīpanaṃ pācanaṃ ca tasmātsevyaṃ sarvakālaṃ manuṣyaiḥ //
Rasaratnākara
RRĀ, Ras.kh., 1, 2.2 yasyāḥ siddhau manuṣyāṇāṃ jāyante sarvasiddhayaḥ //
Rasendracūḍāmaṇi
RCūM, 16, 48.1 valīpalitanirmuktaṃ manuṣyaṃ kurute dhruvam /
Rājanighaṇṭu
RājNigh, Pānīyādivarga, 134.2 āmaṃ madhu manuṣyāṇāṃ viṣavat tāpadāyakam //
RājNigh, Manuṣyādivargaḥ, 1.1 manuṣyā mānuṣā martyā manujā mānavā narāḥ /
Skandapurāṇa
SkPur, 4, 40.1 tatpūjitaṃ devamanuṣyasiddhai rakṣobhirugrairuragaiśca divyaiḥ /
SkPur, 5, 24.1 devādīnmanuṣyādīṃśca dṛṣṭvā dṛṣṭvā mahāmanāḥ /
SkPur, 25, 50.1 devāsuramanuṣyāṇāmāpyāyibhyo namo namaḥ /
Sphuṭārthāvyākhyā
Sphuṭārthāvyākhyā zu AbhidhKo, 1, 43.2, 7.0 vistaraḥ yadi prāptaviṣayaṃ cakṣuḥśrotraṃ kalpyeta divyaṃ cakṣuḥśrotramiha manuṣyeṣu dhyāyināṃ nopajāyeta //
Tantrāloka
TĀ, 16, 66.2 tato manuṣyatāmetya punarevaṃ karotyapi //
TĀ, 21, 34.2 manuṣyadehamapyeṣa tadaivāśu vimuñcati //
Toḍalatantra
ToḍalT, Saptamaḥ paṭalaḥ, 22.2 pramāṇaṃ kathitaṃ sarvaṃ manuṣyasya priyaṃvade //
Ānandakanda
ĀK, 1, 4, 224.1 manuṣyacikurāsthīni strīstanyena vimardayet /
ĀK, 1, 15, 306.2 hemākhyaṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ rasāyanam udāhṛtam //
ĀK, 1, 15, 523.1 somaḥ svayaṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ hitāyāvanimaṇḍalam /
Āyurvedadīpikā
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 1, 43.2, 5.0 yaditi yasmāt evamuktaṃ bhavati yadanye ṛgvedādayaḥ prāyaḥ paralokahitamevārthaṃ vadanti tena puṇyāḥ puṇyatamaścāyamāyurvedo yad yasmānmanuṣyāṇāmubhayorapi lokayor yaddhitam āyurārogyasādhanaṃ dharmasādhanaṃ ca tadvakṣyate tenātiśayena puṇyatamastathā vedavidāṃ ca pūjita iti //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 27, 3, 8.0 iha ca manuṣyasyaivādhikṛtatve 'pi sāmānyena sakalaprāṇiprāṇahetutayāhārakathanaṃ manuṣavyatirikte'pi prāṇinyāhārasya prāṇajanakatvopadarśanārtham //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 27, 63.1, 1.0 śarīradhātusāmānyāditi manuṣyamāṃsasamānatvāt //
Śukasaptati
Śusa, 5, 10.1 āsannameva nṛpatirbhajate manuṣyaṃ vidyāvihīnamakulīnamasaṃstutaṃ vā /
Bhāvaprakāśa
BhPr, 6, Karpūrādivarga, 37.1 viśeṣeṇa manuṣyāṇāṃ kanakaḥ parikīrtitaḥ /
Gokarṇapurāṇasāraḥ
GokPurS, 1, 50.1 surāsuramanuṣyāś ca brahmāṇaṃ śaraṇaṃ yayuḥ /
Haribhaktivilāsa
HBhVil, 3, 69.3 saṃkalpitārthapradam ādidevaṃ smṛtvā vrajen muktipadaṃ manuṣyaḥ //
HBhVil, 3, 338.2 manuṣyāṃs tarpayed bhaktyā ṛṣiputrān ṛṣīṃs tathā //
HBhVil, 4, 158.2 pitṛdevamanuṣyāṇāṃ kriyāyāṃ ca praśasyate //
HBhVil, 4, 182.2 yaccharīraṃ manuṣyāṇām ūrdhvapuṇḍraṃ vinā kṛtam /
HBhVil, 5, 214.2 surāsuramanuṣyaiś ca sthāvaraiḥ pannagair api //
HBhVil, 5, 424.2 tiṣṭhanti nityaṃ pitaro manuṣyās tīrthāni gaṅgādikapuṣkarāṇi /
Kaṭhāraṇyaka
KaṭhĀ, 2, 1, 124.0 yad vā idam manuṣyāṇāṃ cakṣuṣā prekṣeta pradahec cakṣur andhāḥ prajā jāyeran //
KaṭhĀ, 3, 4, 183.0 śuśrūṣeṇyāṃ manuṣyebhya iti manuṣyebhya evaināṃ śuśrūṣeṇyāṃ karoti //
KaṭhĀ, 3, 4, 183.0 śuśrūṣeṇyāṃ manuṣyebhya iti manuṣyebhya evaināṃ śuśrūṣeṇyāṃ karoti //
KaṭhĀ, 3, 4, 303.0 tejasvī brahmavarcasī manuṣyeṣu bhavati //
Mugdhāvabodhinī
MuA zu RHT, 1, 23.2, 6.3 sa buddhimānmanuṣyeṣu sa yuktaḥ kṛtsnakarmakṛt //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 23.2, 8.0 he pārtha sa pumān manuṣyeṣu buddhimān //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 30.2, 10.0 tadā vṛddho'kṣamaḥ paraṃ manuṣyaḥ muktiṃ kaivalyaṃ katham āpnuyāt na kathamapītyartho vayasyupaplavabhāvāt //
MuA zu RHT, 12, 4.2, 3.0 ūrṇā pratītā ṭaṅkaṇaṃ saubhāgyaṃ girijatu śilājatu karṇākṣimalaṃ manuṣyasya indragopako jīvaviśeṣaḥ karkaṭakaścakulīraḥ syātkulīraḥ karkaṭakaḥ ityamaraḥ etaiḥ //
Nāḍīparīkṣā
Nāḍīparīkṣā, 1, 52.2 tadā nūnaṃ manuṣyasya rudhirāpūritā malāḥ //
Rasārṇavakalpa
RAK, 1, 240.0 karṇe bandhaṃ manuṣyasya tṛtīyajvaranāśanam //
Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra
SDhPS, 1, 13.1 tena khalu punaḥ samayena tasyāṃ parṣadi bhikṣubhikṣuṇyupāsakopāsikā devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyāḥ saṃnipatitā abhūvan saṃniṣaṇṇāḥ rājānaśca maṇḍalino balacakravartinaś caturdvīpakacakravartinaśca //
SDhPS, 1, 31.1 tāsāṃ catasṛṇāṃ parṣadāṃ bhikṣubhikṣuṇyupāsakopāsikānāṃ bahūnāṃ ca devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyāṇām imamevaṃrūpaṃ bhagavato mahānimittaṃ prātihāryāvabhāsaṃ dṛṣṭvā āścaryaprāptānām adbhutaprāptānāṃ kautūhalaprāptānām etadabhavat kiṃ nu khalu vayamimamevaṃrūpaṃ bhagavato maharddhiprātihāryāvabhāsaṃ kṛtaṃ paripṛcchema //
SDhPS, 1, 94.1 anusmarāmyahaṃ kulaputrā atīte 'dhvani asaṃkhyeyaiḥ kalpairasaṃkhyeyatarair vipulairaprameyairacintyair aparimitairapramāṇaistataḥpareṇa parataraṃ yadāsīt tena kālena tena samayena candrasūryapradīpo nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
SDhPS, 1, 101.1 tatra ajita teṣāṃ viṃśatitathāgatasahasrāṇāṃ pūrvakaṃ tathāgatamupādāya yāvat paścimakastathāgataḥ so 'pi candrasūryapradīpanāmadheya eva tathāgato 'bhūdarhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
SDhPS, 1, 119.1 tena khalu punarajita samayena tena kālena ye tasyāṃ parṣadi bhikṣubhikṣuṇyupāsakopāsikā devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyāḥ saṃnipatitā abhūvan saṃniṣaṇṇāḥ rājānaśca maṇḍalino balacakravartinaścaturdvīpakacakravartinaśca te sarve saparivārāstaṃ bhagavantaṃ vyavalokayanti sma āścaryaprāptā adbhutaprāptā audbilyaprāptāḥ //
SDhPS, 2, 101.2 ye 'pi tu śāriputra atīte 'dhvanyabhūvan daśasu dikṣvaprameyeṣvasaṃkhyeyeṣu lokadhātuṣu tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhā bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca //
SDhPS, 2, 105.1 ye 'pi te śāriputra anāgate 'dhvani bhaviṣyanti daśasu dikṣvaprameyeṣvasaṃkhyeyeṣu lokadhātuṣu tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhā bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca ye ca nānābhinihāranirdeśavividhahetukāraṇanidarśanārambaṇaniruktyupāyakauśalyair nānādhimuktānāṃ sattvānāṃ nānādhātvāśayānām āśayaṃ viditvā dharmaṃ deśayiṣyanti te 'pi sarve śāriputra buddhā bhagavanta ekameva yānamārabhya sattvānāṃ dharmaṃ deśayiṣyanti yadidaṃ buddhayānaṃ sarvajñatāparyavasānaṃ yadidaṃ tathāgatajñānadarśanasamādāpanam eva sattvānāṃ tathāgatajñānadarśanasaṃdarśanameva tathāgatajñānadarśanāvatāraṇameva tathāgatajñānadarśanapratibodhanameva tathāgatajñānadarśanamārgāvatāraṇameva sattvānāṃ dharmaṃ deśayiṣyanti //
SDhPS, 2, 107.1 ye 'pi te śāriputra etarhi pratyutpanne 'dhvani daśasu dikṣvaprameyeṣvasaṃkhyeyeṣu lokadhātuṣu tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāstiṣṭhanti dhriyante yāpayanti dharmaṃ ca deśayanti bahujanahitāya bahujanahitāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca ye nānābhinirhāranirdeśavividhahetukāraṇanidarśanārambaṇaniruktyupāyakauśalyair nānādhimuktānāṃ sattvānāṃ nānādhātvāśayānām āśayaṃ viditvā dharmaṃ deśayanti te 'pi sarve śāriputra buddhā bhagavanta ekameva yānamārabhya sattvānāṃ dharmaṃ deśayanti yadidaṃ buddhayānaṃ sarvajñatāparyavasānaṃ yadidaṃ tathāgatajñānadarśanasamādāpanam eva sattvānāṃ tathāgatajñānadarśanasaṃdarśanameva tathāgatajñānadarśanāvatāraṇameva tathāgatajñānadarśanapratibodhanameva tathāgatajñānadarśanamārgāvatāraṇameva sattvānāṃ dharmaṃ deśayanti //
SDhPS, 2, 109.1 ahamapi śāriputra etarhi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca nānābhinirhāranirdeśavividhahetukāraṇanidarśanārambaṇaniruktyupāyakauśalyairnānādhimuktānāṃ sattvānāṃ nānādhātvāśayānām āśayaṃ viditvā dharmaṃ deśayāmi //
SDhPS, 3, 44.1 api khalu punaḥ śāriputra bhaviṣyasi tvamanāgate 'dhvani aprameyaiḥ kalpair acintyairapramāṇair bahūnāṃ tathāgatakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇāṃ saddharmaṃ dhārayitvā vividhāṃ ca pūjāṃ kṛtvā imāmeva bodhisattvacaryāṃ paripūrya padmaprabho nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho loke bhaviṣyasi vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
SDhPS, 3, 61.1 padmavṛṣabhavikrāmī nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho loke bhaviṣyati vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
SDhPS, 3, 76.1 atha khalu tāścatasraḥ parṣado bhikṣubhikṣuṇyupāsakopāsikā devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyā āyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasyedaṃ vyākaraṇamanuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau bhagavato 'ntikāt saṃmukhaṃ śrutvā tuṣṭā udagrā āttamanasaḥ pramuditāḥ prītisaumanasyajātāḥ svakasvakaiścīvarairbhagavantam abhicchādayāmāsuḥ //
SDhPS, 3, 166.1 devamanuṣyadāridryam aniṣṭasaṃyogam iṣṭavinābhāvikāni ca duḥkhāni pratyanubhavanti //
SDhPS, 3, 196.1 apare punaḥ sattvāḥ sarvajñajñānaṃ buddhajñānaṃ svayaṃbhūjñānam anācāryakaṃ jñānamākāṅkṣamāṇā bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca sarvasattvaparinirvāṇahetos tathāgatajñānabalavaiśāradyānubodhāya tathāgataśāsane 'bhiyujyante //
SDhPS, 5, 21.2 tathāgato 'smi bhavanto devamanuṣyāḥ arhan samyaksaṃbuddhas tīrṇastārayāmi mukto mocayāmy āśvasta āśvāsayāmi parinirvṛtaḥ parinirvāpayāmi //
SDhPS, 5, 23.1 upasaṃkrāmantu māṃ bhavanto devamanuṣyā dharmaśravaṇāya //
SDhPS, 6, 3.1 sa paścime samucchraye avabhāsaprāptāyāṃ lokadhātau mahāvyūhe kalpe raśmiprabhāso nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho loke bhaviṣyati vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
SDhPS, 6, 34.1 evaṃrūpāṃścādhikārān kṛtvā paścime samucchraye śaśiketurnāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho loke bhaviṣyati vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
SDhPS, 6, 60.1 sa paścime samucchraye paścime ātmabhāvapratilambhe jāmbūnadaprabhāso nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho loke bhaviṣyati vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
SDhPS, 6, 78.1 paścime ca ātmabhāvapratilambhe tamālapatracandanagandho nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho loke bhaviṣyati vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
SDhPS, 7, 1.2 tena kālena tena samayena mahābhijñājñānābhibhūr nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān saṃbhavāyāṃ lokadhātau mahārūpe kalpe //
SDhPS, 7, 54.2 deśayatu bhagavān dharmaṃ deśayatu sugato dharmaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca //
SDhPS, 7, 73.1 adrākṣuḥ khalu punasteṣu pañcāśatsu lokadhātukoṭīnayutaśatasahasreṣu bhikṣavaste mahābrahmāṇaḥ paścime digbhāge taṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ bodhimaṇḍavarāgragataṃ bodhivṛkṣamūle siṃhāsanopaviṣṭaṃ parivṛtaṃ puraskṛtaṃ devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyais taiśca putraiḥ ṣoḍaśabhī rājakumārairadhyeṣyamāṇaṃ dharmacakrapravartanatāyai //
SDhPS, 7, 87.1 tad bhaviṣyati bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca //
SDhPS, 7, 102.1 adrākṣuḥ khalu punarbhikṣavaste mahābrahmāṇa uttarapaścime digbhāge taṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ bodhimaṇḍavarāgragataṃ bodhivṛkṣamūle siṃhāsanopaviṣṭaṃ parivṛtaṃ puraskṛtaṃ devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyais taiśca putraiḥ ṣoḍaśabhī rājakumārairadhyeṣyamāṇaṃ dharmacakrapravartanatāyai //
SDhPS, 7, 118.1 tadbhaviṣyati bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca //
SDhPS, 7, 130.1 adrākṣuḥ khalu punarbhikṣavaste mahābrahmāṇa uttaraṃ digbhāgaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ bodhimaṇḍavarāgragataṃ bodhivṛkṣamūle siṃhāsanopaviṣṭaṃ parivṛtaṃ puraskṛtaṃ devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyais taiśca putraiḥ ṣoḍaśabhī rājakumārairadhyeṣyamāṇaṃ dharmacakrapravartanatāyai //
SDhPS, 7, 144.1 tadbhaviṣyati bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca //
SDhPS, 7, 159.1 adrākṣuḥ khalu punarbhikṣavaste mahābrahmāṇo 'dhodigbhāge taṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ bodhimaṇḍavarāgragataṃ bodhivṛkṣamūle siṃhāsanopaviṣṭaṃ parivṛtaṃ puraskṛtaṃ devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyais taiśca putraiḥ ṣoḍaśabhī rājakumārairadhyeṣyamāṇaṃ dharmacakrapravartanatāyai //
SDhPS, 7, 182.1 tadbhaviṣyati bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca //
SDhPS, 8, 25.1 dharmaprabhāso nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho loke bhaviṣyati vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
SDhPS, 8, 30.1 devā api manuṣyān drakṣyanti manuṣyā api devān drakṣyanti //
SDhPS, 8, 30.1 devā api manuṣyān drakṣyanti manuṣyā api devān drakṣyanti //
SDhPS, 8, 70.1 tatra kāśyapa kauṇḍinyo bhikṣurmahāśrāvako dvāṣaṣṭīnāṃ buddhakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇāṃ pareṇa parataraṃ samantaprabhāso nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho loke bhaviṣyati vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
SDhPS, 9, 8.2 bhaviṣyasi tvamānanda anāgate 'dhvani sāgaravaradharabuddhivikrīḍitābhijño nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
SDhPS, 9, 34.2 bhaviṣyasi tvaṃ rāhulabhadra anāgate 'dhvani saptaratnapadmavikrāntagāmī nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān daśalokadhātuparamāṇurajaḥsamāṃstathāgatānarhataḥ samyaksaṃbuddhān satkṛtya gurukṛtya mānayitvā pūjayitvā arcayitvā //
SDhPS, 10, 1.2 paśyasi tvaṃ bhaiṣajyarāja asyāṃ parṣadi bahudevanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyān bhikṣubhikṣuṇyupāsakopāsikāḥ śrāvakayānīyān pratyekabuddhayānīyān bodhisattvayānīyāṃśca yairayaṃ dharmaparyāyastathāgatasya saṃmukhaṃ śrutaḥ /
SDhPS, 10, 7.1 sattvānāmanukampārthamasmin jambudvīpe manuṣyeṣu pratyājātā veditavyā ya ito dharmaparyāyādantaśa ekagāthāmapi dhārayiṣyanti vācayiṣyanti prakāśayiṣyanti saṃgrāhayiṣyanti likhiṣyanti likhitvā cānusmariṣyanti kālena ca kālaṃ vyavalokayiṣyanti //
SDhPS, 10, 19.1 lokasya hitānukampakaḥ praṇidhānavaśenopapanno 'smin jambudvīpe manuṣyeṣu asya dharmaparyāyasya saṃprakāśanatāyai //
SDhPS, 11, 47.1 iti hi tasmin samaye iyaṃ sarvāvatī lokadhātū ratnavṛkṣapratimaṇḍitābhūd vaiḍūryamayī saptaratnahemajālasaṃchannā mahāratnagandhadhūpanadhūpitā māndāravamahāmāndāravapuṣpasaṃstīrṇā kiṅkiṇījālālaṃkṛtā suvarṇasūtrāṣṭāpadanibaddhā apagatagrāmanagaranigamajanapadarāṣṭrarājadhānī apagatakālaparvatā apagatamucilindamahāmucilindaparvatā apagatacakravālamahācakravālaparvatā apagatasumeruparvatā apagatatadanyamahāparvatā apagatamahāsamudrā apagatanadīmahānadīparisaṃsthitābhūd apagatadevamanuṣyāsurakāyā apagatanirayatiryagyoniyamalokā //
SDhPS, 11, 59.1 sarvāṇi ca tāni viṃśatibuddhakṣetrakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇy apagatagrāmanagaranigamajanapadarāṣṭrarājadhānīni apagatakālaparvatāni apagatamucilindamahāmucilindaparvatāni apagatacakravālamahācakravālaparvatāni apagatasumeruparvatāni apagatatadanyamahāparvatāni apagatamahāsamudrāṇi apagatanadīmahānadīni parisaṃsthāpayati apagatadevamanuṣyāsurakāyāni apagatanirayatiryagyoniyamalokāni //
SDhPS, 11, 65.1 tānyapi viṃśatilokadhātukoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇy ekaikasyāṃ diśi apagatagrāmanagaranigamajanapadarāṣṭrarājadhānīni apagatakālaparvatāni apagatamucilindamahāmucilindaparvatāni apagatacakravālamahācakravālaparvatāni apagatasumeruparvatāni apagatatadanyamahāparvatāni apagatamahāsamudrāṇi apagatanadīmahānadīni parisaṃsthāpayati apagatadevamanuṣyāsurakāyāni apagatanirayatiryagyoniyamalokāni //
SDhPS, 11, 173.2 eṣa devadatto bhikṣuranāgate 'dhvani aprameyaiḥ kalpairasaṃkhyeyairdevarājo nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho bhaviṣyati vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca bhagavān devasopānāyāṃ lokadhātau //
SDhPS, 11, 183.1 sarve ca tatra devamanuṣyāḥ pūjāṃ kariṣyanti puṣpadhūpagandhamālyavilepanacūrṇacīvaracchatradhvajapatākābhir gāthābhiḥ //
SDhPS, 11, 185.1 ye ca taṃ stūpaṃ pradakṣiṇaṃ kariṣyanti praṇāmaṃ vā teṣāṃ kecid agraphalamarhattvaṃ sākṣātkariṣyanti kecit pratyekabodhimanuprāpsyante acintyāścāprameyā devamanuṣyā anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau cittānyutpādya avinivartanīyā bhaviṣyanti //
SDhPS, 11, 188.1 devamanuṣyalokopapannasya cāsya viśiṣṭasthānaprāptirbhaviṣyati //
SDhPS, 11, 244.1 ye ca sahāyāṃ lokadhātau sattvās te sarve taṃ tathāgataṃ paśyanti sma sarvaiśca devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramanuṣyāmanuṣyair namasyamānaṃ dharmadeśanāṃ ca kurvantam //
SDhPS, 12, 15.1 tataḥ pareṇa paratareṇa bodhisattvacaryāṃ paripūrya sarvasattvapriyadarśano nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho loke bhaviṣyasi vidyācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavidanuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān //
SDhPS, 12, 20.1 bodhisattvacaryāṃ ca anupūrveṇa paripūrya raśmiśatasahasraparipūrṇadhvajo nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho loke bhaviṣyasi vidhācaraṇasampannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca buddho bhagavān bhadrāyāṃ lokadhātau //
SDhPS, 18, 12.2 hastiśabdā vā aśvaśabdā vā uṣṭraśabdā vā gośabdā vā ajaśabdā vā janapadaśabdā vā rathaśabdā vā ruditaśabdā vā śokaśabdā vā bhairavaśabdā vā śaṅkhaśabdā vā ghaṇṭāśabdā vā paṭahaśabdā vā bherīśabdā vā krīḍāśabdā vā gītaśabdā vā nṛtyaśabdā vā tūryaśabdā vā vādyaśabdā vā strīśabdā vā puruṣaśabdā vā dārakaśabdā vā dārikāśabdā vā dharmaśabdā vā adharmaśabdā vā sukhaśabdā vā duḥkhaśabdā vā bālaśabdā vā āryaśabdā vā manojñaśabdā vā amanojñaśabdā vā devaśabdā vā nāgaśabdā vā yakṣaśabdā vā rākṣasaśabdā vā gandharvaśabdā vā asuraśabdā vā garuḍaśabdā vā kinnaraśabdā vā mahoragaśabdā vā manuṣyaśabdā vā amanuṣyaśabdā vā agniśabdā vā vāyuśabdā vā udakaśabdā vā grāmaśabdā vā nagaraśabdā vā bhikṣuśabdā vā śrāvakaśabdā vā pratyekabuddhaśabdā vā bodhisattvaśabdā vā tathāgataśabdā vā yāvantaḥ kecit trisāhasramahāsāhasrāyāṃ lokadhātau sāntarbahiḥ śabdā niścaranti tān śabdāṃstena prākṛtena pariśuddhena śrotrendriyeṇa śṛṇoti //
Skandapurāṇa (Revākhaṇḍa)
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, Adhyāya 5, 16.2 aśakyatvānmanuṣyāṇāṃ saṃkṣiptam ṛṣibhiḥ purā //
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 11, 31.1 duṣkṛtaṃ hi manuṣyāṇāmannamāśritya tiṣṭhati /
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 23, 10.1 mriyanti ye pāpakṛto manuṣyāste svargamāyānti yathā 'marendrāḥ //
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 51, 50.2 tarpitāstena devāḥ syur manuṣyāḥ pitaras tathā //
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 53, 20.2 tarpayitvā pitṛdevānmanuṣyāṃśca yathāvidhi //
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 54, 22.2 prāgeva hi manuṣyāṇāṃ buddhiḥ karmānusāriṇī //
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 55, 38.1 gīrvāṇāstasya tuṣyanti manuṣyāḥ pitṛbhiḥ saha /
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 58, 24.1 iti kathitamidaṃ te śūlabhedasya puṇyaṃ mahimana hi manuṣyaiḥ śrūyate yatsapāpaiḥ /
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 67, 106.1 sparśamātre manuṣyāṇāṃ rudravāso 'bhijāyate /
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 87, 3.1 devaiḥ pitṛmanuṣyaiśca ṛṇamātmakṛtaṃ ca yat /
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 91, 7.2 gīrvāṇāṃśca manuṣyāṃśca pitṝṃs tatrāpi tarpayet //
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 97, 154.2 devānpitṝn manuṣyāṃśca vidhivattarpayedbudhaḥ //
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 103, 26.1 devatānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ pitṝṇāmanṛṇo bhave /
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 125, 10.1 agnirjātaḥ sa bhūtānāṃ manuṣyāsurarakṣasām /
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 125, 35.1 pitṛdevamanuṣyāṇāṃ kṛtvā hyudakatarpaṇam /
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 142, 74.2 duṣprāpyo 'si manuṣyāṇāṃ prāptaḥ kiṃ tyajase hi naḥ //
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 146, 28.1 manuṣyāścaiva yogīndrāḥ pitaraḥ sapitāmahāḥ /
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 146, 40.1 dharme naṣṭe manuṣyāṇām adharmo 'bhibhavet punaḥ /
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 146, 89.2 garjannṛṣimanuṣyāṃśca dharmarūpo hi dharmaja //
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 149, 21.2 pānīyamapyatra tilairvimiśraṃ dadyāt pitṛbhyaḥ prayato manuṣyaḥ //
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 159, 10.1 gatvā manuṣyabhāve tu pāpacihnā bhavanti te /
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 167, 23.2 tarpayitvā pitṝndevānmanuṣyāṃśca yathāvidhi //
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 168, 35.2 tarpayitvā pitṝndevān manuṣyān bharatarṣabha //
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 192, 72.2 manuṣyapakṣigorūpagajasiṃhajalecarān //
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 193, 10.2 manuṣyāḥ paśavaḥ kīṭāḥ pakṣiṇaḥ pādapāstathā //
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 193, 19.1 sureṣu sarveṣu na so 'sti kaścin manuṣyalokeṣu na so 'sti kaścit /
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 193, 21.2 manuṣyarūpaṃ tava rājaveṣo mūḍheṣu sarveśvara pādapo 'si //
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 193, 53.1 manuṣyapaśukīṭādimṛgapaśvantarikṣagāḥ /
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 193, 60.2 ahaṃ bhavatyo devāśca manuṣyāḥ paśavaśca ye /
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 194, 35.2 surāsuramanuṣyāṇāṃ yathāhamapi cāśrayaḥ //
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 195, 28.1 pāyasādyair manuṣyendra payasā vā yudhiṣṭhira /
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 198, 32.1 bahubhedaprabhinnaṃ tu manuṣyeṣu vipacyate /
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 208, 2.2 manuṣyaśca nṛpaśreṣṭha dānaṃ dattvānṛṇo bhavet //
SkPur (Rkh), Revākhaṇḍa, 220, 31.1 pitṛdevamanuṣyāṃśca saṃtarpya tadanantaram /
Uḍḍāmareśvaratantra
UḍḍT, 1, 6.2 yasya vijñānamātreṇa manuṣyo bhuvi durlabhaḥ //
UḍḍT, 1, 29.1 uoṃ namo bhagavate sarvabhūtādhipataye virūpākṣāya nityaṃ krūrāya daṃṣṭriṇe vikarāline grahayakṣabhūtavetālena saha śaṃkara manuṣyaṃ daha daha paca paca gṛhṇa gṛhṇa gṛhṇāpaya gṛhṇāpaya huṃ phaṭ svāhā /
UḍḍT, 14, 19.1 huṃ pañcāṇḍaṃ cāṇḍaṃ drīṃ phaṭ svāhā anena mantreṇa manuṣyāsthikīlakaṃ saptāṅgulaṃ sahasradhābhimantritaṃ yasya gehe nikhanet tasya kūṭam utsādinaṃ bhavati uddhṛte sati punaḥ svāsthyaṃ bhavati /
Śāṅkhāyanaśrautasūtra
ŚāṅkhŚS, 1, 4, 5.0 kaṃ prapadye taṃ prapadye yat te prajāpate śaraṇaṃ chandas tat prapadye yāvat te viṣṇo veda tāvat te kariṣyāmi devena savitā prasūta ārtvijyam kariṣyāmi namo 'gnaye upadraṣṭre namo vāyava upaśrotre nama ādityāya anukhyātre juṣṭām adya devebhyo vācaṃ vadiṣyāmi śuśrūṣeṇyāṃ manuṣyebhyaḥ svadhāvatīṃ pitṛbhyaḥ pratiṣṭhāṃ viśvasmai bhūtāya praśāsta ātmanā prajayā paśubhiḥ prajāpatiṃ prapadye 'bhayaṃ no 'stu prājāpatyam anuvakṣyāmi vāg ārtvijyam kariṣyati vācaṃ prapadye bhūr bhuvaḥ svar iti japitvā //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 1, 5, 9.1 asyai pratiṣṭhāyai mā chitsi pṛthivi mātar mā mā hiṃsīr mā modoṣīr madhu maniṣye madhu vaniṣye madhu janiṣye madhumatīm adya devebhyo vācaṃ vadiṣyāmi cāruṃ manuṣyebhya idam ahaṃ pañcadaśena vajreṇa pāpmānam bhrātṛvyam avabādha iti /
ŚāṅkhŚS, 1, 12, 2.2 daivyā adhvaryava upahūtā upahūtā manuṣyā ya imam yajñam avānye ca yajñapatiṃ vardhān /
ŚāṅkhŚS, 4, 5, 1.7 ya iha pitaro manuṣyā vayaṃ teṣāṃ śreṣṭhā bhūyāsma /
ŚāṅkhŚS, 15, 17, 10.2 devā manuṣyān abruvann eṣā vo jananī punaḥ //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 16, 2, 2.0 tasya manuṣyā viśas ta ima āsata iti gṛhamedhina upadiśati //